WO2016022464A1 - Combination therapy for treating a paramyxovirus - Google Patents

Combination therapy for treating a paramyxovirus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016022464A1
WO2016022464A1 PCT/US2015/043402 US2015043402W WO2016022464A1 WO 2016022464 A1 WO2016022464 A1 WO 2016022464A1 US 2015043402 W US2015043402 W US 2015043402W WO 2016022464 A1 WO2016022464 A1 WO 2016022464A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
group
optionally substituted
cycloalkyl
aryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2015/043402
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Lawrence M. Blatt
Leonid Beigelman
David Bernard Smith
Guangyi Wang
Original Assignee
Alios Biopharma, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=55264391&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2016022464(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority to CA2957017A priority Critical patent/CA2957017A1/en
Priority to KR1020177005818A priority patent/KR20170031780A/en
Priority to CN201580054124.0A priority patent/CN106999509A/en
Priority to SG11201700851WA priority patent/SG11201700851WA/en
Priority to MX2017001587A priority patent/MX2017001587A/en
Application filed by Alios Biopharma, Inc. filed Critical Alios Biopharma, Inc.
Priority to AU2015301334A priority patent/AU2015301334A1/en
Priority to RU2017106742A priority patent/RU2017106742A/en
Priority to BR112017002332A priority patent/BR112017002332A2/en
Priority to EP15829092.4A priority patent/EP3177299A4/en
Priority to JP2017506359A priority patent/JP2017523988A/en
Publication of WO2016022464A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016022464A1/en
Priority to ZA2017/01578A priority patent/ZA201701578B/en
Priority to CONC2017/0002170A priority patent/CO2017002170A2/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/7064—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
    • A61K31/7068—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/4353—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/437—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a five-membered ring having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. indolizine, beta-carboline
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4436—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a heterocyclic ring having sulfur as a ring hetero atom
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/7056—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing five-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/162—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from virus
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/19—Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • A61K38/21—Interferons [IFN]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/42—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum viral
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/16—Antivirals for RNA viruses for influenza or rhinoviruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N7/00—Viruses; Bacteriophages; Compositions thereof; Preparation or purification thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2300/00—Mixtures or combinations of active ingredients, wherein at least one active ingredient is fully defined in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2760/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses negative-sense
    • C12N2760/00011—Details
    • C12N2760/18011—Paramyxoviridae
    • C12N2760/18511—Pneumovirus, e.g. human respiratory syncytial virus

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the fields of chemistry, biochemistry and medicine. More particularly, disclosed herein are a combination of compounds that can be used to ameliorate, treat and/or prevent a paramyxovirus viral. Description
  • Respiratory viral infections including upper and lower respiratory tract viral infections, infects and is the leading cause of death of millions of people each year.
  • Upper respiratory tract viral infections involve the nose, sinuses, pharynx and/or larynx.
  • Lower respiratory tract viral infections involve the respiratory system below the vocal cords, including the trachea, primary bronchi and lungs.
  • Nucleoside analogs are a class of compounds that have been shown to exert antiviral activity both in vitro and in vivo, and thus, have been the subject of widespread research for the treatment of viral infections. Nucleoside analogs are usually therapeutically inactive compounds that are converted by host or viral enzymes to their respective active anti-metabolites, which, in turn, may inhibit polymerases involved in viral or cell proliferation. The activation occurs by a variety of mechanisms, such as the addition of one or more phosphate groups and, or in combination with, other metabolic processes.
  • Some embodiments disclosed herein relate to a method for ameliorating or treating a paramyxovirus virus infection that can include administering to a subject infected with the paramyxovirus virus an effective amount of a combination of one or more of Compound (A) and one or more of Compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein the paramyxovirus virus infection can be selected from a respiratory syncytial virus infection, a parainfluenza virus infection and a metapneumovirus infection.
  • FIG. 1 Another embodiments disclosed herein relate to a method for ameliorating or treating a paramyxovirus virus infection comprising contacting a cell infected with the paramyxovirus virus with an effective amount of a combination of one or more of Compound (A) and one or more of Compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein the paramyxovirus virus infection can be selected from a respiratory syncytial virus infection, a parainfluenza virus infection and a metapneumovirus infection.
  • Still other embodiments disclosed herein relate to use of an effective amount of a combination of one or more of Compound (A) and one or more of Compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, for ameliorating or treating a paramyxovirus virus infection, wherein the paramyxovirus virus infection can be selected from a respiratory syncytial virus infection, a parainfluenza virus infection and a metapneumovirus infection
  • Still other embodiments disclosed herein relate to use of an effective amount of a combination of one or more of Compound (A) and one or more of Compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, for ameliorating or treating a paramyxovirus virus infection, wherein the paramyxovirus virus infection can be selected from a respiratory syncytial virus infection, a parainfluenza virus infection and a metapneumovirus infection.
  • Figure 1 shows example anti-RSV agents. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Paramyxoviridae family is a family of single stranded RNA viruses. Several genera of the paramyxoviridae family include respirovirus, rubulavirus, pneumovirus and metapneumovirus. These viruses can be transmitted person to person via direct or close contact with contaminated respiratory droplets or fomites.
  • RSV Human Respiratory Syncytial Virus
  • RSV can cause respiratory infections, and can be associated with bronchiolitis and pneumonia. Symptoms of an RSV infection include coughing, sneezing, runny nose, fever, decrease in appetite, sore throat, headache and wheezing. RSV is the most common cause of bronchiolitis and pneumonia in children under one year of age in the world, and can be the cause of tracheobronchitis in older children and adults. In the United States, between 75,000 and 125,000 infants are hospitalized each year with RSV. Among adults older than 65 years of age, an estimated 14,000 deaths and 177,000 hospitalizations have been attributed to RSV.
  • Treatment options for people infected with RSV are currently limited. Antibiotics, usually prescribed to treat bacterial infections, and over-the-counter medication are not effective in treating RSV and may help only to relieve some of the symptoms. In severe cases, a nebulized bronchodilator, such as albuterol, may be prescribed to relieve some of the symptoms, such as wheezing.
  • a nebulized bronchodilator such as albuterol
  • RespiGam® (RSV-IGIV, MedImmune, approved for high risk children younger than 24 months of age) and Synagis® (palivizumab, MedImmune, approved for high risk children younger than 24 months of age) have been approved for prophylactic use against RSV, and Virzole® (ribavirin by aerosol, ICN pharmaceuticals) have been approved for the treatment of RSV.
  • Parainfluenza viruses are typically negative-sense RNA viruses. Species of respirovirus include human parainfluenza viruses 1 and 3; and species of rubulavirus include human parainfluenza viruses 2 and 4. Human parainfluenza virus includes four serotypes types (HPIV-1, HPIV-2, HPIV-3 and HPIV-4), and human parainfluenza virus 4 (HPIV-4) include two antigenic subgroups, A and B. Human parainfluenza viruses can cause upper and lower respiratory tract infections. Human parainfluenza virus 1 (HPIV-1) and human parainfluenza virus 2 (HPIV-2) can be associated with croup; human parainfluenza virus 3 (HPIV-3) can be associated with bronchiolitis and pneumonia. According to the Centers of Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), there are no vaccines against human parainfluenza viruses.
  • CDC Centers of Disease Control and Prevention
  • a species of metapneumovirus is human metapneumovirus.
  • Human metapneumovirus is a negative single-stranded RNA virus.
  • Human metapneumovirus can cause respiratory tract infections, such as upper and lower respiratory tract infections in human, for example young children.
  • Respiratory infections include colds, croup, pneumonia, bronchitis, tracheobronchitis and bronchiolitis.
  • Symptoms can include a cough, runny nose, nasal congestion, sore throat, fever, difficulty breathing, abnormally rapid breathing, wheezing vomiting, diarrhea and ear infections. Definitions
  • any "R" group(s) such as, without limitation, R 1A , R 2A , R 3A , R 4A , R 5A , R 6A A
  • R 25A , R 26A , R 27A , R 28A , R 29A , R 30A , R 31A , R 32A , R 33A , R 34A , R 35A , R 36A , R 37A and R 38A represent substituents that can be attached to the indicated atom.
  • An R group may be substituted or unsubstituted. If two "R" groups are described as being “taken together" the R groups and the atoms they are attached to can form a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycle. For example, without limitation, if R a and R b of an NR a R b group are indicated to be "taken together," it means that they are covalently bonded to one another to form a ring:
  • R groups are not limited to the variables or substituents defined previously.
  • the indicated“optionally substituted” or “substituted” group may be substituted with one or more group(s) individually and independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl), heterocyclyl(alkyl), hydroxy, alkoxy, acyl, cyano, halogen, thiocarbonyl, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, isocyanato, thiocyanato, isothiocyanato, nitro, sulfeny
  • “C a to C b ” in which“a” and“b” are integers refer to the number of carbon atoms in an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group, or the number of carbon atoms in the ring of a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heteroalicyclyl group.
  • the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, ring(s) of the cycloalkyl, ring(s) of the cycloalkenyl, ring(s) of the aryl, ring(s) of the heteroaryl or ring(s) of the heteroalicyclyl can contain from“a” to“b”, inclusive, carbon atoms.
  • a“C 1 to C 4 alkyl” group refers to all alkyl groups having from 1 to 4 carbons, that is, CH 3 -, CH 3 CH 2 -, CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 -, (CH 3 ) 2 CH-, CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, CH 3 CH 2 CH(CH 3 )- and (CH 3 ) 3 C-. If no“a” and“b” are designated with regard to an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heteroalicyclyl group, the broadest range described in these definitions is to be assumed.
  • alkyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain that comprises a fully saturated (no double or triple bonds) hydrocarbon group.
  • the alkyl group may have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “1 to 20” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g.,“1 to 20 carbon atoms” means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term“alkyl” where no numerical range is designated).
  • the alkyl group may also be a medium size alkyl having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group could also be a lower alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group of the compounds may be designated as“C 1 -C 4 alkyl” or similar designations.
  • “C 1 -C 4 alkyl” indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl.
  • Typical alkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl and hexyl.
  • the alkyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • alkenyl refers to an alkyl group that contains in the straight or branched hydrocarbon chain one or more double bonds.
  • alkenyl groups include allenyl, vinylmethyl, and ethenyl.
  • An alkenyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted.
  • alkynyl refers to an alkyl group that contains in the straight or branched hydrocarbon chain one or more triple bonds. Examples of alkynyls include ethynyl and propynyl. An alkynyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a completely saturated (no double or triple bonds) mono- or multi- cyclic hydrocarbon ring system. When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be joined together in a fused fashion. Cycloalkyl groups can contain 3 to 10 atoms in the ring(s) or 3 to 8 atoms in the ring(s). A cycloalkyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted. Typical cycloalkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl.
  • cycloalkenyl refers to a mono- or multi- cyclic hydrocarbon ring system that contains one or more double bonds in at least one ring; although, if there is more than one, the double bonds cannot form a fully delocalized pi- electron system throughout all the rings (otherwise the group would be“aryl,” as defined herein). When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be connected together in a fused fashion. Cycloalkenyl groups can contain 3 to 10 atoms in the ring(s) or 3 to 8 atoms in the ring(s). A cycloalkenyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted.
  • aryl refers to a carbocyclic (all carbon) monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic ring system (including fused ring systems where two carbocyclic rings share a chemical bond) that has a fully delocalized pi-electron system throughout all the rings.
  • the number of carbon atoms in an aryl group can vary.
  • the aryl group can be a C 6 -C 14 aryl group, a C 6 -C 10 aryl group, or a C 6 aryl group.
  • Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzene, naphthalene and azulene.
  • An aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • heteroaryl refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic and tricyclic aromatic ring system (a ring system with fully delocalized pi-electron system) that contain(s) one or more heteroatoms (for example, 1 to 5 heteroatoms), that is, an element other than carbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • the number of atoms in the ring(s) of a heteroaryl group can vary.
  • the heteroaryl group can contain 4 to 14 atoms in the ring(s), 5 to 10 atoms in the ring(s) or 5 to 6 atoms in the ring(s).
  • heteroaryl includes fused ring systems where two rings, such as at least one aryl ring and at least one heteroaryl ring, or at least two heteroaryl rings, share at least one chemical bond.
  • heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, furan, furazan, thiophene, benzothiophene, phthalazine, pyrrole, oxazole, benzoxazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, thiazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, benzothiazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, indole, indazole, pyrazole, benzopyrazole, isoxazole, benzoisoxazole, isothiazole, triazole, benzotriazole, thiadiazole, tetrazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine
  • heterocyclyl or“heteroalicyclyl” refers to three-, four-, five-, six-, seven-, eight-, nine-, ten-, up to 18-membered monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic ring system wherein carbon atoms together with from 1 to 5 heteroatoms constitute said ring system.
  • a heterocycle may optionally contain one or more unsaturated bonds situated in such a way, however, that a fully delocalized pi-electron system does not occur throughout all the rings.
  • the heteroatom(s) is an element other than carbon including, but not limited to, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen.
  • a heterocycle may further contain one or more carbonyl or thiocarbonyl functionalities, so as to make the definition include oxo-systems and thio- systems such as lactams, lactones, cyclic imides, cyclic thioimides and cyclic carbamates. When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be joined together in a fused fashion. Additionally, any nitrogens in a heteroalicyclic may be quaternized. Heterocyclyl or heteroalicyclic groups may be unsubstituted or substituted.
  • Examples of such“heterocyclyl” or“heteroalicyclyl” groups include but are not limited to, 1,3-dioxin, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4- dioxane, 1,2-dioxolane, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxolane, 1,3-oxathiane, 1,4-oxathiin, 1,3- oxathiolane, 1,3-dithiole, 1,3-dithiolane, 1,4-oxathiane, tetrahydro-1,4-thiazine, 2H-1,2- oxazine, maleimide, succinimide, barbituric acid, thiobarbituric acid, dioxopiperazine, hydantoin, dihydrouracil, trioxane, hexahydro-1,3,5-triazine, imidazoline, imidazolidine, isoxazoline, isox
  • aralkyl and“aryl(alkyl)” refer to an aryl group connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group.
  • the lower alkylene and aryl group of an aralkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted. Examples include but are not limited to benzyl, 2-phenyl(alkyl), 3-phenyl(alkyl), and naphthyl(alkyl).
  • heteroaryl and “heteroaryl(alkyl)” refer to a heteroaryl group connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group.
  • the lower alkylene and heteroaryl group of heteroaryl(alkyl) may be substituted or unsubstituted. Examples include but are not limited to 2-thienyl(alkyl), 3-thienyl(alkyl), furyl(alkyl), thienyl(alkyl), pyrrolyl(alkyl), pyridyl(alkyl), isoxazolyl(alkyl), imidazolyl(alkyl), and their benzo-fused analogs.
  • A“(heteroalicyclyl)alkyl” and“(heterocyclyl)alkyl” refer to a heterocyclic or a heteroalicyclylic group connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group.
  • the lower alkylene and heterocyclyl of a heterocyclyl(alkyl) may be substituted or unsubstituted. Examples include but are not limited tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl(methyl), piperidin-4- yl(ethyl), piperidin-4-yl(propyl), tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl(methyl) and 1,3-thiazinan-4- yl(methyl).
  • “Lower alkylene groups” are straight-chained -CH 2 - tethering groups, forming bonds to connect molecular fragments via their terminal carbon atoms. Examples include but are not limited to methylene (-CH 2 -), ethylene (-CH 2 CH 2 -), propylene (- CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), and butylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -).
  • a lower alkylene group can be substituted by replacing one or more hydrogen of the lower alkylene group with a substituent(s) listed under the definition of“substituted.”
  • alkoxy refers to the formula–OR wherein R is an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl) is defined herein.
  • R is an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl) is defined herein.
  • a non-limiting list of alkoxys are methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, 1-methylethoxy(isopropoxy), n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, phenoxy and benzoxy.
  • An alkoxy may
  • acyl refers to a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl) connected, as substituents, via a carbonyl group. Examples include formyl, acetyl, propanoyl, benzoyl, and acryl. An acyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • hydroxyalkyl refers to an alkyl group in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by a hydroxy group.
  • exemplary hydroxyalkyl groups include but are not limited to, 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, and 2,2-dihydroxyethyl.
  • a hydroxyalkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen (e.g., mono-haloalkyl, di-haloalkyl and tri- haloalkyl).
  • a halogen e.g., mono-haloalkyl, di-haloalkyl and tri- haloalkyl.
  • groups include but are not limited to, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 1-chloro-2-fluoromethyl and 2-fluoroisobutyl.
  • a haloalkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • haloalkoxy refers to an–O-alkyl group in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen (e.g., mono-haloalkoxy, di- haloalkoxy and tri- haloalkoxy).
  • a halogen e.g., mono-haloalkoxy, di- haloalkoxy and tri- haloalkoxy.
  • groups include but are not limited to, chloromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 1-chloro-2-fluoromethoxy and 2- fluoroisobutoxy.
  • a haloalkoxy may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • A“sulfenyl” group refers to an“-SR” group in which R can be hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl).
  • R can be hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl).
  • a sulfenyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • a sulfinyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • A“sulfonyl” group refers to an“SO 2 R” group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to sulfenyl.
  • a sulfonyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • An O-carboxy may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • An ester and C-carboxy may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • a thiocarbonyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • A“trihalomethanesulfonyl” group refers to an“X 3 CSO 2 -” group wherein each X is a halogen.
  • A“trihalomethanesulfonamido” group refers to an“X 3 CS(O) 2 N(R A )-” group wherein each X is a halogen, and R A hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, (heteroaryl)alkyl or (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl.
  • amino refers to a–NH 2 group.
  • A“cyano” group refers to a“-CN” group.
  • An“isocyanato” group refers to a“-NCO” group.
  • A“thiocyanato” group refers to a“-CNS” group.
  • An“isothiocyanato” group refers to an“ -NCS” group.
  • A“mercapto” group refers to an“-SH” group.
  • An“S-sulfonamido” group refers to a“-SO 2 N(R A R B )” group in which R A and R B can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl).
  • An S-sulfonamido may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • An“N-sulfonamido” group refers to a“RSO 2 N(R A )-” group in which R and R A can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl).
  • An N-sulfonamido may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • An O-carbamyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • An N-carbamyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • An O-thiocarbamyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • An N-thiocarbamyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • A“C-amido” group refers to a group in which R A and R B can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl).
  • a C-amido may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • An“N-amido” group refers to a group in which R and R A can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl).
  • An N-amido may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • halogen atom or“halogen” as used herein, means any one of the radio-stable atoms of column 7 of the Periodic Table of the Elements, such as, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
  • substituents there may be one or more substituents present.
  • “haloalkyl” may include one or more of the same or different halogens.
  • “C 1 -C 3 alkoxyphenyl” may include one or more of the same or different alkoxy groups containing one, two or three atoms.
  • –N–linked amino acid refers to an amino acid that is attached to the indicated moiety via a main-chain amino or mono-substituted amino group.
  • amino acid is attached in an–N–linked amino acid, one of the hydrogens that is part of the main-chain amino or mono-substituted amino group is not present and the amino acid is attached via the nitrogen.
  • N-linked amino acids can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the term“–N–linked amino acid ester derivative” refers to an amino acid in which a main-chain carboxylic acid group has been converted to an ester group.
  • N-linked amino acid ester derivatives can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the term“–O–linked amino acid” refers to an amino acid that is attached to the indicated moiety via the hydroxy from its main-chain carboxylic acid group. When the amino acid is attached in an–O–linked amino acid, the hydrogen that is part of the hydroxy from its main-chain carboxylic acid group is not present and the amino acid is attached via the oxygen. O-linked amino acids can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • amino acid refers to any amino acid (both standard and non-standard amino acids), including, but not limited to, D-amino acids, E- amino acids, J-amino acids and G-amino acids.
  • suitable amino acids include, but are not limited to, alanine, asparagine, aspartate, cysteine, glutamate, glutamine, glycine, proline, serine, tyrosine, arginine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, threonine, tryptophan and valine.
  • suitable amino acids include, but are not limited to, ornithine, hypusine, 2-aminoisobutyric acid, dehydroalanine, gamma-aminobutyric acid, citrulline, beta-alanine, alpha-ethyl-glycine, alpha-propyl-glycine and norleucine.
  • interferon is used herein as is commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • types of interferons are known to those skilled in the art, such as Type I interferons, Type 2 interferons and Type 3 interferons.
  • a non-limiting list of examples include: alpha-interferons, beta-interferons, delta-interferons, gamma interferons, lambda interferons, omega-interferons, tau-interferons, x-interferons, consensus interferons and asialo-interferons.
  • Interferons can be pegylated.
  • type 1 interferons include interferon alpha 1A, interferon alpha 1B, interferon alpha 2A, interferon alpha 2B, pegylated- interferon alpha 2a (PEGASYS, Roche), recombinant interferon alpha 2a (ROFERON, Roche), inhaled interferon alpha 2b (AERX, Aradigm), pegylated-interferon alpha 2b (ALBUFERON, Human Genome Sciences/Novartis, PEGINTRON, Schering), recombinant interferon alpha 2b (INTRON A, Schering), pegylated interferon alpha 2b (PEG-INTRON, Schering, VIRAFERONPEG, Schering), interferon beta-1a (REBIF, Serono, Inc.
  • type 2 interferons include interferon gamma 1, interferon gamma 2 and pegylated interferon gamma; and examples of type 3 interferons include interferon lambda 1, interferon lambda 2 and interferon lambda 3.
  • type 3 interferons include interferon lambda 1, interferon lambda 2 and interferon lambda 3.
  • phosphate is used in its ordinary sense as understood by those skilled in the art, and includes its protonated forms (for example, as used herein, the terms “monophosphate,” “diphosphate,” and“triphosphate” are used in their ordinary sense as understood by those skilled in the art, and include protonated forms.
  • protecting group and“protecting groups” as used herein refer to any atom or group of atoms that is added to a molecule in order to prevent existing groups in the molecule from undergoing unwanted chemical reactions.
  • Examples of protecting group moieties are described in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3. Ed. John Wiley & Sons, 1999, and in J.F.W. McOmie, Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry Plenum Press, 1973, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference for the limited purpose of disclosing suitable protecting groups.
  • the protecting group moiety may be chosen in such a way, that they are stable to certain reaction conditions and readily removed at a convenient stage using methodology known from the art.
  • a non-limiting list of protecting groups include benzyl; substituted benzyl; alkylcarbonyls and alkoxycarbonyls (e.g., t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), acetyl, or isobutyryl); arylalkylcarbonyls and arylalkoxycarbonyls (e.g., benzyloxycarbonyl); substituted methyl ether (e.g.
  • methoxymethyl ether substituted ethyl ether; a substituted benzyl ether; tetrahydropyranyl ether; silyls (e.g., trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, tri-iso- propylsilyloxymethyl, [2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl or t-butyldiphenylsilyl); esters (e.g. benzoate ester); carbonates (e.g. methoxymethylcarbonate); sulfonates (e.g. tosylate or mesylate); acyclic ketal (e.g.
  • cyclic ketals e.g., 1,3-dioxane, 1,3- dioxolanes, and those described herein
  • acyclic acetal e.g., those described herein
  • acyclic hemiacetal e.g., 1,3-dithiane or 1,3- dithiolane
  • orthoesters e.g., those described herein
  • triarylmethyl groups e.g., trityl; monomethoxytrityl (MMTr); 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl (DMTr); 4,4',4"-trimethoxytrityl (TMTr); and those described herein).
  • the term“pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt of a compound that does not cause significant irritation to an organism to which it is administered and does not abrogate the biological activity and properties of the compound.
  • the salt is an acid addition salt of the compound.
  • Pharmaceutical salts can be obtained by reacting a compound with inorganic acids such as hydrohalic acid (e.g., hydrochloric acid or hydrobromic acid), sulfuric acid, nitric acid and phosphoric acid.
  • compositions can also be obtained by reacting a compound with an organic acid such as aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic or sulfonic acids, for example formic, acetic, succinic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, nicotinic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, p-toluensulfonic, salicylic or naphthalenesulfonic acid.
  • organic acid such as aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic or sulfonic acids
  • Pharmaceutical salts can also be obtained by reacting a compound with a base to form a salt such as an ammonium salt, an alkali metal salt, such as a sodium or a potassium salt, an alkaline earth metal salt, such as a calcium or a magnesium salt, a salt of organic bases such as dicyclohexylamine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, C 1 -C 7 alkylamine, cyclohexylamine, triethanolamine, ethylenediamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine and lysine.
  • a salt such as an ammonium salt, an alkali metal salt, such as a sodium or a potassium salt, an alkaline earth metal salt, such as a calcium or a magnesium salt, a salt of organic bases such as dicyclohexylamine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, C 1 -C 7 alkylamine, cyclohexy
  • the term“comprising” is to be interpreted synonymously with the phrases “having at least” or “including at least”.
  • the term “comprising” means that the process includes at least the recited steps, but may include additional steps.
  • the term “comprising” means that the compound, composition or device includes at least the recited features or components, but may also include additional features or components.
  • a group of items linked with the conjunction‘and’ should not be read as requiring that each and every one of those items be present in the grouping, but rather should be read as‘and/or’ unless expressly stated otherwise.
  • a group of items linked with the conjunction‘or’ should not be read as requiring mutual exclusivity among that group, but rather should be read as‘and/or’ unless expressly stated otherwise.
  • each center may independently be of R-configuration or S-configuration or a mixture thereof.
  • the compounds provided herein may be enantiomerically pure, enantiomerically enriched, racemic mixture, diastereomerically pure, diastereomerically enriched, or a stereoisomeric mixture.
  • each double bond may independently be E or Z a mixture thereof.
  • valencies are to be filled with hydrogens or isotopes thereof, e.g., hydrogen-1 (protium) and hydrogen-2 (deuterium).
  • each chemical element as represented in a compound structure may include any isotope of said element.
  • a hydrogen atom may be explicitly disclosed or understood to be present in the compound.
  • the hydrogen atom can be any isotope of hydrogen, including but not limited to hydrogen-1 (protium) and hydrogen-2 (deuterium).
  • reference herein to a compound encompasses all potential isotopic forms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • the methods and combinations described herein include crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs, which include the different crystal packing arrangements of the same elemental composition of a compound), amorphous phases, salts, solvates, and hydrates.
  • the compounds described herein exist in solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, or the like.
  • the compounds described herein exist in unsolvated form.
  • Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and may be formed during the process of crystallization with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, or the like. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol.
  • the compounds provided herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the compounds and methods provided herein.
  • R 1 can be selected from H (hydrogen), an optionally substituted acyl, an optionally
  • R 2 can be chloro (Cl) or azido (N 3 );
  • R 4 and R 5 can be independently H (hydrogen) or D (deuterium);
  • R 6 and R 7 can be independently absent, H (hydrogen),
  • R 8 , R 9 and each R 10 can be independently absent or H (hydrogen);
  • R A1 can be an optionally substituted C 1-24 alkyl;
  • R A2 can be independently selected from H (hydrogen), an optionally substituted C 1-24 alkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted–O–C 1-24 alkyl, an optionally substituted–O–aryl, an optionall substituted–O–
  • heteroar l an o tionally substituted –O–monocyclic heterocyclyl
  • R A3 can be selected from H (hydrogen), an optionally substituted C 1-24 alkyl and an optionally substituted aryl;
  • R C1 and R C2 can be independently selected from H (hydrogen), an optionally substituted C 1-24 alkyl and an optionally substituted aryl;
  • m can be 1 or 2;
  • s can be 0, 1, 2 or 3;
  • t can be 0 or 1; and
  • Z 1 can be O (oxygen) or S (sulfur).
  • R 1 can be H (hydrogen).
  • Compound (A) can be a nucleoside.
  • R 1 can be an optionally substituted acyl.
  • R B1 can be a substituted C 1-12 alkyl. In other embodiments, R B1 can be an unsubstituted C 1-12 alkyl. In some embodiments, R B1 can be an unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 1 can be an optionally substituted O-linked amino acid.
  • suitable O-linked amino acids include alanine, asparagine, aspartate, cysteine, glutamate, glutamine, glycine, proline, serine, tyrosine, arginine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, threonine, tryptophan and valine.
  • suitable amino acids include, but are not limited to, ornithine, hypusine, 2-aminoisobutyric acid, dehydroalanine, gamma-aminobutyric acid, citrulline, beta-alanine, alpha-ethyl-glycine, alpha-propyl-glycine and norleucine.
  • the O-linked amino acid can have the structure wherein R B2 can be selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C 1-6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3-6 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 6 aryl, an optionally substituted C 10 aryl and an optionally substituted aryl(C 1-6 alkyl); and R B3 can be hydrogen or an optionally substituted C 1-4 -alkyl; or R B2 and R B3 can be taken together to form an optionally substituted C 3-6 cycloalkyl.
  • R 1 is an optionally substituted O-linked amino acid
  • the oxygen of R 1 O- of Compound (A) is art of the o tionally substituted O-linked amino acid.
  • R 1 is the oxygen indicated with“*” is the oxygen of R 1 O- of Compound (A).
  • R B2 When R B2 is substituted, R B2 can be substituted with one or more substituents selected from N-amido, mercapto, alkylthio, an optionally substituted aryl, hydroxy, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, O-carboxy and amino. In some embodiments, R B2 can be an unsubstituted such as those described herein. In some embodiments, R B2 can be hydrogen. In other embodiments, R B2 can be methyl. In some embodiments, R B3 can be hydrogen.
  • R B3 can be an optionally substituted C 1-4 -alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and tert- butyl. In an embodiment, R B3 can be methyl.
  • the carbon to which R B2 and R B3 are attached may be a chiral center. In some embodiment, the carbon to which R B2 and R B3 are attached may be a (R)-chiral center. In other embodiments, the carbon to which R B2 and R B3 are attached may be a (S)-chiral center.
  • R 1 can be .
  • R 1 can be .
  • at least one of R 6 and R 7 can be absent or H.
  • both R 6 and R 7 can be independently absent or H.
  • Compound (A) can be a monophosphate.
  • R 6 and/or R 7 are absent, then the oxygen(s) associated with R 6 and/or R 7 will have a negative charge. For example, when R 6 is absent, the oxygen associated with R 6 will have an associated negative charge.
  • At least one of R 6 and R 7 can be any one of R 6 and R 7.
  • both R 6 and R 7 can be
  • R C1 and R C2 can be independently selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted C 1-24 alkyl and an optionally substituted aryl;
  • R A2 can be independently selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted C 1-24 alkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted–O–C 1-24 alkyl, an optionally substituted–O–aryl, an optionally substituted –O–heteroaryl, an optionally substituted –O–monocyclic heterocyclyl, and
  • Z 1 can be independently O (oxygen) or S (sulfur).
  • R C1 and R C2 can be hydrogen.
  • R C1 and R C2 can be an optionally substituted C 1-24 alkyl or an optionally substituted aryl.
  • R A2 can be an optionally substituted C 1-24 alkyl.
  • R A2 can be an optionally substituted aryl.
  • R A2 can be an optionally substituted–O–C 1-24 alkyl or an optionally substituted–O–aryl.
  • R A2 can be an optionally substituted–O– heteroaryl or an optionally substituted–O–monocyclic heterocyclyl.
  • Z 1 can be O (oxygen).
  • Z 1 can be S (sulfur).
  • s can be 0.
  • s can be 1.
  • s can be 2. In yet
  • s can be 0, and R A2 can be
  • R 6 and R 7 can be isopropyloxycarbonyloxymethyl (POC). In some embodiments, one or both of R 6 and R 7 can be pivaloyloxymethyl (POM). In some embodiments, R 6 and R 7 can be both an optionally substituted isopropyloxycarbonyloxymethyl group, and form an optionally substituted bis(isopropyloxycarbonyloxymethyl) (bis(POC)) prodrug. In some embodiments, R 6 and R 7 can be both an optionally substituted pivaloyloxymethyl group, and form an optionally substituted bis(pivaloyloxymethyl) (bis(POM)) prodrug.
  • R 6 and R 7 can be both
  • R 6 and R 7 can be .
  • R A3 can be hydrogen.
  • R A3 can be an optionally substituted C 1-24 alkyl.
  • R A3 can be an optionally substituted aryl.
  • R A3 can be a C 1-6 alkyl, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl (branched and straight-chained) and hexyl (branched and straight-chained).
  • t can be 0.
  • t can be 1.
  • one or both of R 6 and R 7 can be an optionally substituted S-acylthioethyl (SATE) and form an optionally substituted SATE ester prodrug.
  • SATE S-acylthioethyl
  • one of R 6 and R 7 can be , and the other of R 6 and R 7 can be absent or H.
  • R 1 can be , R 8 , R 9 and each R 10 can be independently absent or hydrogen; and m can be 1 or 2.
  • m can be 1, and R 8 , R 9 and R 10 can be independently absent or hydrogen.
  • m can be 2, and R 8 , R 9 and each R 10 can be independently absent or hydrogen.
  • R 1 when m is 1, R 1 can be diphosphate.
  • R 1 when m is 2, R 1 can be triphosphate.
  • R 8 , R 9 and/or R 10 are absent, those skilled in the art understand that the oxygen associated with R 8 , R 9 and/or R 10 will have an associated negative charge. For example, when R 8 is absent, the oxygen associated with R 8 will have a negative charge, which can be indicated as O-.
  • R 2 can be chloro, such that the 2’-position is substituted with a chloromethyl group. In other embodiments, R 2 can be azido, such that the 2’-position is substituted with an azidomethyl group.
  • R B4 can be hydrogen or an optionally substituted C 1-4 -alkyl; or R B3 and R B4 can be taken together to form an optionally substituted C 3-6 cycloalkyl.
  • R B3 When R B3 is substituted, R B3 can be substituted with one or more substituents selected from N-amido, mercapto, alkylthio, an optionally substituted aryl, hydroxy, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, O-carboxy and amino.
  • R B3 can be an unsubstituted C 1-6 -alkyl, such as those described herein.
  • R B3 can be hydrogen.
  • R B3 can be methyl.
  • R B4 can be hydrogen.
  • R B4 can be an optionally substituted C 1-4 -alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and tert- butyl. In an embodiment, R B4 can be methyl.
  • the carbon to which R B3 and R B4 are attached may be a chiral center. In some embodiment, the carbon to which R B3 and R B4 are attached may be a (R)-chiral center. In other embodiments, the carbon to which R B3 and R B4 are attached may be a (S)-chiral center.
  • R 4 and R 5 can be both hydrogen (H). In other embodiments, R 4 and R 5 can be both deuterium (D). In still other embodiments, one of R 4 and R 5 can be hydrogen, and the other of R 4 and R 5 can be deuterium.
  • the hydrogen can be an isotope of hydrogen, such as hydrogen-2 (deuterium).
  • Compound (A) can be Compound (A1).
  • Some embodiments of Compound (A1) are provide in T l A
  • R 1 can be and R 3 can be In some embodiments, R 1 and/or R 3 can include one or more deuterium atoms.
  • R 1 can be deuterium or R 1 can be and/or R 3 can be
  • Compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can act as a chain-terminator and inhibit replication of a virus, such as a paramyxovirus.
  • Examples of Compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, include the following:
  • Compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof include:
  • Compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof include the following: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
  • a variety of compounds can be compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be selected from an anti-RSV antibody, a fusion protein inhibitor, an N-protein inhibitor, a RSV polymerase inhibitor, an IMPDH inhibitor, an interferon and an other compound that inhibits the RSV virus, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
  • compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be an anti-RSV agent.
  • compound (B) can be an anti- RSV antibody, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • anti-RSV antibodies include, but are not limited to, RSV-IGIV (RespiGam®), palivizumab (Synagis®, a chimeric humanized IgG monoclonal antibody) and motavizumab (MEDI-524, humanized monoclonal antibody), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the foregoing.
  • compound (B) can be a fusion protein inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • fusion protein inhibitors include the following: 1-cyclopropyl-3-[[1-(4-hydroxybutyl)benzimidazol-2- yl]methyl]imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-one (BMS-433771), 4,4"-bis- ⁇ 4,6-bis-[3-(bis- carbamoylmethyl-sulfamoyl)-phenylamino]-(1,3,5)triazin-2-ylamino ⁇ -biphenyl-2,2"- disulfonic-acid (RFI-641), 4,4'-Bis[4,6-di[3-aminophenyl-N,N-bis(2-carbamoylethyl)- sulfonilimino]-1,3,5-triazine-2-ylamino]-biphenyl-2,2'
  • compound (B) can be an N-protein inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • An exemplary N-protein inhibitor is (S)-1-(2- fluorophenyl)-3-(2-oxo-5-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[e][1,4]diazepin-3-yl)urea (RSV- 604), STP-92 (siRNA delivered through nanoparticle based delivery systems, Sirnaomics) and iKT-041 (Inhibikase), and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • compound (B) can be a RSV polymerase inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • RSV polymerase inhibitors include, but are not limited to, 6- ⁇ 4-[(biphenyl-2-ylcarbonyl) amino]benzoyl ⁇ -N- cyclopropyl-5,6-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-d][1]benzazepine-2-carboxamide (YM-53403), N- cyclopropyl-5-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzamido)benzoyl)-5,6,7,10- tetrahydrobenzo[b]cyclopenta[d]azepine-9-carboxamide, 6-(4-(2-(2-oxa-7- azaspiro[3.5]nonan-7-yl)nicotinamido)benzoyl)-N-cyclopropyl-5,6-dihydro-4H-
  • compound (B) can be an IMPDH inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • IMPDH inhibitors include: ribavirin, 5-ethynyl-1-beta-D-ribofuranosylimidazole-4-carboxamide (EICAR), 4-hydroxy-3- beta-D-ribofuranosylpyrazole-5-carboxamide (pyrazofurin), 1-((2R,3R,4S,5R)-3,4- dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboximidamide (Taribavirin, viramidine), 1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylcyanamide (LY253963), tetrahydrofuran-3-yl- 3-(3-(3-methoxy-4-(oxazol-5-yl)phenyl)ureido)benzylcarbamate (VX-497
  • compound (B) can be an interferon, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • interferons are described herein.
  • the interferon can be a pegylated interferon.
  • the interferon can be a Type 1 interferon, for example, an alpha-interferon (IFN- ⁇ ).
  • alpha-interferons include Pegylated interferon-alpha-2a (PEGASYS®), Pegylated interferon- alpha-2b (PEG-INTRON®) and interferon alfacon-1 (INFERGEN®).
  • the Type 1 interferon can be a beta-interferon (IFN- ⁇ ).
  • the interferon can be a Type 2 interferon. In other embodiments, the interferon can be Type 3 interferon, such as a lambda-interferon (IFN-O) and pegylated interferon lambda.
  • IFN-O lambda-interferon
  • pegylated interferon lambda pegylated interferon lambda
  • compound (B) can be an other compound that inhibits the RSV virus, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • other compounds that inhibits the RSV virus include, but are not limited to, a double stranded RNA oligonucleotide, 5-methyl-N-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]-isoxazole-4-carboxamide (leflumomide), N-(2-chloro-4-methylphenyl)-2-((1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)propanamide (JMN3-003), Medi-559, Medi-534, Medi-557, an intratracheal formulation of recombinant human CC10 (CG-100), high titer, human immunoglobulin (RI-001, ADMA Biologics Inc.) and a non-neutralizing mAb against the G protein (mAb 131-2G), or a pharmaceutically
  • a non- limiting list of double stranded RNA oligonucleotides are ALN-RSV01 (an siRNA agent with the sense strand sequence (5' to 3') GGCUCUUAGCAAAGUCAAGdTdT (SEQ ID NO. 3) and the antisense strand sequence (5' to 3') CUUGACUUUGCUAAGAGCCdTdT (SEQ ID NO. 4) and ALN-RSV02. Additional information regarding ALN-RSV01 and/or ALN- RSV02 can be found in U.S. Publication No. 2009/0238772, filed Dec. 15, 2008 (Alnylam Pharmaceuticals).
  • Additional compounds for Compound (B) include compounds that can be encompassed by the following formulae/compounds. For each of the following formulae/compounds, each variable pertains only to each individual section. For example for Compounds of Formula (B1), the variables listed under Compounds of Formula (B1) refer only to Compounds of Formula (B1) and not Compounds of Formula (B2) or any of the other formulae/compounds provided in this section, unless stated otherwise.
  • Het can be a heterocycle having formula (b), (c), (d) or (e):
  • Examples of Compounds of Formula (B1) include:
  • Het can be a heterocycle having formula (a):
  • R 1a can be Br or Cl;
  • R 2a can be -(CR 8a R 9a ) n -R 10a ; each R 8a and R 9a can be independently chosen from H, C 1 -C 10 alkyl and C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; or R 8a and R 9a can be taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring; wherein the 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from N, S and O;
  • R 10a can be selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, R 11 , OH, CF 3 , CHF 2 , F, Cl, SO 2 CH 3 , SO 2 C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, NR 8a SO 2 R 8a , SO 2 NR 8a R 9a , NR 8a SO 2 C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, CN, NR 8a R 9a , COOH, CO
  • Examples of Compounds of Formula (B2) include:
  • Het can be a heterocycle having formula (b), (c), (d) or (e):
  • R 11 can be selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from CF 3 , CH 3 , OCH 3 , OCF 3 and halogen;
  • R 12 can be selected from phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from CF 3 , CH 3 , OCH 3 , OCF 3 and halogen; or R 12 can be C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 - C 7 cycloalkyl; each substituted with one or more substituents
  • Examples of Compounds of Formula (B3) include:
  • Het can be a heterocycle having formula (a):
  • R 1a can be Br or Cl;
  • R 2a can be -(CR 8a R 9a ) n -R 10a ; each R 8a and R 9a can be independently chosen from H, C 1 -C 10 alkyl and C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; or R 8a and R 9a can be taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring; wherein the 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected N, S and O;
  • R 10a can be selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, R 11 , OH, CF 3 , CHF 2 , F, Cl, SO 2 CH 3 , SO 2 C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, NR 8a SO 2 R 8a , SO 2 NR 8a R 9a , NR 8a SO 2 C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, CN, NR 8a R 9a , COOH, COOR
  • Examples of Compounds of Formula (B4) include:
  • R 2 can be selected from H, halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, and CO(R 7 );
  • R 3 can be– (CR 8 R 9 ) n
  • Examples of Compounds of Formula (B5) include:
  • each X independently can be C or N with at least one X being N;
  • R 2 can be selected from H, halogen, C 1 - C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, and CO(R 7 );
  • Examples of Compounds of Formula B7 include:
  • Examples of Compounds of Formula (B8) include:
  • each X independently can be C or N;
  • R 1 can be H;
  • R 2 can be selected from Br and Cl;
  • R 3 can be -(CR 6 R 7 ) n -R 8 ;
  • R 4 can be selected from H, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 2 - C 10 alkenyl, -CH 2 -p-Fluorophenyl, CH 2 CF 3 and -SO 2 CH 3 ;
  • R 5 is present where X is C, whereby each R 5 can be selected, each independently, from the group consisting of H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, halogen, and CN;
  • R 5 is absent where X is N;
  • R 6 and R 7 can be each independently chosen from H and C 1 -C 10 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; or
  • Examples of Compounds of Formula (B9) include:
  • R 1 , R 3 and R 4 each independently can represent H, C1-6 alkyl or halogen;
  • R 5 can represent C1-6 alkyl; said C1-6 alkyl being optionally substituted with one or more of OR 13 , CF 3 , CN or NR 14 R 15 wherein R 13 can represent H or C1-6 alkyl and R 14 and R 15 independently can represent H, C1-6 alkyl or C3- 7 cycloalkyl; or the group -NR 14 R 15 together can represent a 5 to 7 membered azacyclic ring optionally incorporating one further heteroatom selected from O, S and NR 19 wherein R 19 can represent H or C1-6 alkyl; R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 each independently can represent CH, C-F, C-Cl, C- CF 3 or N
  • Examples of Compounds of Formula (B10) include: 3-methyl-1-[(1- isopentylbenzimidazol-2-yl)methyl]-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 3-isopentyl-1-[(1- isopentylbenzimidazol-2-yl)methyl]-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 3-cyclopropyl-1-[(1- isopentylbenzimidazol-2-yl)methyl]-4-methyl-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 3-cyclopropyl-1-[(1- isopentylbenzimidazol-2-yl)methyl]-4,4-dimethyl-quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1- isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-methyl-4H-quinazolin-2- one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1- isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl
  • X 1 and X 2 can be independently selected from CH and N wherein at least one of X 1 and X 2 is N; R 1 is optionally substituted and can be selected from a carbocyclic, heterocyclic and aromatic ring; R 2 can be selected from C 1 - 6 alkyl, haloC 1 - 3 alkyl and C 1 - 3 alkoxy; and R 3 can be H or an optional substituent.
  • Examples of Compounds of Formula (B11) include: 5a-(4-chlorophenyl)-6-[(3- methyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-5a,6,7,8-tetrahydroimidazo[1’,2':1,6]pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazin- 10(5H)-one; 10a-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-[(3-methyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-2,3,10,10a- tetrahydroimidazo[2,1-g][1,7]naphthyridin-5(1H)-one; 10a-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-[(3-methyl-1,2- oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-2,3,10,10a-tetrahydroimidazo[2,1-g][1,7]naphthyridin-5(1H)-
  • R 2 can be H, (C 1-6 )alkyl, hydroxy, halo, (C 1- 6 )haloalkyl, amino, (C 1-6 )alkylamino.
  • R 3 can be (C 6 , C 10 or C 14 )aryl or 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which being optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents, each independently selected from: (C 1 - 6 )alkyl, halo, (C 1-6 )haloalkyl, hydroxy, (C 1-6 )alkoxy, (C 1-6 )alkylthio, nitro, amino, (C 1-6 )alkylamino, di((C 1-6 )alkyl)amino and COO(C 1-6 )alkyl; and R 4 and R 5 can be each independently H or (C 1-6 )alkyl; or R 4 and R 5 can be linked, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, to form a (C 3-7 )cycIoalkyl group; with the proviso that R
  • Examples of Com ounds of Formula B12 include:
  • R can be a radical of formula
  • Q can be hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with a heterocycle or Q is C 1-6 alkyl substituted with both a radical -OR 4 and a heterocycle; wherein said heterocycle is selected from oxazolidine, thiazolidine, 1-oxo-thiazolidine, 1,1-dioxothiazolidine, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpholinyl,1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl, hexahydrooxazepine, hexahydrothiazepine, 1- oxo- hexahydrothiazepine, 1,1-dioxo-hexahydrothiazepine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, homopiperidine, piperazine; wherein each of said heterocycle may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxyC 1-6 alkyl
  • Examples of Compounds of Formula (B13) include:
  • G can be a direct bond or C 1-10 alkanediyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from hydroxy, C 1 - 6 alkyloxy, Ar 1 C 1 - 6 alkyloxy,C 1 - 6 alkylthio, Ar 1 C 1 - 6 alkylthio,HO(-CH 2 -CH 2 -O) n -, C 1 - 6 alkyloxy(-CH 2 -CH 2 -O) a - or Ar 1 C 1 - 6 alkyloxy(-CH 2 -CH 2 -O)n-; each n independently can be 1, 2, 3 or 4; R 1 can be Ar 1 or a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocycle being selected from piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrida
  • each of said monocyclic or bicyclic heterocycles may optionally be substituted with 1 or where possible more, such as 2, 3, 4 or 5, substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxy, amino, cyano, carboxyl, C 1 - 6 alkyloxy, C 1 - 6 alkylthio, C 1 - 6 alkyloxyCi-ealkyl, Ar 1 , Ar 1 C 1 - 6 alkyl, Ar 1 C 1 - 6 alkyloxy, hydroxyC 1 - 6 alkyl,mono-or di(C 1 - 6 alkyl)amino, mono-or di(C 1 - 6 alkyl)aminoC 1 - 6 alkyl, polyhaloC 1 - 6 alkyl, C 1 - 6 alkylcarbonylamino,C 1 - 6 alkyl-SO 2 -NR 5c -, Ar 1 -SO 2 - NR 5c -, C 1 - 6 alkyloxycarbonyl, -C
  • Examples of Com ounds of Formula B14 include:
  • R 1 can be hydrogen or a C 1- 6 alkyl
  • R 2 can be (1) amino(CH 2 ) 2-6 ; (2) amino(CH 2 ) 1-6 difluoromethyl(CH 2 ) 1-6 ; (3) amino(CH 2 ) 1- 6 fluoromethyl(CH 2 ) 1-6 ; (4) amino(CH 2 ) 0-6 oxetanyl(CH 2 ) 1-6 ; (5) amino(CH 2 ) 1-6 oxetanyl(CH 2 ) 0-6 ; or (6) pyrrolidin-3-yl, unsubstituted or 4-substituted by halogen; and X can be–O–,–S–,–S( ⁇ O)–,– S(O 2 )–,–CH 2 –,–CF 2 – or–NH–.
  • Examples of Compounds of Formula (B15) include: N-[2-(1,1-dioxido-2,3- dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-2,2-difluoropropane-1,3- diamine; N-[2-(1-oxido-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]propane-1,3-diamine; N-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]propane-1,3-diamine; N-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-yl)-6-methylthieno[3,2- d]
  • R 1 can be hydrogen or halogen
  • R 2 can be hydrogen or halogen
  • R 3 can be azetidinyl; C 1-6 alkoxypyridinyl; C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl-C x H 2x -; carboxycycloalkyl; difluorocycloalkyl; 1,1-dioxo-tetrahydrothienyl; halopyridinyl; hydroxy-C y H 2y -; hydroxy-C x H 2x - cycloalkyl; hydroxy-C y H 2y -O-C y H 2y -; hydroxycycloalkyl-C z H 2z -, unsubstituted or substituted by C 1-3 alkyl, hydroxy or hydroxy-C x H 2x -; 4-hydroxypiperidin-1-yl-C y H 2y -; 3-hydroxy- pyrrolidin-1- y
  • R 4 can be C 1-6 alkyl or cycloalkyl;
  • R 5 can be hydrogen or halogen;
  • R 7 can be hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl;
  • a 1 can be -N- or -CH;
  • a 2 can be -N-, -NO or -CH;
  • a 3 can be -N- or -CH;
  • x can be 1-6;
  • y can be 2- 6;
  • z can be 0-6.
  • Examples of Compounds of Formula (B16) include: 1-[2- (methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-2- ⁇ [3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-indol-1-yl]methyl ⁇ -1H-benzimidazole; 5-chloro- 2- ⁇ [3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-indol-1-yl]methyl ⁇ -1-[3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1H-benzimidazole; 5- chloro-2- ⁇ [5-fluoro-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-indol-1-yl]methyl ⁇ -1-[3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1H- benzimidazole; 5-chloro-1-[3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-2- ⁇ [3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3- c]pyridin-1-yl]
  • A can be aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 1 can be alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted by one to three substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkoxy-alkyl-,hydroxyl-alkyl-, CN, alky-NH-
  • said aryl or heteroaryl can be optionally substituted by one to three substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkyl-NH-, with the proviso that when A is aryl, R 1 is not unsubstituted aryl
  • R 2 can be hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkyl-NH-, CN, alkyl-SO 2 -, or halo
  • R 3 can be hydrogen, alkyl,
  • Y 1 can be N, NH or CH, Y 2 is C, Y 3 is N or CR 8 ⁇ , Y4 is N or C and Y5 is N, NR2 ⁇ or CR2, wherein at least two of Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4 and Y5 are independently N, NH or NR 2 ⁇ ; or b) Y 1 can be N, NH or CH, Y 2 is N or C, Y 3 is N or CR 8 ⁇ , Y 4 is N or C, and Y 5 is N or NR 2 ⁇ , wherein at least two of Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 and Y 5 are independently N, NH or NR 2 ⁇ ; or c) Y 1 can be N, NH or CH, Y 2 is N or C, Y 3 is CR 8 ⁇ , Y 4 is N or C, and Y 5 is N, NR 2 ⁇ or CR
  • R 2 can be H, CN, NO 2 , halogen or (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl;
  • R 2 ⁇ can be H or (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl;
  • R 3 can be H
  • Examples of Compounds of Formula (B18) include:
  • A can be -(C(R 4 ) 2 ) n - wherein any one C(R 4 ) 2 of said -(C(R 4 ) 2 ) n - may be optionally replaced with–O–,–S–,–S(O) P –, NH or NR a ; n can be 3,4, 5 or 6; each p can be 1 or 2; Ar can be a C 2 -C 20 heterocyclyl group or a C 6 -C 20 aryl group, wherein the C 2 -C 20 heterocyclyl group or the C 6 -C 20 aryl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R 6 ; each R 3 , R 4 or R 6 can be independently H, oxo, OR 11 , NR 11 R 12 , NR 11 C(O)R 11 , NR 11 C(O)OR 11 , NR 11 C(O)NR 11 R 12 , N 3 , CN
  • Examples of Compounds of Formula (B19) include:
  • Formula (B20) has a structure selected from:
  • A can be–(C(R 4 ) 2 ) n – wherein any one C(R 4 ) 2 of said–(C(R 4 ) 2 ) n - may be optionally replaced with–O–,–S–,–S(O) p –, NH or NR a ; n can be 3, 4, 5 or 6; each p can be 1 or 2; Ar can be a C 2 -C 20 heterocyclyl group or a C 6 -C 20 aryl group, wherein the C 2 -C 20 heterocyclyl group or the C 6 -C 20 aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R 6 ; X can be –C(R 13 )(R 14 )–,–N(CH 2 R 14 )– or X is absent; Y can be N or CR 7 ; each R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 or R
  • Examples of Compounds of Formula (B20) include:
  • A can be selected from an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted aryl(C 1-2 alkyl), an optionally substituted heteroaryl and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • V can be N or CH;
  • E can be C or N; provided that when E is N, then R 2a1 is absent;
  • Z can be selected from
  • Y can be selected from an optionally substituted acylalkyl, an optionally
  • R 3a1 , R 3a and R 3a3 can be each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C 4
  • Formula (B21) includes the following: provided that
  • R 4 is selected from cyano, halo(C 1-8 alkyl), an optionally substituted acylalkyl, an optionally substituted C 1-8 alkyl, an optionally substituted hydroxyalkyl, an optionally substituted alkoxy(alkyl), an optionally substituted C 2-8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2-8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3-6 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3-6 cycloalkyl(C 1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl(C 1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted heteroaryl(C 1-6 alkyl) and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl(C 1-6 alkyl).
  • a compound of Formula (B21) can be selected from the following: 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 242, 244, 245, 246A, 246B, 247, 300, 400, 401, 402, 40
  • a compound of Formula (B21) can be selected from the following: 1200, 1202, 1204, 1209, 1211, 1213, 1214, 1216, 1217, 1220, 1221, 1223, 1224, 1225, 1226, 1227, 1230, 1231, 1232, 1233, 1234, 1235, 1236, 1237, 1238, 1239, 1242, 1243, 1244, 1245, 1246, 1247, 1248, 1249, 1250, 1251, 1252, 1253, 1255, 1256, 1257, 1258, 1300, 1301, 1302, 1303, 1304, 1307, 1308, 1309, 1310, 1311, 1312, 1313, 1314, 1315, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1319, 1320, 1321, 1322, 1323, 1325, 1326, 1327, 1328, 1329, 1330, 1331, 1332, 1333, 1334, 1335, 1336, 1340, 1341, 1343,
  • a compound of Formula (B21) can be selected from the following: 840, 1100, 1101, 1201, 1205, 1210, 1215, 1219, 1222, 1228, 1240, 1241, 2204, 2205, 2800, 2801, 3200, 3401, 3500, 3501, 3900 and 4303.
  • a compound of Formula (B21) can be selected from the following: 900, 902, 903, 904, 908, 910, 917, 1000, 2803, 3300 and 4302.
  • a compound of Formula (B21) can be selected from the following: 239, 240, 241, 2305, 2306 and 2802.
  • L can be selected from:
  • A can be selected from an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted aryl(C 1-2 alkyl), an optionally substituted heteroaryl and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • Y can be selected from an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • R 1a , R 1b , R 1c and R 1d can be each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C 1-4 alkyl;
  • R 2a , R 2a1 , R 2b , R 2b1 , R 2c , R 2c1 , R 2d and R 2d1 can be each independently selected from can be hydrogen, an optionally substituted C 1- 4 alkyl, an optionally substituted aryl(C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 5 and R 5a1 can be each independently be hydrogen or an unsubstituted C 6a1
  • R 6a and R can be each independently hydrogen, an optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl or an optionally substituted alkoxyalkyl;
  • R 6a2 and R 6a3 can be each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C 1-4 alkyl;
  • R 3c and R 3c1 together with the atom to which they are attached can be joined to form an optionally substituted 3 membered ring, an optionally substituted 4 membered ring, an optionally substituted 5 membered ring or an optionally substituted 6 membered ring;
  • R a and R c can be each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C 1-4 alkyl;
  • R 4c and R 5c can be taken together to form an unsubstituted aryl, an unsubstituted heteroaryl or an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • Z c can be N or CH;
  • m d can be 0 or 1;
  • ring B d can be an optionally substituted C 5 cycloalkyl;
  • ring B d1 can be an optionally substituted pyridinyl; and provided that when L is Formula (IIc), then Y is absent.
  • Formula (B22) is not
  • a compound of Formula (B22) can be selected from the following: 1, 13-1, 100, 101, 102, 103, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 116a, 116b, 117, 117a, 117b, 118, 118a, 118b, 119, 120, 120a, 120b, 121, 122, 122a, 122b, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 131, 132, 133, 134, 138, 139, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 158, 159, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178,
  • a compound of Formula (B22) can be selected from the following: 629, 630, 631 and 632, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the foregoing.
  • a compound of Formula (B22) can be selected from the following: 149, 150, 156, 157, 160, 217, 220, 222, 229, 287, 302, 303, 304, 305, 311, 401, 473 and 474, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the foregoing.
  • a compound of Formula (B22) can be selected from the following: 130, 135, 140 and 141, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the foregoing.
  • a compound of Formula (B22) can be 104 or 161, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the foregoing, as provided in (B22).
  • a compound of Formula (B22) can be 136 or 137, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the foregoing, as provided in (B22).
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to treat and/or ameliorate a paramyxovirus infection.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to prevent a paramyxovirus infection.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the replication of a paramyxovirus.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the paramyxovirus polymerase complex.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to treat and/or ameliorate a respiratory syncytial viral (RSV) infection.
  • RSV respiratory syncytial viral
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to prevent a respiratory syncytial viral infection.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the replication of a respiratory syncytial virus.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the RSV polymerase complex.
  • the RSV can be Type A.
  • the RSV can be Type B.
  • the RSV can be Type A and B.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to treat and/or ameliorate a HPIV-1 infection and/or HPIV-3 infection.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to prevent a HPIV-1 infection and/or HPIV-3 infection.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the replication of HPIV-1 and/or HPIV-3.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the HPIV-1 polymerase complex and/or HPIV-3 polymerase complex.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to treat and/or ameliorate a HPIV-2 infection and/or HPIV-4 infection.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to prevent a HPIV-2 infection and/or HPIV-4 infection.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the replication of HPIV-2 and/or HPIV-4.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the HPIV-2 polymerase complex and/or HPIV-4 polymerase complex.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to treat and/or ameliorate a metapneumoviral infection.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to prevent a metapneumoviral infection.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the replication of a metapneumovirus.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the metapneumovirus polymerase complex.
  • the metapneumovirus can be a human metapneumovirus.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used treat and/or ameliorate an upper respiratory viral infection caused by a paramyxovirus infection.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used treat and/or ameliorate a lower respiratory viral infection caused by a paramyxovirus infection.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used treat and/or ameliorate one or more symptoms of an infection caused by a paramyxovirus infection (such as those described herein).
  • Respiratory infections include colds, croup, pneumonia, bronchitis and bronchiolitis.
  • Symptoms can include a cough, runny nose, nasal congestion, sore throat, fever, difficulty breathing, abnormally rapid breathing, wheezing vomiting, diarrhea and ear infections.
  • a combination described herein can be used treat and/or ameliorate one or more symptoms of an infection caused by a virus selected from a RSV virus, a parainfluenza virus and a metapneumovirus (such as those described herein).
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be used treat and/or ameliorate bronchiolitis and/or tracheobronchitis due to a paramyxovirus infection.
  • a combination described herein can be used treat and/or ameliorate pneumonia due to a paramyxovirus infection.
  • a combination described herein can be used treat and/or ameliorate croup due to a paramyxovirus infection.
  • the terms“prevent” and“preventing,” mean lowering the efficiency of viral replication and/or inhibiting viral replication to a greater degree in a subject who receives the compound compared to a subject who does not receive the compound.
  • forms of prevention include prophylactic administration to a subject who has been or may be exposed to an infectious agent, such as a paramyxovirus (e.g., RSV).
  • the terms“treat,”“treating,”“treatment,”“therapeutic,” and “therapy” do not necessarily mean total cure or abolition of the disease or condition. Any alleviation of any undesired signs or symptoms of a disease or condition, to any extent can be considered treatment and/or therapy. Furthermore, treatment may include acts that may worsen the subject’s overall feeling of well-being or appearance.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of compound can be the amount needed to prevent, alleviate or ameliorate symptoms of disease or prolong the survival of the subject being treated This response may occur in a tissue, system, animal or human and includes alleviation of the signs or symptoms of the disease being treated. Determination of an effective amount is well within the capability of those skilled in the art, in view of the disclosure provided herein.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of the compounds disclosed herein required as a dose will depend on the route of administration, the type of animal, including human, being treated, and the physical characteristics of the specific animal under consideration.
  • the dose can be tailored to achieve a desired effect, but will depend on such factors as weight, diet, concurrent medication and other factors which those skilled in the medical arts will recognize.
  • Various indicators for determining the effectiveness of a method for treating a paramyxovirus viral infection are known to those skilled in the art.
  • suitable indicators include, but are not limited to, a reduction in viral load, a reduction in viral replication, a reduction in time to seroconversion (virus undetectable in patient serum), a reduction of morbidity or mortality in clinical outcomes, and/or other indicator of disease response.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can reduce viral titers to undetectable levels, for example, less than 1.7 log 10 plaque forming units equivalents (PFUe)/mL, or less than 0.3 log 10 plaque forming units equivalents (PFUe)/mL.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can reduce the viral load compared to the viral load before administration of the combination (for example, 60 hours after receiving the initial dosage of the combination).
  • a combination of compounds described herein can reduce the viral load to lower than 1.7 log 10 (PFUe)/mL, or lower than 0.3 log 10 (PFUe)/mL.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can achieve a reduction in viral titer in the serum of the subject in the range of about 1.5-log to about a 2.5-log reduction, about a 3-log to about a 4-log reduction, or a greater than about 5-log reduction compared to the viral load before administration of the combination.
  • the viral load is measure before administration of the combination, and several hours after receiving the initial dosage of the combination (for example, 60 hours after receiving the initial dosage of the combination).
  • a combination of compounds described herein can result in at least a 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100-fold or more reduction in the replication of a paramyxovirus relative to pre-treatment levels in a subject, as determined several hours after receiving the initial dosage of the combination (for example, 60 hours after receiving the initial dosage of the combination).
  • a combination of compounds described herein can result in a reduction of the replication of a paramyxovirus relative to pre-treatment levels in the range of about 2 to about 5 fold, about 10 to about 20 fold, about 15 to about 40 fold, or about 50 to about 100 fold.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can result in a reduction of a paramyxovirus replication in the range of 1 to 1.5 log, 1.5 log to 2 log, 2 log to 2.5 log, 2.5 to 3 log, 3 log to 3.5 log or 3.5 to 4 log more reduction of a paramyxovirus replication compared to the reduction of a paramyxovirus reduction achieved by ribavirin (Virazole®), or may achieve the same reduction as that of ribavirin (Virazole®) therapy in a shorter period of time, for example, in one day, two days, three days, four days, or five days, as compared to the reduction achieved after 5 days of ribavirin (Virazole®) therapy.
  • infectious agents can develop resistance to one or more therapeutic agents.
  • the term“resistance” as used herein refers to a viral strain displaying a delayed, lessened and/or null response to a therapeutic agent(s).
  • the viral load of a subject infected with a resistant virus may be reduced to a lesser degree compared to the amount in viral load reduction exhibited by a subject infected with a non-resistant strain.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can be administered to a subject infected with RSV that is resistant to one or more different anti-RSV agents (for example, ribavirin).
  • RSV that is resistant to one or more different anti-RSV agents (for example, ribavirin).
  • development of resistant RSV strains can be delayed when subjects are treated with combination of compounds described herein compared to the development of RSV strains resistant to other anti-RSV drugs administered as monotherapy.
  • a combination of compounds described herein can decrease the percentage of subjects that experience complications from a RSV viral infection compared to the percentage of subjects that experience complication being treated with ribavirin.
  • the percentage of subjects being treated with a combination of compounds described herein that experience complications can be 10%, 25%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80% and 90% less compared to subjects being treated with ribavirin.
  • a combination of compounds can include one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds can include one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be administered with one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in a single pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be administered with one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as two or more separate pharmaceutical compositions.
  • compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be administered in one pharmaceutical composition, and compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be administered in a second pharmaceutical composition.
  • one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be administered with at least one of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the order of administration of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, with compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can vary.
  • one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be administered prior all of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be administered prior to at least one compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be administered concomitantly with one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be administered subsequent to the administration of at least one compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be administered subsequent to the administration of all of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a potential advantage of utilizing a combination of compounds described herein may be a reduction in the required amount(s) of one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and/or one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, that is effective in treating a disease condition disclosed herein (for example, RSV), as compared to the amount required to achieve same therapeutic result when one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and/or one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a disease condition disclosed herein for example, RSV
  • the amount of a one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and/or one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be less compared to the amount of the aforementioned compounds needed to achieve the same viral load reduction when administered as a monotherapy.
  • Another potential advantage of utilizing a combination described herein is that the use of two or more compounds having different mechanism of actions can create a higher barrier to the development of resistant viral strains compared to the barrier when a compound is administered as monotherapy.
  • Additional advantages of utilizing a combination described herein may include little to no cross resistance between the compounds of the combination; different routes for elimination of the compounds of the combination; little to no overlapping toxicities between the compounds of the combination; little to no significant effects on cytochrome P450; and/or little to no pharmacokinetic interactions between the compounds of the combination.
  • the useful in vivo dosage to be administered and the particular mode of administration will vary depending upon the age, weight, the severity of the affliction, and mammalian species treated, the particular compounds employed, and the specific use for which these compounds are employed.
  • the determination of effective dosage levels that is the dosage levels necessary to achieve the desired result, can be accomplished by one skilled in the art using routine methods, for example, human clinical trials and in vitro studies.
  • the dosage may range broadly, depending upon the desired effects and the therapeutic indication. Alternatively dosages may be based and calculated upon the surface area of the patient, as understood by those of skill in the art. Although the exact dosage will be determined on a drug-by-drug basis, in most cases, some generalizations regarding the dosage can be made.
  • the daily dosage regimen for an adult human patient may be, for example, an oral dose of between 0.01 mg and 3000 mg of each active ingredient, preferably between 1 mg and 700 mg, e.g. 5 to 200 mg.
  • the dosage may be a single one or a series of two or more given in the course of one or more days, as is needed by the subject.
  • the compounds will be administered for a period of continuous therapy, for example for a week or more, or for months or years.
  • a suitable human dosage can be inferred from ED 50 or ID 50 values, or other appropriate values derived from in vitro or in vivo studies, as qualified by toxicity studies and efficacy studies in animals.
  • dosages may be calculated as the free base.
  • Dosage amount and interval may be adjusted individually to provide plasma levels of the active moiety which are sufficient to maintain the modulating effects, or minimal effective concentration (MEC).
  • MEC minimal effective concentration
  • the MEC will vary for each compound but can be estimated from in vitro data. Dosages necessary to achieve the MEC will depend on individual characteristics and route of administration. However, HPLC assays or bioassays can be used to determine plasma concentrations. Dosage intervals can also be determined using MEC value.
  • Compositions should be administered using a regimen which maintains plasma levels above the MEC for 10-90% of the time, preferably between 30-90% and most preferably between 50-90%. In cases of local administration or selective uptake, the effective local concentration of the drug may not be related to plasma concentration.
  • the attending physician would know how to and when to terminate, interrupt, or adjust administration due to toxicity or organ dysfunctions. Conversely, the attending physician would also know to adjust treatment to higher levels if the clinical response were not adequate (precluding toxicity).
  • the magnitude of an administrated dose in the management of the disorder of interest will vary with the severity of the condition to be treated and to the route of administration. The severity of the condition may, for example, be evaluated, in part, by standard prognostic evaluation methods. Further, the dose and perhaps dose frequency, will also vary according to the age, body weight, and response of the individual patient. A program comparable to that discussed above may be used in veterinary medicine.
  • compositions disclosed herein can be evaluated for efficacy and toxicity using known methods.
  • the toxicology of a particular compound, or of a subset of the compounds, sharing certain chemical moieties may be established by determining in vitro toxicity towards a cell line, such as a mammalian, and preferably human, cell line. The results of such studies are often predictive of toxicity in animals, such as mammals, or more specifically, humans.
  • the toxicity of particular compounds in an animal model such as mice, rats, rabbits, or monkeys, may be determined using known methods.
  • the efficacy of a particular compound may be established using several recognized methods, such as in vitro methods, animal models, or human clinical trials. When selecting a model to determine efficacy, the skilled artisan can be guided by the state of the art to choose an appropriate model, dose, route of administration and/or regime.
  • compositions that can include one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and/or one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient or combination thereof.
  • composition refers to a mixture of one or more of compounds disclosed herein with other chemical components, such as diluents or carriers.
  • the pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions can also be obtained by reacting compounds with inorganic or organic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and salicylic acid.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions will generally be tailored to the specific intended route of administration.
  • physiologically acceptable defines a carrier, diluent or excipient that does not abrogate the biological activity and properties of the compound.
  • a“carrier” refers to a compound that facilitates the incorporation of a compound into cells or tissues.
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • a “diluent” refers to an ingredient in a pharmaceutical composition that lacks pharmacological activity but may be pharmaceutically necessary or desirable.
  • a diluent may be used to increase the bulk of a potent drug whose mass is too small for manufacture and/or administration. It may also be a liquid for the dissolution of a drug to be administered by injection, ingestion or inhalation.
  • a common form of diluent in the art is a buffered aqueous solution such as, without limitation, phosphate buffered saline that mimics the composition of human blood.
  • an“excipient” refers to an inert substance that is added to a pharmaceutical composition to provide, without limitation, bulk, consistency, stability, binding ability, lubrication, disintegrating ability etc., to the composition.
  • A“diluent” is a type of excipient.
  • compositions described herein can be administered to a human patient per se, or in pharmaceutical compositions where they are mixed with other active ingredients, as in combination therapy, or carriers, diluents, excipients or combinations thereof. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Techniques for formulation and administration of the compounds described herein are known to those skilled in the art.
  • compositions disclosed herein may be manufactured in a manner that is itself known, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee- making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or tableting processes. Additionally, the active ingredients are contained in an amount effective to achieve its intended purpose. Many of the compounds used in the pharmaceutical combinations disclosed herein may be provided as salts with pharmaceutically compatible counterions.
  • compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient.
  • the pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack.
  • the pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
  • the pack or dispenser may also be accompanied with a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration. Such notice, for example, may be the labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs, or the approved product insert.
  • Compositions that can include a compound described herein formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier may also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.
  • AA-4 (2.3 g, crude) as a yellow foam.
  • Preparation of (AA-5) To a stirred solution of AA-4 (1.90 g, 2.34 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (20 mL) was added DMTrCl (1.82 g, 3.49 mmol) and 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine (1.00 g, 8.25 mmol) at R.T. (15 °C) under N 2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at R.T. for 12 h. MeOH (20 mL) was added.
  • 20-1 was prepared in similar manner as 19-1 using AA (60.00 mg, 99.57 Pmol, 1.00 eq.) in pyridine (1 mL) and propionic anhydride (25.92 mg, 199.13 Pmol, 2.00 eq.). 20-1 (white solid, 56.00 mg, 78.69%).
  • 21-1 was prepared in similar manner as 19-1 using AA (62.00 mg, 102.89 Pmol, 1.00 eq.) in pyridine (1 mL) and pentanoic anhydride (38.32 mg, 205.77 Pmol, 2.00 eq.). 21-1 (white solid, 60.00 mg, 75.65%).
  • BB-2 Preparation of (BB-2): To a stirred solution of BB-1 (500.00 mg, 0.87 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (1 mL) was added TBSCl (236.5 mg, 1.57 mmol) at 20 °C under N 2 . The solution was stirred at 50 °C ⁇ 60 °C for 12 h. The solution was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EA (50 mL). The solution was washed with sat. NaHCO 3 solution and brine, and dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 . The solution was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified on a silica gel column to give BB-2 (510.00 mg, 85.06%) as a white solid.
  • 25-1 was prepared in similar manner as 24-1 using BB (250.0 mg, 276.25 Pmol), (2S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-methyl-butanoic acid (360.11 mg, 1.66 mmol) and TEA (83.86 mg, 828.75 Pmol). 25-1 (white foam, 220.0 mg, 72.12%).
  • 25-2 was prepared in similar manner as 24-2 using 25-1 (230.00 mg, 208.29 Pmol, 1.00 eq.). 25-2 (white foam, 80.00 mg, 77.66%).
  • 29-1 (98 mg, 72.6 %) was prepared in the same manner from BB (100 mg, 0.114 mmol) and bis(tert-butoxycarbonyloxymethyl)phosphate (83mg, 0.35 mmol) with DIPEA (126 PL, 0.69 mmol), BOP-Cl (87 mg, 0.34 mmol), and 3-nitro-1,2,4-triazole (39 mg, 0.34 mmol ) in THF (1.5 mL) in the same manner as 27-4.
  • DIPEA 126 PL, 0.69 mmol
  • BOP-Cl 87 mg, 0.34 mmol
  • 3-nitro-1,2,4-triazole 39 mg, 0.34 mmol
  • 31-1 (0.68 g, 1.07 mmol) in AcOH (10 mL) and TFA (0.25 mL) was stirred 1 h at RT. The mixture was evaporated, and the residue coevaporated with MeCN and toluene. Purification on silica column with MeOH:CH 2 Cl 2 solvent system (2-12% gradient) afforded 31-1 (0.32 g, 82%).
  • tetrabutylammonium salt of pyrophosphate 150 mg was added, followed by DMF (0.5 mL) to get a homogeneous solution. After 1.5 hours at ambient temperature, the reaction was diluted with water (10 mL) and loaded on the column HiLoad 16/10 with Q Sepharose High Performance. Separation was done in a linear gradient of NaCl from 0 to 1N in 50 mM TRIS-buffer (pH7.5). Triphosphate was eluted at 75- 80%B. Corresponding fractions were concentrated. Desalting was achieved by RP HPLC on Synergy 4 micron Hydro-RP column (Phenominex).
  • the diphosphate, 36 can be prepared using a similar procedure to preparing the triphosphate of Example 18 with the replacement of tetrabutylammonium salt of pyrophosphate with tetrabutylammonium phosphate (75 mg) and using 0.3 mL of DMF to get the homogeneous solution.
  • the RSV subgenomic replicon 395 HeLa was licensed from Apath (Brooklyn, NY) and was originally developed by Dr. Mark Meeples of Center for Vaccines & Immunity, the Research Institute at National Children's Hospital in Columbus, Ohio.
  • To generate subgenomic RSV replicon three glycoprotein genes, those for SH, G, and F, from a full-length recombinant GFP-expressing (rg) RSV antigenomic cDNA were deleted. In their place, a blasticidin S deaminase (bsd) gene was inserted. Through multiple steps, the RSV replicon was established in HeLa cells.
  • the 395 HeLa cells were cultured in Dulbecco’s Modified Eagle Medium (DMEM) containing 4500 mg/L D-glucose, L-glutamine, and 110 mg/L sodium pyruvate (Invitrogen, Cat. #11995-040).
  • the medium was further supplemented with 10% (v/v) fetal bovine serum (FBS) (Mediatech, Cat. #35-010-CV), 1% (v/v) penicillin/streptomycin (Mediatech, Cat. #30-002-CI), and 10 g/mL of Blasticidin (BSD) (Invivogen, Cat. code ant-bl-1).
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • BSD Blasticidin
  • the Renilla Luciferase Assay System (Promega, Cat. #E2820) was used to measure anti-RSV replicon activity. Assay plates were set up as stated above. Luminescence was recorded using a Perkin Elmer multilabel counter Victor3V. EC 50 , the concentration of the drug required for reducing RSV replicon RNA by 50% in relation to the untreated cell control value, was calculated from the plot of percentage reductions of the optical density (OD) value against the drug concentrations using the Microsoft Excel forecast function.
  • OD optical density
  • HeLa cell proliferation assay Promega; CellTiter-Glo Luminescent Cell Viability Assay, Cat. #G7572 was used to measure cell viability.
  • the CellTiter-Glo ® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay is a homogeneous method to determine the number of viable cells in culture based on quantitation of the ATP present, which signals the presence of metabolically active cells. Assay plates were set up in the same format as noted above for the replicon assay. CellTiter-Glo reagent (100 L) was added to each well and incubated at room temperature for 8 minutes. Luminescence was recorded using a Perkin Elmer multilabel counter Victor3V. The CC 50 , the concentration of the drug required for reducing viable cells by 50% in relation to the untreated cell control value, was calculated from the plot of percentage reductions of the luminescence value against the drug concentrations using the Microsoft Excel forecast function.
  • A2-RL-line19F Renilla luciferase
  • Host cell HEp-2 was purchased from ATCC (Cat. #CCL-23) and cells were cultured in DMEM/Ham’s F-12 50/50 1 ⁇ containing L-glutamine and 15 mM HEPES (Mediatech, Cat. #10-092-CM). The medium was further supplemented with 5% (v/v) FBS (Mediatech, Cat. #35-010-CV) and 1% (v/v) penicillin/streptomycin (Mediatech, Cat. #30-002-CI). HEp-2 cells were maintained at 37 °C in a humidified 5% CO 2 atmosphere. Drug Treatment and Viral Dosing
  • serially diluted 200x test articles were then diluted 1:10 into cell culture media to generate 20x test articles.
  • a 5 ⁇ L aliquot of the 20x test articles was added in a checkerboard fashion to the cells with 90 PL existing media. Space was also allotted for titrations of each of the compounds alone to be used as reference controls.
  • A2-RL-line19F at an MOI of 0.5 was added to the plate and further incubated for 2 days at 37 °C in a 5% CO 2 . Determination of Anti-RSV Activity
  • the Renilla Luciferase Assay System (Promega, Cat. # E2820) was used to measure anti-RSV replicon activity. Assay plates were set up as stated above. Luminescence was recorded using a Perkin Elmer multilabel counter Victor3V. Cell Viability Assay
  • Promega CellTiter-Glo Luminescent Cell Viability Assay Cat. #G7572 was used to measure cell viability.
  • the CellTiter-Glo ® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay is a homogeneous method to determine the number of viable cells in culture based on quantitation of the adenosine triphosphate (ATP) present, which signals the presence of metabolically active cells.
  • Assay plates were set up in the same format the anti-RSV assay, except that no virus was added to the cell viability assay.
  • a 100- ⁇ L aliquot of CellTiter-Glo reagent was added to each well and incubated at room temperature for 8 minutes. Luminescence was recorded using a Perkin Elmer multilabel counter Victor3V. Data Analysis
  • the isobologram analysis which graphically represents additive, synergistic, and antagonistic drug effects, was also used to model the interaction of antiviral activities.
  • an effective concentration (EC) value of one drug is plotted on one axis and corresponding EC value of a second drug is plotted on the second axis; the line connecting these two points represents the amount of each drug in a combination that would be required to reach the equivalent EC value, given that their effects are additive.
  • EC effective concentration
  • MacSynergy II software was kindly provided by Dr. M. Prichard (University of Michigan). This program allows the three-dimensional examination of drug interactions of all data points generated from the checkerboard combination of two inhibitors with Bliss-Independence model. Confidence bounds are determined from replicate data. If the 95% confidence limits (CL) do not overlap the theoretic additive surface, then the interaction between the two drugs differs significantly from additive.
  • the volumes of synergy or antagonism can be determined and graphically depicted in three dimensions and represent the relative quantity of synergism or antagonism per change in the two drug concentrations.
  • Synergy and antagonism volumes are based on the Bliss independence model, which assumes that both compounds act independently on different targets.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed herein are a combination of compounds and methods of using the combination compounds for ameliorating, treating and/or preventing a paramyxovirus viral infection.

Description

COMBINATION THERAPY FOR TREATING A PARAMYXOVIRUS INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE TO ANY PRIORITY APPLICATIONS
[0001] Any and all applications for which a foreign or domestic priority claim is identified, for example, in the Application Data Sheet or Request as filed with the present application, are hereby incorporated by reference under 37 CFR 1.57, and Rules 4.18 and 20.6. REFERENCE TO SEQUENCE LISTING
[0002] The present application is filed with a Sequence Listing in Electronic format. The Sequence Listing is provided as a file entitled ALIOS086.txt, created August 3, 2015, which is approximately 4 kb in size. The information in the electronic format of the sequence listing is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. BACKGROUND
Field
[0003] The present application relates to the fields of chemistry, biochemistry and medicine. More particularly, disclosed herein are a combination of compounds that can be used to ameliorate, treat and/or prevent a paramyxovirus viral. Description
[0004] Respiratory viral infections, including upper and lower respiratory tract viral infections, infects and is the leading cause of death of millions of people each year. Upper respiratory tract viral infections involve the nose, sinuses, pharynx and/or larynx. Lower respiratory tract viral infections involve the respiratory system below the vocal cords, including the trachea, primary bronchi and lungs.
[0005] Nucleoside analogs are a class of compounds that have been shown to exert antiviral activity both in vitro and in vivo, and thus, have been the subject of widespread research for the treatment of viral infections. Nucleoside analogs are usually therapeutically inactive compounds that are converted by host or viral enzymes to their respective active anti-metabolites, which, in turn, may inhibit polymerases involved in viral or cell proliferation. The activation occurs by a variety of mechanisms, such as the addition of one or more phosphate groups and, or in combination with, other metabolic processes. SUMMARY
[0006] Some embodiments disclosed herein relate to a method for ameliorating or treating a paramyxovirus virus infection that can include administering to a subject infected with the paramyxovirus virus an effective amount of a combination of one or more of Compound (A) and one or more of Compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein the paramyxovirus virus infection can be selected from a respiratory syncytial virus infection, a parainfluenza virus infection and a metapneumovirus infection.
[0007] Other embodiments disclosed herein relate to a method for ameliorating or treating a paramyxovirus virus infection comprising contacting a cell infected with the paramyxovirus virus with an effective amount of a combination of one or more of Compound (A) and one or more of Compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein the paramyxovirus virus infection can be selected from a respiratory syncytial virus infection, a parainfluenza virus infection and a metapneumovirus infection.
[0008] Still other embodiments disclosed herein relate to use of an effective amount of a combination of one or more of Compound (A) and one or more of Compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, for ameliorating or treating a paramyxovirus virus infection, wherein the paramyxovirus virus infection can be selected from a respiratory syncytial virus infection, a parainfluenza virus infection and a metapneumovirus infection
[0009] Yet still other embodiments disclosed herein relate to use of an effective amount of a combination of one or more of Compound (A) and one or more of Compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, for ameliorating or treating a paramyxovirus virus infection, wherein the paramyxovirus virus infection can be selected from a respiratory syncytial virus infection, a parainfluenza virus infection and a metapneumovirus infection. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0010] Figure 1 shows example anti-RSV agents. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0011] Paramyxoviridae family is a family of single stranded RNA viruses. Several genera of the paramyxoviridae family include respirovirus, rubulavirus, pneumovirus and metapneumovirus. These viruses can be transmitted person to person via direct or close contact with contaminated respiratory droplets or fomites.
[0012] Human Respiratory Syncytial Virus (RSV) is a species of pneumovirus and a negative single-stranded RNA virus. RSV can cause respiratory infections, and can be associated with bronchiolitis and pneumonia. Symptoms of an RSV infection include coughing, sneezing, runny nose, fever, decrease in appetite, sore throat, headache and wheezing. RSV is the most common cause of bronchiolitis and pneumonia in children under one year of age in the world, and can be the cause of tracheobronchitis in older children and adults. In the United States, between 75,000 and 125,000 infants are hospitalized each year with RSV. Among adults older than 65 years of age, an estimated 14,000 deaths and 177,000 hospitalizations have been attributed to RSV.
[0013] Treatment options for people infected with RSV are currently limited. Antibiotics, usually prescribed to treat bacterial infections, and over-the-counter medication are not effective in treating RSV and may help only to relieve some of the symptoms. In severe cases, a nebulized bronchodilator, such as albuterol, may be prescribed to relieve some of the symptoms, such as wheezing. RespiGam® (RSV-IGIV, MedImmune, approved for high risk children younger than 24 months of age) and Synagis® (palivizumab, MedImmune, approved for high risk children younger than 24 months of age) have been approved for prophylactic use against RSV, and Virzole® (ribavirin by aerosol, ICN pharmaceuticals) have been approved for the treatment of RSV.
[0014] Parainfluenza viruses are typically negative-sense RNA viruses. Species of respirovirus include human parainfluenza viruses 1 and 3; and species of rubulavirus include human parainfluenza viruses 2 and 4. Human parainfluenza virus includes four serotypes types (HPIV-1, HPIV-2, HPIV-3 and HPIV-4), and human parainfluenza virus 4 (HPIV-4) include two antigenic subgroups, A and B. Human parainfluenza viruses can cause upper and lower respiratory tract infections. Human parainfluenza virus 1 (HPIV-1) and human parainfluenza virus 2 (HPIV-2) can be associated with croup; human parainfluenza virus 3 (HPIV-3) can be associated with bronchiolitis and pneumonia. According to the Centers of Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), there are no vaccines against human parainfluenza viruses.
[0015] A species of metapneumovirus is human metapneumovirus. Human metapneumovirus is a negative single-stranded RNA virus. Human metapneumovirus can cause respiratory tract infections, such as upper and lower respiratory tract infections in human, for example young children.
[0016] Respiratory infections include colds, croup, pneumonia, bronchitis, tracheobronchitis and bronchiolitis. Symptoms can include a cough, runny nose, nasal congestion, sore throat, fever, difficulty breathing, abnormally rapid breathing, wheezing vomiting, diarrhea and ear infections. Definitions
[0017] Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. All patents, applications, published applications and other publications referenced herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety unless stated otherwise. In the event that there are a plurality of definitions for a term herein, those in this section prevail unless stated otherwise.
[0018] As used herein, any "R" group(s) such as, without limitation, R1A, R2A, R3A, R4A, R5A, R6A A
, R7A, R8A, R9A, R10A, R11, R12A, R13A, R14A, R15A
, R16A, R17A, R18A, R19A, R20A, R21A, R22A, R23A, R24A
, R25A, R26A, R27A, R28A, R29A, R30A, R31A, R32A, R33A, R34A, R35A, R36A, R37A and R38A represent substituents that can be attached to the indicated atom. An R group may be substituted or unsubstituted. If two "R" groups are described as being "taken together" the R groups and the atoms they are attached to can form a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycle. For example, without limitation, if Ra and Rb of an NRa Rb group are indicated to be "taken together," it means that they are covalently bonded to one another to form a ring:
Figure imgf000007_0001
In addition, if two“R” groups are described as being“taken together” with the atom(s) to which they are attached to form a ring as an alternative, the R groups are not limited to the variables or substituents defined previously.
[0019] Whenever a group is described as being“optionally substituted” that group may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more of the indicated substituents. Likewise, when a group is described as being“unsubstituted or substituted” if substituted, the substituent(s) may be selected from one or more the indicated substituents. If no substituents are indicated, it is meant that the indicated“optionally substituted” or “substituted” group may be substituted with one or more group(s) individually and independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl), heterocyclyl(alkyl), hydroxy, alkoxy, acyl, cyano, halogen, thiocarbonyl, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, isocyanato, thiocyanato, isothiocyanato, nitro, sulfenyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, an amino, a mono-substituted amino group and a di-substituted amino group.
[0020] As used herein,“Ca to Cb” in which“a” and“b” are integers refer to the number of carbon atoms in an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group, or the number of carbon atoms in the ring of a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heteroalicyclyl group. That is, the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, ring(s) of the cycloalkyl, ring(s) of the cycloalkenyl, ring(s) of the aryl, ring(s) of the heteroaryl or ring(s) of the heteroalicyclyl can contain from“a” to“b”, inclusive, carbon atoms. Thus, for example, a“C1 to C4 alkyl” group refers to all alkyl groups having from 1 to 4 carbons, that is, CH3-, CH3CH2-, CH3CH2CH2-, (CH3)2CH-, CH3CH2CH2CH2-, CH3CH2CH(CH3)- and (CH3)3C-. If no“a” and“b” are designated with regard to an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heteroalicyclyl group, the broadest range described in these definitions is to be assumed.
[0021] As used herein,“alkyl” refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain that comprises a fully saturated (no double or triple bonds) hydrocarbon group. The alkyl group may have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “1 to 20” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g.,“1 to 20 carbon atoms” means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term“alkyl” where no numerical range is designated). The alkyl group may also be a medium size alkyl having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group could also be a lower alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group of the compounds may be designated as“C1-C4 alkyl” or similar designations. By way of example only,“C1-C4 alkyl” indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl. Typical alkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl and hexyl. The alkyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0022] As used herein,“alkenyl” refers to an alkyl group that contains in the straight or branched hydrocarbon chain one or more double bonds. Examples of alkenyl groups include allenyl, vinylmethyl, and ethenyl. An alkenyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted.
[0023] As used herein,“alkynyl” refers to an alkyl group that contains in the straight or branched hydrocarbon chain one or more triple bonds. Examples of alkynyls include ethynyl and propynyl. An alkynyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted.
[0024] As used herein,“cycloalkyl” refers to a completely saturated (no double or triple bonds) mono- or multi- cyclic hydrocarbon ring system. When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be joined together in a fused fashion. Cycloalkyl groups can contain 3 to 10 atoms in the ring(s) or 3 to 8 atoms in the ring(s). A cycloalkyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted. Typical cycloalkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl.
[0025] As used herein, “cycloalkenyl” refers to a mono- or multi- cyclic hydrocarbon ring system that contains one or more double bonds in at least one ring; although, if there is more than one, the double bonds cannot form a fully delocalized pi- electron system throughout all the rings (otherwise the group would be“aryl,” as defined herein). When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be connected together in a fused fashion. Cycloalkenyl groups can contain 3 to 10 atoms in the ring(s) or 3 to 8 atoms in the ring(s). A cycloalkenyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted. [0026] As used herein,“aryl” refers to a carbocyclic (all carbon) monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic ring system (including fused ring systems where two carbocyclic rings share a chemical bond) that has a fully delocalized pi-electron system throughout all the rings. The number of carbon atoms in an aryl group can vary. For example, the aryl group can be a C6-C14 aryl group, a C6-C10 aryl group, or a C6 aryl group. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzene, naphthalene and azulene. An aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0027] As used herein,“heteroaryl” refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic and tricyclic aromatic ring system (a ring system with fully delocalized pi-electron system) that contain(s) one or more heteroatoms (for example, 1 to 5 heteroatoms), that is, an element other than carbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The number of atoms in the ring(s) of a heteroaryl group can vary. For example, the heteroaryl group can contain 4 to 14 atoms in the ring(s), 5 to 10 atoms in the ring(s) or 5 to 6 atoms in the ring(s). Furthermore, the term“heteroaryl” includes fused ring systems where two rings, such as at least one aryl ring and at least one heteroaryl ring, or at least two heteroaryl rings, share at least one chemical bond. Examples of heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, furan, furazan, thiophene, benzothiophene, phthalazine, pyrrole, oxazole, benzoxazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, thiazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, benzothiazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, indole, indazole, pyrazole, benzopyrazole, isoxazole, benzoisoxazole, isothiazole, triazole, benzotriazole, thiadiazole, tetrazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, purine, pteridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinazoline, quinoxaline, cinnoline, and triazine. A heteroaryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0028] As used herein,“heterocyclyl” or“heteroalicyclyl” refers to three-, four-, five-, six-, seven-, eight-, nine-, ten-, up to 18-membered monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic ring system wherein carbon atoms together with from 1 to 5 heteroatoms constitute said ring system. A heterocycle may optionally contain one or more unsaturated bonds situated in such a way, however, that a fully delocalized pi-electron system does not occur throughout all the rings. The heteroatom(s) is an element other than carbon including, but not limited to, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen. A heterocycle may further contain one or more carbonyl or thiocarbonyl functionalities, so as to make the definition include oxo-systems and thio- systems such as lactams, lactones, cyclic imides, cyclic thioimides and cyclic carbamates. When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be joined together in a fused fashion. Additionally, any nitrogens in a heteroalicyclic may be quaternized. Heterocyclyl or heteroalicyclic groups may be unsubstituted or substituted. Examples of such“heterocyclyl” or“heteroalicyclyl” groups include but are not limited to, 1,3-dioxin, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4- dioxane, 1,2-dioxolane, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxolane, 1,3-oxathiane, 1,4-oxathiin, 1,3- oxathiolane, 1,3-dithiole, 1,3-dithiolane, 1,4-oxathiane, tetrahydro-1,4-thiazine, 2H-1,2- oxazine, maleimide, succinimide, barbituric acid, thiobarbituric acid, dioxopiperazine, hydantoin, dihydrouracil, trioxane, hexahydro-1,3,5-triazine, imidazoline, imidazolidine, isoxazoline, isoxazolidine, oxazoline, oxazolidine, oxazolidinone, thiazoline, thiazolidine, morpholine, oxirane, piperidine N-Oxide, piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidone, pyrrolidione, 4-piperidone, pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, 2-oxopyrrolidine, tetrahydropyran, 4H- pyran, tetrahydrothiopyran, thiamorpholine, thiamorpholine sulfoxide, thiamorpholine sulfone, and their benzo-fused analogs (e.g., benzimidazolidinone, tetrahydroquinoline, and 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl).
[0029] As used herein, “aralkyl” and“aryl(alkyl)” refer to an aryl group connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group. The lower alkylene and aryl group of an aralkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted. Examples include but are not limited to benzyl, 2-phenyl(alkyl), 3-phenyl(alkyl), and naphthyl(alkyl).
[0030] As used herein, “heteroaralkyl” and “heteroaryl(alkyl)” refer to a heteroaryl group connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group. The lower alkylene and heteroaryl group of heteroaryl(alkyl) may be substituted or unsubstituted. Examples include but are not limited to 2-thienyl(alkyl), 3-thienyl(alkyl), furyl(alkyl), thienyl(alkyl), pyrrolyl(alkyl), pyridyl(alkyl), isoxazolyl(alkyl), imidazolyl(alkyl), and their benzo-fused analogs.
[0031] A“(heteroalicyclyl)alkyl” and“(heterocyclyl)alkyl” refer to a heterocyclic or a heteroalicyclylic group connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group. The lower alkylene and heterocyclyl of a heterocyclyl(alkyl) may be substituted or unsubstituted. Examples include but are not limited tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl(methyl), piperidin-4- yl(ethyl), piperidin-4-yl(propyl), tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl(methyl) and 1,3-thiazinan-4- yl(methyl). [0032] “Lower alkylene groups” are straight-chained -CH2- tethering groups, forming bonds to connect molecular fragments via their terminal carbon atoms. Examples include but are not limited to methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), propylene (- CH2CH2CH2-), and butylene (-CH2CH2CH2CH2-). A lower alkylene group can be substituted by replacing one or more hydrogen of the lower alkylene group with a substituent(s) listed under the definition of“substituted.”
[0033] As used herein,“alkoxy” refers to the formula–OR wherein R is an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl) is defined herein. A non-limiting list of alkoxys are methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, 1-methylethoxy(isopropoxy), n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, phenoxy and benzoxy. An alkoxy may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0034] As used herein,“acyl” refers to a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl) connected, as substituents, via a carbonyl group. Examples include formyl, acetyl, propanoyl, benzoyl, and acryl. An acyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0035] As used herein,“hydroxyalkyl” refers to an alkyl group in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by a hydroxy group. Exemplary hydroxyalkyl groups include but are not limited to, 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, and 2,2-dihydroxyethyl. A hydroxyalkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0036] As used herein,“haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl group in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen (e.g., mono-haloalkyl, di-haloalkyl and tri- haloalkyl). Such groups include but are not limited to, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 1-chloro-2-fluoromethyl and 2-fluoroisobutyl. A haloalkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0037] As used herein,“haloalkoxy” refers to an–O-alkyl group in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen (e.g., mono-haloalkoxy, di- haloalkoxy and tri- haloalkoxy). Such groups include but are not limited to, chloromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 1-chloro-2-fluoromethoxy and 2- fluoroisobutoxy. A haloalkoxy may be substituted or unsubstituted. [0038] A“sulfenyl” group refers to an“-SR” group in which R can be hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl). A sulfenyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0039] A“sulfinyl” group refers to an“-S(=O)-R” group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to sulfenyl. A sulfinyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0040] A“sulfonyl” group refers to an“SO2R” group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to sulfenyl. A sulfonyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0041] An“O-carboxy” group refers to a“RC(=O)O-” group in which R can be hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl), as defined herein. An O-carboxy may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0042] The terms“ester” and“C-carboxy” refer to a“-C(=O)OR” group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to O-carboxy. An ester and C-carboxy may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0043] A“thiocarbonyl” group refers to a“-C(=S)R” group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to O-carboxy. A thiocarbonyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0044] A“trihalomethanesulfonyl” group refers to an“X3CSO2-” group wherein each X is a halogen.
[0045] A“trihalomethanesulfonamido” group refers to an“X3CS(O)2N(RA)-” group wherein each X is a halogen, and RA hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, (heteroaryl)alkyl or (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl.
[0046] The term“amino” as used herein refers to a–NH2 group.
[0047] As used herein, the term“hydroxy” refers to a–OH group.
[0048] A“cyano” group refers to a“-CN” group.
[0049] The term“azido” as used herein refers to a–N3 group.
[0050] An“isocyanato” group refers to a“-NCO” group.
[0051] A“thiocyanato” group refers to a“-CNS” group.
[0052] An“isothiocyanato” group refers to an“ -NCS” group. [0053] A“mercapto” group refers to an“-SH” group.
[0054] A“carbonyl” group refers to a C=O group.
[0055] An“S-sulfonamido” group refers to a“-SO2N(RARB)” group in which RA and RB can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl). An S-sulfonamido may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0056] An“N-sulfonamido” group refers to a“RSO2N(RA)-” group in which R and RA can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl). An N-sulfonamido may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0057] An“O-carbamyl” group refers to a“-OC(=O)N(RARB)” group in which RA and RB can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl). An O-carbamyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0058] An“N-carbamyl” group refers to an“ROC(=O)N(RA)-” group in which R and RA can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl). An N-carbamyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0059] An“O-thiocarbamyl” group refers to a“-OC(=S)-N(RARB)” group in which RA and RB can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl). An O-thiocarbamyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0060] An“N-thiocarbamyl” group refers to an“ROC(=S)N(RA)-” group in which R and RA can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl). An N-thiocarbamyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0061] A“C-amido” group refers to a
Figure imgf000013_0001
group in which RA and RB can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl). A C-amido may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0062] An“N-amido” group refers to a
Figure imgf000014_0001
group in which R and RA can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl). An N-amido may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0063] The term“halogen atom” or“halogen” as used herein, means any one of the radio-stable atoms of column 7 of the Periodic Table of the Elements, such as, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0064] Where the numbers of substituents is not specified (e.g. haloalkyl), there may be one or more substituents present. For example“haloalkyl” may include one or more of the same or different halogens. As another example,“C1-C3 alkoxyphenyl” may include one or more of the same or different alkoxy groups containing one, two or three atoms.
[0065] As used herein, the abbreviations for any protective groups, amino acids and other compounds, are, unless indicated otherwise, in accord with their common usage, recognized abbreviations, or the IUPAC-IUB Commission on Biochemical Nomenclature (See, Biochem.11:942-944 (1972)).
[0066] The term“–N–linked amino acid” refers to an amino acid that is attached to the indicated moiety via a main-chain amino or mono-substituted amino group. When the amino acid is attached in an–N–linked amino acid, one of the hydrogens that is part of the main-chain amino or mono-substituted amino group is not present and the amino acid is attached via the nitrogen. N-linked amino acids can be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0067] The term“–N–linked amino acid ester derivative” refers to an amino acid in which a main-chain carboxylic acid group has been converted to an ester group. In some embodiments, the ester group has a formula selected from alkyl-O-C(=O)-, cycloalkyl-O- C(=O)-, aryl-O-C(=O)- and aryl(alkyl)-O-C(=O)-. A non-limiting list of ester groups include substituted and unsubstituted versions of the following: methyl-O-C(=O)-, ethyl-O-C(=O)-, n-propyl-O-C(=O)-, isopropyl-O-C(=O)-, n-butyl-O-C(=O)-, isobutyl-O-C(=O)-, tert-butyl- O-C(=O)-, neopentyl-O-C(=O)-, cyclopropyl-O-C(=O)-, cyclobutyl-O-C(=O)-, cyclopentyl- O-C(=O)-, cyclohexyl-O-C(=O)-, phenyl-O-C(=O)-, benzyl-O-C(=O)-, and naphthyl-O- C(=O)-. N-linked amino acid ester derivatives can be substituted or unsubstituted. [0068] The term“–O–linked amino acid” refers to an amino acid that is attached to the indicated moiety via the hydroxy from its main-chain carboxylic acid group. When the amino acid is attached in an–O–linked amino acid, the hydrogen that is part of the hydroxy from its main-chain carboxylic acid group is not present and the amino acid is attached via the oxygen. O-linked amino acids can be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0069] As used herein, the term“amino acid” refers to any amino acid (both standard and non-standard amino acids), including, but not limited to, D-amino acids, E- amino acids, J-amino acids and G-amino acids. Examples of suitable amino acids include, but are not limited to, alanine, asparagine, aspartate, cysteine, glutamate, glutamine, glycine, proline, serine, tyrosine, arginine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, threonine, tryptophan and valine. Additional examples of suitable amino acids include, but are not limited to, ornithine, hypusine, 2-aminoisobutyric acid, dehydroalanine, gamma-aminobutyric acid, citrulline, beta-alanine, alpha-ethyl-glycine, alpha-propyl-glycine and norleucine.
[0070] The term“interferon” is used herein as is commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. Several types of interferons are known to those skilled in the art, such as Type I interferons, Type 2 interferons and Type 3 interferons. A non-limiting list of examples include: alpha-interferons, beta-interferons, delta-interferons, gamma interferons, lambda interferons, omega-interferons, tau-interferons, x-interferons, consensus interferons and asialo-interferons. Interferons can be pegylated. Examples of type 1 interferons include interferon alpha 1A, interferon alpha 1B, interferon alpha 2A, interferon alpha 2B, pegylated- interferon alpha 2a (PEGASYS, Roche), recombinant interferon alpha 2a (ROFERON, Roche), inhaled interferon alpha 2b (AERX, Aradigm), pegylated-interferon alpha 2b (ALBUFERON, Human Genome Sciences/Novartis, PEGINTRON, Schering), recombinant interferon alpha 2b (INTRON A, Schering), pegylated interferon alpha 2b (PEG-INTRON, Schering, VIRAFERONPEG, Schering), interferon beta-1a (REBIF, Serono, Inc. and Pfizer), consensus interferon alpha (INFERGEN, Valeant Pharmaceutical). Examples of type 2 interferons include interferon gamma 1, interferon gamma 2 and pegylated interferon gamma; and examples of type 3 interferons include interferon lambda 1, interferon lambda 2 and interferon lambda 3. [0071] The terms“phosphorothioate” and“phosphothioate” refer to a compound
Figure imgf000016_0001
[0072] As used herein, the term“phosphate” is used in its ordinary sense as understood by those skilled in the art, and includes its protonated forms (for example,
Figure imgf000016_0002
As used herein, the terms “monophosphate,” “diphosphate,” and“triphosphate” are used in their ordinary sense as understood by those skilled in the art, and include protonated forms.
[0073] The terms“protecting group” and“protecting groups” as used herein refer to any atom or group of atoms that is added to a molecule in order to prevent existing groups in the molecule from undergoing unwanted chemical reactions. Examples of protecting group moieties are described in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3. Ed. John Wiley & Sons, 1999, and in J.F.W. McOmie, Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry Plenum Press, 1973, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference for the limited purpose of disclosing suitable protecting groups. The protecting group moiety may be chosen in such a way, that they are stable to certain reaction conditions and readily removed at a convenient stage using methodology known from the art. A non-limiting list of protecting groups include benzyl; substituted benzyl; alkylcarbonyls and alkoxycarbonyls (e.g., t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), acetyl, or isobutyryl); arylalkylcarbonyls and arylalkoxycarbonyls (e.g., benzyloxycarbonyl); substituted methyl ether (e.g. methoxymethyl ether); substituted ethyl ether; a substituted benzyl ether; tetrahydropyranyl ether; silyls (e.g., trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, tri-iso- propylsilyloxymethyl, [2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl or t-butyldiphenylsilyl); esters (e.g. benzoate ester); carbonates (e.g. methoxymethylcarbonate); sulfonates (e.g. tosylate or mesylate); acyclic ketal (e.g. dimethyl acetal); cyclic ketals (e.g., 1,3-dioxane, 1,3- dioxolanes, and those described herein); acyclic acetal; cyclic acetal (e.g., those described herein); acyclic hemiacetal; cyclic hemiacetal; cyclic dithioketals (e.g., 1,3-dithiane or 1,3- dithiolane); orthoesters (e.g., those described herein) and triarylmethyl groups (e.g., trityl; monomethoxytrityl (MMTr); 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl (DMTr); 4,4',4"-trimethoxytrityl (TMTr); and those described herein).
[0074] The term“pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt of a compound that does not cause significant irritation to an organism to which it is administered and does not abrogate the biological activity and properties of the compound. In some embodiments, the salt is an acid addition salt of the compound. Pharmaceutical salts can be obtained by reacting a compound with inorganic acids such as hydrohalic acid (e.g., hydrochloric acid or hydrobromic acid), sulfuric acid, nitric acid and phosphoric acid. Pharmaceutical salts can also be obtained by reacting a compound with an organic acid such as aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic or sulfonic acids, for example formic, acetic, succinic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, nicotinic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, p-toluensulfonic, salicylic or naphthalenesulfonic acid. Pharmaceutical salts can also be obtained by reacting a compound with a base to form a salt such as an ammonium salt, an alkali metal salt, such as a sodium or a potassium salt, an alkaline earth metal salt, such as a calcium or a magnesium salt, a salt of organic bases such as dicyclohexylamine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, C1-C7 alkylamine, cyclohexylamine, triethanolamine, ethylenediamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine and lysine.
[0075] Terms and phrases used in this application, and variations thereof, especially in the appended claims, unless otherwise expressly stated, should be construed as open ended as opposed to limiting. As examples of the foregoing, the term‘including’ should be read to mean‘including, without limitation,’‘including but not limited to,’ or the like; the term‘comprising’ as used herein is synonymous with‘including,’‘containing,’ or ‘characterized by,’ and is inclusive or open-ended and does not exclude additional, unrecited elements or method steps; the term‘having’ should be interpreted as‘having at least;’ the term‘includes’ should be interpreted as‘includes but is not limited to;’ the term‘example’ is used to provide exemplary instances of the item in discussion, not an exhaustive or limiting list thereof; and use of terms like‘preferably,’ ‘preferred,’ ‘desired,’ or‘desirable,’ and words of similar meaning should not be understood as implying that certain features are critical, essential, or even important to the structure or function, but instead as merely intended to highlight alternative or additional features that may or may not be utilized in a particular embodiment. In addition, the term“comprising” is to be interpreted synonymously with the phrases "having at least" or "including at least". When used in the context of a process, the term "comprising" means that the process includes at least the recited steps, but may include additional steps. When used in the context of a compound, composition or device, the term "comprising" means that the compound, composition or device includes at least the recited features or components, but may also include additional features or components. Likewise, a group of items linked with the conjunction‘and’ should not be read as requiring that each and every one of those items be present in the grouping, but rather should be read as‘and/or’ unless expressly stated otherwise. Similarly, a group of items linked with the conjunction‘or’ should not be read as requiring mutual exclusivity among that group, but rather should be read as‘and/or’ unless expressly stated otherwise.
[0076] With respect to the use of substantially any plural and/or singular terms herein, those having skill in the art can translate from the plural to the singular and/or from the singular to the plural as is appropriate to the context and/or application. The various singular/plural permutations may be expressly set forth herein for sake of clarity. The indefinite article“a” or“an” does not exclude a plurality. A single processor or other unit may fulfill the functions of several items recited in the claims. The mere fact that certain measures are recited in mutually different dependent claims does not indicate that a combination of these measures cannot be used to advantage. Any reference signs in the claims should not be construed as limiting the scope.
[0077] It is understood that, in any compound described herein having one or more chiral centers, if an absolute stereochemistry is not expressly indicated, then each center may independently be of R-configuration or S-configuration or a mixture thereof. Thus, the compounds provided herein may be enantiomerically pure, enantiomerically enriched, racemic mixture, diastereomerically pure, diastereomerically enriched, or a stereoisomeric mixture. In addition it is understood that, in any compound described herein having one or more double bond(s) generating geometrical isomers that can be defined as E or Z, each double bond may independently be E or Z a mixture thereof. [0078] Likewise, it is understood that, in any compound described, all tautomeric forms are also intended to be included. For example all tautomers of a phosphate and a phosphorothioate groups are intended to be included. Examples of tautomers of a
Figure imgf000019_0001
and
Figure imgf000019_0002
Furthermore, all tautomers of heterocyclic bases known in the art are intended to be included, including tautomers of natural and non-natural purine-bases and pyrimidine-bases.
[0079] It is to be understood that where compounds disclosed herein have unfilled valencies, then the valencies are to be filled with hydrogens or isotopes thereof, e.g., hydrogen-1 (protium) and hydrogen-2 (deuterium).
[0080] It is understood that the compounds described herein can be labeled isotopically. Substitution with isotopes such as deuterium may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, such as, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements. Each chemical element as represented in a compound structure may include any isotope of said element. For example, in a compound structure a hydrogen atom may be explicitly disclosed or understood to be present in the compound. At any position of the compound that a hydrogen atom may be present, the hydrogen atom can be any isotope of hydrogen, including but not limited to hydrogen-1 (protium) and hydrogen-2 (deuterium). Thus, reference herein to a compound encompasses all potential isotopic forms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
[0081] It is understood that the methods and combinations described herein include crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs, which include the different crystal packing arrangements of the same elemental composition of a compound), amorphous phases, salts, solvates, and hydrates. In some embodiments, the compounds described herein exist in solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, or the like. In other embodiments, the compounds described herein exist in unsolvated form. Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and may be formed during the process of crystallization with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, or the like. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol. In addition, the compounds provided herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the compounds and methods provided herein.
[0082] Where a range of values is provided, it is understood that the upper and lower limit, and each intervening value between the upper and lower limit of the range is encompassed within the embodiments.
Compounds
Compound (A)
[0083] Some embodiments described herein relate generally to the use of Compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Figure imgf000020_0001
wherein: R1 can be selected from H (hydrogen), an optionally substituted acyl, an optionally
substituted O-linked amino acid,
Figure imgf000020_0002
R2 can be chloro (Cl) or azido (N3); R3 can be selected from OH,–OC(=O)RA1 and an optionally substituted O-linked amino acid; R4 and R5 can be independently H (hydrogen) or D (deuterium); R6 and R7 can be independently absent, H (hydrogen),
Figure imgf000021_0001
Figure imgf000021_0002
R8, R9 and each R10 can be independently absent or H (hydrogen); RA1 can be an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl; RA2 can be independently selected from H (hydrogen), an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted–O–C1-24 alkyl, an optionally substituted–O–aryl, an optionall substituted–O–
Figure imgf000021_0003
heteroar l, an o tionally substituted –O–monocyclic heterocyclyl,
Figure imgf000021_0004
RA3 can be selected from H (hydrogen), an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl and an optionally substituted aryl; RC1 and RC2 can be independently selected from H (hydrogen), an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl and an optionally substituted aryl; m can be 1 or 2; s can be 0, 1, 2 or 3; t can be 0 or 1; and Z1 can be O (oxygen) or S (sulfur).
[0084] In some embodiments, R1 can be H (hydrogen). When R1 is H, Compound (A) can be a nucleoside. In other embodiments, R1 can be an optionally substituted acyl. In other embodiments, R1 can be–C(=O)RB1, wherein RB1 can be selected from an optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, an optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C5-8 cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted C6-10 aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted heteroaryl(C1-6 alkyl) and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl(C1- 6 alkyl). In some embodiments, RB1 can be a substituted C1-12 alkyl. In other embodiments, RB1 can be an unsubstituted C1-12 alkyl. In some embodiments, RB1 can be an unsubstituted C1-6 alkyl.
[0085] In still other embodiments, R1 can be an optionally substituted O-linked amino acid. Examples of suitable O-linked amino acids include alanine, asparagine, aspartate, cysteine, glutamate, glutamine, glycine, proline, serine, tyrosine, arginine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, threonine, tryptophan and valine. Additional examples of suitable amino acids include, but are not limited to, ornithine, hypusine, 2-aminoisobutyric acid, dehydroalanine, gamma-aminobutyric acid, citrulline, beta-alanine, alpha-ethyl-glycine, alpha-propyl-glycine and norleucine. In some
embodiments, the O-linked amino acid can have the structure
Figure imgf000022_0001
wherein RB2 can be selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C1-6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C6 aryl, an optionally substituted C10 aryl and an optionally substituted aryl(C1-6 alkyl); and RB3 can be hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-4-alkyl; or RB2 and RB3 can be taken together to form an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl. Those skilled in the art understand that when R1 is an optionally substituted O-linked amino acid, the oxygen of R1O- of Compound (A) is art of the o tionally substituted O-linked amino acid. For example, when R1 is
Figure imgf000022_0002
the oxygen indicated with“*” is the oxygen of R1O- of Compound (A).
[0086] When RB2 is substituted, RB2 can be substituted with one or more substituents selected from N-amido, mercapto, alkylthio, an optionally substituted aryl, hydroxy, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, O-carboxy and amino. In some embodiments, RB2 can be an unsubstituted
Figure imgf000022_0003
such as those described herein. In some embodiments, RB2 can be hydrogen. In other embodiments, RB2 can be methyl. In some embodiments, RB3 can be hydrogen. In other embodiments, RB3 can be an optionally substituted C1-4-alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and tert- butyl. In an embodiment, RB3 can be methyl. Depending on the groups that are selected for RB2 and RB3, the carbon to which RB2 and RB3 are attached may be a chiral center. In some embodiment, the carbon to which RB2 and RB3 are attached may be a (R)-chiral center. In other embodiments, the carbon to which RB2 and RB3 are attached may be a (S)-chiral center.
[0087] In yet still other embodiments, R1 can be
Figure imgf000023_0001
. When R1 is
Figure imgf000023_0002
, in some embodiments, at least one of R6 and R7 can be absent or H. In other embodiments, both R6 and R7 can be independently absent or H. Those skilled in the art understand that when both R6 and R7 can be independently absent or H, Compound (A) can be a monophosphate. Those skilled in the art also understand that when R6 and/or R7 are absent, then the oxygen(s) associated with R6 and/or R7 will have a negative charge. For example, when R6 is absent, the oxygen associated with R6 will have an associated negative charge.
[0088] In some embodiments, at least one of R6 and R7 can be
. In some embodiments, both R6 and R7 can be
. When one or both of R6 and R7 are
Figure imgf000023_0003
, RC1 and RC2 can be independently selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl and an optionally substituted aryl; RA2 can be independently selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted–O–C1-24 alkyl, an optionally substituted–O–aryl, an optionally substituted –O–heteroaryl, an optionally substituted –O–monocyclic heterocyclyl,
Figure imgf000024_0001
and Z1 can be independently O (oxygen) or S (sulfur). In some embodiments, RC1 and RC2 can be hydrogen. In other embodiments, at least one of RC1 and RC2 can be an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl or an optionally substituted aryl. In some embodiments, RA2 can be an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl. In other embodiments, RA2 can be an optionally substituted aryl. In still other embodiments, RA2 can be an optionally substituted–O–C1-24 alkyl or an optionally substituted–O–aryl. In yet still other embodiments, RA2 can be an optionally substituted–O– heteroaryl or an optionally substituted–O–monocyclic heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, Z1 can be O (oxygen). In other embodiments, Z1 can be S (sulfur). In some embodiments, s can be 0. In other embodiments, s can be 1. In still other embodiments, s can be 2. In yet
In some embodiments, s can be 0, and RA2 can
Figure imgf000024_0002
In some embodiments, one or both of R6 and R7 can be isopropyloxycarbonyloxymethyl (POC). In some embodiments, one or both of R6 and R7 can be pivaloyloxymethyl (POM). In some embodiments, R6 and R7 can be both an optionally substituted isopropyloxycarbonyloxymethyl group, and form an optionally substituted bis(isopropyloxycarbonyloxymethyl) (bis(POC)) prodrug. In some embodiments, R6 and R7 can be both an optionally substituted pivaloyloxymethyl group, and form an optionally substituted bis(pivaloyloxymethyl) (bis(POM)) prodrug.
[0089] In some embodiments, R6 and R7 can be both
. In some embodiments, at least one of R6 and R7 can be
Figure imgf000024_0003
. In some embodiments, RA3 can be hydrogen. In other embodiments, RA3 can be an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl. In still other embodiments, RA3 can be an optionally substituted aryl. In some embodiments, RA3 can be a C1-6 alkyl, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl (branched and straight-chained) and hexyl (branched and straight-chained). In some embodiments, t can be 0. In other embodiments, t can be 1. In some embodiments, one or both of R6 and R7 can be an optionally substituted S-acylthioethyl (SATE) and form an optionally substituted SATE ester prodrug.
[0090] In some embodiments, one of R6 and R7 can be
Figure imgf000025_0001
, and the other of R6 and R7 can be absent or H.
[0091] In some embodiments, R1 can be
Figure imgf000025_0002
, R8, R9 and each R10 can be independently absent or hydrogen; and m can be 1 or 2. In some embodiments, m can be 1, and R8, R9 and R10 can be independently absent or hydrogen. In other embodiments, m can be 2, and R8, R9 and each R10 can be independently absent or hydrogen. Those skilled in the art understand that when m is 1, R1 can be diphosphate. Likewise, those skilled in the art understand that when m is 2, R1 can be triphosphate. When R8, R9 and/or R10 are absent, those skilled in the art understand that the oxygen associated with R8, R9 and/or R10 will have an associated negative charge. For example, when R8 is absent, the oxygen associated with R8 will have a negative charge, which can be indicated as O-.
[0092] In some embodiments, R2 can be chloro, such that the 2’-position is substituted with a chloromethyl group. In other embodiments, R2 can be azido, such that the 2’-position is substituted with an azidomethyl group.
[0093] The groups attached to the 3’-position of the ring can vary. In some embodiments, R3 can be OH. In other embodiments, R3 can be–OC(=O)RA1. In some embodiments, RA1 can be an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl. In still other embodiments, R3 can be an optionally substituted O-linked amino acid, such as a O-linked alpha-amino acid. When R3 is an optionally substituted O-linked amino acid, R3 can have the structure
Figure imgf000026_0001
alkyl, an optionally substituted C1-6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C6 aryl, an optionally substituted C10 aryl and an optionally substituted aryl(C1-6 alkyl); and RB4 can be hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-4-alkyl; or RB3 and RB4 can be taken together to form an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl.
[0094] When RB3 is substituted, RB3 can be substituted with one or more substituents selected from N-amido, mercapto, alkylthio, an optionally substituted aryl, hydroxy, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, O-carboxy and amino. In some embodiments, RB3 can be an unsubstituted C1-6-alkyl, such as those described herein. In some embodiments, RB3 can be hydrogen. In other embodiments, RB3 can be methyl. In some embodiments, RB4 can be hydrogen. In other embodiments, RB4 can be an optionally substituted C1-4-alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and tert- butyl. In an embodiment, RB4 can be methyl. Depending on the groups that are selected for RB3 and RB4, the carbon to which RB3 and RB4 are attached may be a chiral center. In some embodiment, the carbon to which RB3 and RB4 are attached may be a (R)-chiral center. In other embodiments, the carbon to which RB3 and RB4 are attached may be a (S)-chiral center.
[0095] Examples of suitable
Figure imgf000026_0002
include the
Figure imgf000026_0003
Figure imgf000027_0001
[0096] In some embodiments, R4 and R5 can be both hydrogen (H). In other embodiments, R4 and R5 can be both deuterium (D). In still other embodiments, one of R4 and R5 can be hydrogen, and the other of R4 and R5 can be deuterium.
[0097] As described herein, at any position of Compound (A) that has a hydrogen, the hydrogen can be an isotope of hydrogen, such as hydrogen-2 (deuterium). In some embodiments, Compound (A) can be Compound (A1). Some embodiments of Compound (A1) are provide in T l A
Figure imgf000027_0002
( )
Table A
Figure imgf000027_0003
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000030_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000033_0001
[0098] In some embodiments of Table A, R1 can be hydrogen. In some embodiments of Table A, R1 can be deuterium. In still other embodiments of Table A, R1 can be an optionally substituted acyl, for example, R1 can be–C(=O)C1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments of Table A, R3 can be OH. In other embodiments of Table A, R3 can be– OC(=O)RA1. In some embodiments of Table A, R1 can be hydrogen and R3 can be OH. In other embodiments of Table A, R1 can be an optionally substituted acyl and R3 can be– OC(=O)RA1. In some embodiments of Table A, R1 can be–C(=O)C1-6 alkyl and R3 can be–
OC(=O)C1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments of Table A, R1 can be and R3 can be
Figure imgf000034_0001
In some embodiments, R1 and/or R3 can include one or more deuterium
Figure imgf000034_0002
atoms. For example, R1 can be deuterium or R1 can be and/or R3 can be
Figure imgf000034_0003
Figure imgf000034_0004
[0099] Compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can act as a chain-terminator and inhibit replication of a virus, such as a paramyxovirus.
[0100] Examples of Compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, include the following:
Figure imgf000034_0005
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
Figure imgf000034_0006
[0101] Further examples of Compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, include:
, ,
Figure imgf000035_0001
, ,
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000037_0001
pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
[0102] Additional examples of Compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, include the following:
Figure imgf000038_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing. Compound (B)
[0103] A variety of compounds can be compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be selected from an anti-RSV antibody, a fusion protein inhibitor, an N-protein inhibitor, a RSV polymerase inhibitor, an IMPDH inhibitor, an interferon and an other compound that inhibits the RSV virus, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
[0104] In some embodiments, compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be an anti-RSV agent. In some embodiments, compound (B) can be an anti- RSV antibody, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Examples of anti-RSV antibodies include, but are not limited to, RSV-IGIV (RespiGam®), palivizumab (Synagis®, a chimeric humanized IgG monoclonal antibody) and motavizumab (MEDI-524, humanized monoclonal antibody), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the foregoing.
[0105] In some embodiments, compound (B) can be a fusion protein inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. A non-limiting list of fusion protein inhibitors include the following: 1-cyclopropyl-3-[[1-(4-hydroxybutyl)benzimidazol-2- yl]methyl]imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-one (BMS-433771), 4,4"-bis-{4,6-bis-[3-(bis- carbamoylmethyl-sulfamoyl)-phenylamino]-(1,3,5)triazin-2-ylamino}-biphenyl-2,2"- disulfonic-acid (RFI-641), 4,4'-Bis[4,6-di[3-aminophenyl-N,N-bis(2-carbamoylethyl)- sulfonilimino]-1,3,5-triazine-2-ylamino]-biphenyl-2,2'-disulfonic acid, disodium salt (CL387626), 2-[[2-[[1-(2-aminoethyl)-4-piperidinyl]amino]-4-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-1- yl]-6-methyl-3-pyridinol (JNJ-2408068), 2-[[6-[[[2-(3-Hydroxypropyl)-5- methylphenyl]amino]methyl]-2-[[3-(morpholin-4-yl)propyl]amino]benzimidazol-1- yl]methyl]-6-methylpyridin-3-ol (TMC-353121), 5,5ƍ-bis[1-(((5-amino-1H- tetrazolyl)imino)methyl)]2,2ƍ,4ƍƍ-methylidynetrisphenol (VP-14637, MDT-637), N-(2- hydroxyethyl)-4-methoxy-N-methyl-3-(6-methyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[3,4-a]phthalazin-3- yl)benzenesulfonamide (P13), 2-((2-((1-(2-aminoethyl)piperidin-4-yl)amino)-4-methyl-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl)methyl)-6-methylpyridin-3-ol (R170591), 1,4-bis(3-methylpyridin-4- yl)-1,4-diazepane (C15), (R)-9b-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(4-fluorobenzoyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H- imidazo[1',2':1,2]pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-5(9bH)-one (BTA9981), [2,2-bis(docosyloxy- oxymethyl)propyl-5-acetaoamido-3,5-dideoxy-4,7,8,9-tetra-O-(sodium-oxysulfonyl)-D- glycero-D-galacto-2-nonulopyranosid]onate (MBX-300), BTA-C286, N-(2-((S)-2-(5-((S)-3- aminopyrrolidin-1-yl)-6-methylpyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)-4- chlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (GS-5806), an anti-RSV nanobody (e.g., ALX-0171 (a trivalent nanobody, for example, those described in U.S. Publication No.2012/0128669, filed June 7, 2010, which is hereby incorporated by reference for the limited purpose of its description of nanobodies), Ablynx) and a peptide fusion inhibitor (such as a peptide having the sequence DEFDASISQVNEKINQSLAFIRKSDELL (T-67, SEQ ID NO: 1, U.S. Patent No. 6,623,741, filed Feb. 29, 2000), and a peptide having the sequence FDASISQVNEKINQSLAFIRKSDELLHNVNAGKST (T-118, SEQ ID NO: 2, U.S. Patent No. 6,623,741, filed Feb. 29, 2000), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the foregoing. U.S. Patent No. 6,623,741 is hereby incorporated by reference for the limited purpose of its description of peptide fusion inhibitors.
[0106] In some embodiments, compound (B) can be an N-protein inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. An exemplary N-protein inhibitor is (S)-1-(2- fluorophenyl)-3-(2-oxo-5-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[e][1,4]diazepin-3-yl)urea (RSV- 604), STP-92 (siRNA delivered through nanoparticle based delivery systems, Sirnaomics) and iKT-041 (Inhibikase), and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0107] In some embodiments, compound (B) can be a RSV polymerase inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Examples of RSV polymerase inhibitors include, but are not limited to, 6-{4-[(biphenyl-2-ylcarbonyl) amino]benzoyl}-N- cyclopropyl-5,6-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-d][1]benzazepine-2-carboxamide (YM-53403), N- cyclopropyl-5-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzamido)benzoyl)-5,6,7,10- tetrahydrobenzo[b]cyclopenta[d]azepine-9-carboxamide, 6-(4-(2-(2-oxa-7- azaspiro[3.5]nonan-7-yl)nicotinamido)benzoyl)-N-cyclopropyl-5,6-dihydro-4H- benzo[b]thieno[2,3-d]azepine-2-carboxamide, 4-amino-8-(3-{[2-(3,4- dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl]amino}propyl)-6,6-dimethyl-2-(4-methyl-3-nitrophenyl)-1H- imidazo[4,5-h]-isoquinoline-7,9(6H,8H)-dione (CAS Reg. No. 851658-10-1) and 6-(4-(2-(2- oxa-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonan-7-yl)nicotinamido)benzoyl)-N-cyclopropyl-5,6-dihydro-4H- benzo[b]thieno[2,3-d]azepine-2-carboxamide (AZ27), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the foregoing.
[0108] In some embodiments, compound (B) can be an IMPDH inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. A non-limiting list of IMPDH inhibitors include: ribavirin, 5-ethynyl-1-beta-D-ribofuranosylimidazole-4-carboxamide (EICAR), 4-hydroxy-3- beta-D-ribofuranosylpyrazole-5-carboxamide (pyrazofurin), 1-((2R,3R,4S,5R)-3,4- dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboximidamide (Taribavirin, viramidine), 1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylcyanamide (LY253963), tetrahydrofuran-3-yl- 3-(3-(3-methoxy-4-(oxazol-5-yl)phenyl)ureido)benzylcarbamate (VX-497), (4E)-6-(4- Hydroxy-6-methoxy-7-methyl-3-oxo-1,3-dihydro-2-benzofuran-5-yl)-4-methylhex-4-enoic acid (Mycophenolic acid) and 2-morpholin-4-ylethyl-(E)-6-(4-hydroxy-6-methoxy-7-methyl- 3-oxo-1H-2-benzofuran-5-yl)-4-methylhex-4-enoate (Mycophenolate Mofetil), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
[0109] In some embodiments, compound (B) can be an interferon, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Examples of interferons are described herein. In some embodiments, the interferon can be a pegylated interferon. In some embodiments, the interferon can be a Type 1 interferon, for example, an alpha-interferon (IFN-Į ). Exemplary alpha-interferons include Pegylated interferon-alpha-2a (PEGASYS®), Pegylated interferon- alpha-2b (PEG-INTRON®) and interferon alfacon-1 (INFERGEN®). In other embodiments, the Type 1 interferon can be a beta-interferon (IFN-ȕ). In some embodiments, the interferon can be a Type 2 interferon. In other embodiments, the interferon can be Type 3 interferon, such as a lambda-interferon (IFN-O) and pegylated interferon lambda.
[0110] In some embodiments, compound (B) can be an other compound that inhibits the RSV virus, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Examples of other compounds that inhibits the RSV virus include, but are not limited to, a double stranded RNA oligonucleotide, 5-methyl-N-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]-isoxazole-4-carboxamide (leflumomide), N-(2-chloro-4-methylphenyl)-2-((1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)propanamide (JMN3-003), Medi-559, Medi-534, Medi-557, an intratracheal formulation of recombinant human CC10 (CG-100), high titer, human immunoglobulin (RI-001, ADMA Biologics Inc.) and a non-neutralizing mAb against the G protein (mAb 131-2G), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing. A non- limiting list of double stranded RNA oligonucleotides are ALN-RSV01 (an siRNA agent with the sense strand sequence (5' to 3') GGCUCUUAGCAAAGUCAAGdTdT (SEQ ID NO. 3) and the antisense strand sequence (5' to 3') CUUGACUUUGCUAAGAGCCdTdT (SEQ ID NO. 4) and ALN-RSV02. Additional information regarding ALN-RSV01 and/or ALN- RSV02 can be found in U.S. Publication No. 2009/0238772, filed Dec. 15, 2008 (Alnylam Pharmaceuticals).
[0111] Additional compounds for Compound (B) include compounds that can be encompassed by the following formulae/compounds. For each of the following formulae/compounds, each variable pertains only to each individual section. For example for Compounds of Formula (B1), the variables listed under Compounds of Formula (B1) refer only to Compounds of Formula (B1) and not Compounds of Formula (B2) or any of the other formulae/compounds provided in this section, unless stated otherwise.
Compounds of Formula (B1)
[0112] Compounds of the general Formula (B1) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2013/186333, published December 19, 2013, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B1) has the structure:
Figure imgf000041_0001
or a stereoisomeric form thereof, wherein: Het can be a heterocycle having formula (b), (c), (d) or (e):
Figure imgf000042_0001
each X independently can be C or N; provided that at least one X is N; R1b can be present when Het has formula (b) and X is C; each R1b can be selected independently from H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, B(OH)2 and B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R1b is absent when the X to which it is bound is N; R2b can be -(CR8R9)m-R10b; each R6 can be independently selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, COOCH3 and CONHSO2CH3; each R7 can be independently selected from OH, C1-C6 alkyloxy, NH2, NHSO2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, NHSO2NHCH3, NHSO2(C1-C6 alkyl), NHSO2(C3-C7 cycloalkyl) and N(C1-C6 alkyl)2; each R8 and R9 can be independently chosen from H, C1-C10 alkyl and C3-C7 cycloalkyl; or R8 and R9 can be taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring that optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from N, S and O; R10b can be selected from H, R11, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CON(R8)SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, O-Benzyl, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8, OCONR8R9, OCONR8R12, N(R8)CON(R8R9), N(R8)COOR12, and a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one oxygen atom; m can be an integer from 2 to 6; R11 can be selected from C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen; R12 can be selected from phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen; or R12 can be C1-C6 alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl; each substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen; R1c can be present when Het has formula (c); each R1c can be selected independently from H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7c), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, B(OH)2 and B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R3c can be selected from H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy and CO(R7c); R2c can be -(CR8R9)m-R10c; R7c can be selected from OH, O(C1-C6 alkyl), NH2, NHSO2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, NHSO2NHCH3, NHSO2(C1-C6 alkyl), NHSO2(C3-C7 cycloalkyl), N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, NR8R9 and NR9R10c; R10c can be selected from H, R11, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, C(=NOH)NH2, CONR8R9, COOR8, CONR8SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8 and a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one oxygen atom; R1d can be present when Het has formula (d) and X is C; each R1d is selected independently from H, OH, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7), CH2NH2, CH2OH, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, B(OH)2 and B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R1d is absent when the X to which it is bound is N; R3d can be selected from H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, and CO(R7); R2d can be -(CR8R9)m-R10d; R10d can be selected from H, R11, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CONR8SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8,NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8 and a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one oxygen atom; each Y independently can be C or N; R1e can be present when Het has formula (e) and Y is C; each R1e can be selected independently from H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, B(OH)2 and B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R1e is absent when the Y to which it is bound is N; R3e can be selected from H, halogen, -(CR8R9)m-R10e, CŁC-CH2-R10e, CŁC-R10e and C=C-R10e; R10e can be selected from H, R11, C1-C6 alkyloxy, OH, CN, F, CF2H,CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CON(R8)SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8 and a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one oxygen atom; R4 can be selected from tert-butyl, Het1, aryl, Het2, CH(CH3)(CF3), and C3-C7 cycloalkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo and C1-C4 alkyl; aryl can represents phenyl or naphthalenyl; said aryl optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo C1-C4 alkyloxy, C1-C4 alkyl, OH, CN, CF2H, CF3, CF30, CONR8R9, COOR8,CON(R8)SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9,SO2NR8R9, SO2R8, OCONR8R9, OCONR8R12, N(R8)CON(R8R9), N(R8)COOR12; or C1-C4 alkyloxyC1-C4 alkyloxy; Het1 can represents a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one N atom, optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, SO2R8
, C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl, CO(aryl), COHet2, C1-C4 alkyloxycarbonyl, pyridinyl, CF3, SO2N(C1-C4 alkyl)2, SO2NH(C1-C4 alkyl), (C=O)NH(C1- C4 alkyl),
Figure imgf000044_0001
alkyl), C1-C4 alkyl and C1-C4 alkyl substituted with one hydroxy; or Het1 can represents a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one O atom, substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, CF3, NH(C=O)(C1-C4 alkyl), (C=O)NH(C1-C4 alkyl) and C1-C4 alkyl; or Het represents a bicyclic 7 to 11 membered non-aromatic heterocycle containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N, optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, SO2R8, C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl, CO(aryl), COHet2, C1-C4 alkyloxycarbonyl, pyridinyl, CF3, SO2N(C1-C4 alkyl)2, SO2NH(C1- C4 alkyl), (C=O)NH(C1-C4 alkyl),
Figure imgf000044_0002
alkyl), C1-C4 alkyl and C1-C4 alkyl substituted with one hydroxy; Het2 can represents a monocyclic 5 to 6 membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N; or a bicyclic 8 to 12 membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N; said Het2 optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, C1-C4 alkyl, OH, CN, CF2H, CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CON(R8)SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8, OCONR8R9, OCONRV2, N(R8)CON(R8R9), N(R8)COOR12; Z can be C or N; R5 is present where Z is C, whereby R5 can be selected form hydrogen, CF3 and halogen; R5 is absent where Z is N; or a pharmaceutically acceptable addition salt or a solvate thereof.
[0113] Examples of Compounds of Formula (B1) include:
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Compounds of Formula (B2)
[0114] Compounds of the general Formula (B2) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2013/186332, published December 19, 2013, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B2) has the structure:
Figure imgf000052_0001
a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, wherein: Het can be a heterocycle having formula (a):
Figure imgf000052_0002
R1a can be Br or Cl; R2a can be -(CR8aR9a)n-R10a; each R8a and R9a can be independently chosen from H, C1-C10 alkyl and C3-C7 cycloalkyl; or R8a and R9a can be taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring; wherein the 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from N, S and O; R10a can be selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, R11, OH, CF3, CHF2, F, Cl, SO2CH3, SO2C3-C7 cycloalkyl, NR8aSO2R8a, SO2NR8aR9a, NR8aSO2C3-C7 cycloalkyl, CN, NR8aR9a, COOH, COOR8a, CONR8aR9a, OCOC1-C6 alkyl, CONR8aSO2R9a, CONR8aSO2NR8aR9a, a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring and a 5 to 6 membered aromatic ring; wherein the aliphatic or aromatic ring optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from N, S and O; R11 can be selected from C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen; n can be an integer having a value from 1 to 6; R5 can be selected from C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, CN, CF3 and halo; R4 can be selected from hydrogen, tert-butyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, CH(CH3)(CF3), C2-C10 alkenyl, CH2CF3, SO2CH3, -CH2-p-fluorophenyl, aryl, Het1, Het2 and C3-C7 cycloalkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo and C1-C4 alkyl; aryl can represents phenyl or naphthalenyl; said aryl optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, OH, CN, CF2H, CF3, CONR8aR9a, COOR8a, CON(R8a)SO2R9a, CON(R8a)SO2N(R8aR9a), NR8aR9a, NR8aCOOR9a, OCOR8a, NR8aSO2R9a, SO2NR8aR9a, SO2R8a, OCONR8aR9a, OCONR8aR11a, N(R8a)CON(R8aR9a), N(R8a)COOR11a, and C1-C4 alkyl; Het1 can represents a monocyclic 4 to 6 membered non-aromatic heterocycle containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N; or a bicyclic 7 to 11 membered non-aromatic heterocycle containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N; said Het1 optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, SO2R8a C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C4 alkyloxycarbonyl, CO(aryl), COHet2, pyridinyl, CF3, SO2N(C1-C4 alkyl)2, SO2NH(C1-C4 alkyl), NH(C=O)(C1-C4 alkyl), (C=O)NH(C1-C4 alkyl), (C=S)NH(C1-C4 alkyl), C1-C4 alkyl and C1- C4 alkyl substituted with one hydroxy; Het2 can represents a monocyclic 5 to 6 membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N; or a bicyclic 8 to 12 membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N; said Het2 optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, OH, CN, CF2H, CF3, CONR8aR9a, COOR8a, CON(R8a)SO2R9a, CON(R8a)SO2N(R8aR9a),NR8aR9a, NR8aCOOR9a, OCOR8a, NR8aSO2R9a, SO2NR8aR9a, SO2R8a, OCONR8aR9a, OCONR8aR11a, N(R8a)CON(R8aR9a), N(R8a)COOR11a and C1-C4 alkyl; R11a can be selected from phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen; or R11a can be C1-C6 alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl; each substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen; Z can be CH or N; or a pharmaceutically acceptable addition salt or a solvate thereof.
[0115] Examples of Compounds of Formula (B2) include:
Figure imgf000054_0001
Compounds of Formula (B3)
[0116] Compounds of the general Formula (B3) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2013/186335, published December 19, 2013, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B3) has the structure:
Figure imgf000055_0001
a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, wherein: Het can be a heterocycle having formula (b), (c), (d) or (e):
Figure imgf000055_0002
each X independently can be C or N; provided that at least one X is N; R1b can be present when Het has formula (b) and X is C; each R1b can be selected independently from H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, B(OH)2 and B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R1b can be absent when the X to which it is bound is N; R2b can be -(CR8R9)m-R10b; each R6 can be independently selected from can be H, C1-C6 alkyl, COOCH3 and CONHSO2CH3; each R7 can be independently selected from OH, C1-C6 alkyloxy, NH2, NHSO2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, NHSO2NHCH3, NHSO2(C1-C6 alkyl), NHSO2(C3-C7 cycloalkyl) and N(C1-C6-alkyl)2; each R8 and R9 can be independently chosen from H, C1-C6 alkyl and C3-C7 cycloalkyl; or R8 and R9 can be taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring that optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from N, S and O; R10b can be selected from H, R11, OH, CN, F, CF 9
2H, CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CON(R8)SO2R , CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, O-Benzyl, NR8SO 9
2R , SO 9
2NR8R , SO2R8, OCONR8R9, OCONR8R12, N(R8)CON(R8R9), N(R8)COOR12 and a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one oxygen atom; R11 can be selected from C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen; R12 can be selected from phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen; or R12 can be C1-C6 alkyl or C3- C7 cycloalkyl; each substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen; m can be an integer from 2 to 6; R1c can be present when Het has formula (c); each R1c can be selected independently from H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7c), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, B(OH)2 and B(O-C1-C 6alkyl)2; R3c can be selected from H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy and CO(R7c); R2c can be -(CR8R9)m- R10c; R7c can be selected from OH, O(C1-C6 alkyl), NH2, NHSO2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, NHSO2NHCH3, NHSO2(C1-C6 alkyl), NHSO2(C3-C7 cycloalkyl), N(C1-C6-alkyl)2, NR8R9 and NR9R10c; R10c can be selected from H, R11, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, C(=NOH)NH2, CONR8R9, COOR8, CONR8SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8 and a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one oxygen atom; R1d can be present when Het has formula (d) and X is C; each R1d can be selected independently from H, OH, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, B(OH)2 and B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R1d is absent when the X to which it is bound is N; R3d can be selected from H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1- C6 alkyloxy, and CO(R7); R2d can be -(CR8R9)m-R10d; R10d can be selected from H, R11, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CONR8SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8 and a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one oxygen atom; each Y independently can be C or N; R1e can be present when Het has formula (e) and Y is C; each R1e can be selected independently from H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, B(OH)2 and B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R1e is absent when the Y to which it is bound is N; R3e can be selected from H, halogen, -(CR8R9)m-R10e, CŁC-CH2- R10e, CŁC-R10e and C=C-R10e; R10e can be selected from H, R11, C1-C6 alkyloxy, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CON(R8)SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8 and a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one oxygen atom; R5 can be selected from C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, CN, CF3 and halogen; R4 can be selected from hydrogen, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, tert-butyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, CH2CF3, CH(CH3)(CF3), SO2CH3, -CH2-p- fluorophenyl, aryl, Het1, Het2 and C3-C7 cycloalkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo and C1-C4 alkyl; aryl can represents phenyl or naphthalenyl; said aryl optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, C1- C4alkyloxy, C1-C4alkyl, OH, CN, CF2H, CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CON(R8)SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8, OCONR8R9, OCONR8R12, N(R8)CON(R8R9) and N(R8)COOR12; Het1 can represents a monocyclic 4 to 6 membered non-aromatic heterocycle containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N; or a bicyclic 7 to 11 membered non-aromatic heterocycle containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N; said Het1 optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, SO2R, C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl, CO(aryl), COHet2, C1-C4 alkyloxycarbonyl, pyridinyl, CF3, SO2N(C1- C4 alkyl)2, SO2NH(C1-C4 alkyl),NH(C=O)(C1-C4 alkyl), (C=O)NH(C1-C4 alkyl), (C=S)NH(C1-C4 alkyl) and C1-C4 alkyl; Het2 can represents a monocyclic 5 to 6 membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N; or a bicyclic 8 to 12 membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N; said Het2 optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, C1-C4 alkyl, OH, CN, CF2H, CF3, CONRV, COOR8, CON(R8)SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8, OCONR8R9, OCONR8R12, N(R8)CON(R8R9) and N(R8)COOR12; Z can be CH or N; or a pharmaceutically acceptable addition salt or a solvate thereof.
[0117] Examples of Compounds of Formula (B3) include:
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Compounds of Formula (B4)
[0118] Compounds of the general Formula (B4) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2013/186334, published December 19, 2013, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B4) has the structure:
Figure imgf000059_0002
or a stereoisomeric form thereof, wherein: Het can be a heterocycle having formula (a):
Figure imgf000059_0003
R1a can be Br or Cl; R2a can be -(CR8aR9a)n-R10a; each R8a and R9a can be independently chosen from H, C1-C10 alkyl and C3-C7 cycloalkyl; or R8a and R9a can be taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring; wherein the 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected N, S and O; R10a can be selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, R11, OH, CF3, CHF2, F, Cl, SO2CH3, SO2C3-C7 cycloalkyl, NR8aSO2R8a, SO2NR8aR9a, NR8aSO2C3-C7 cycloalkyl, CN, NR8aR9a, COOH, COOR8a, CONR8aR9a, OCOC1-C6 alkyl, CONR8aSO2R9a, CONR8aSO2NR8aR9a, a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring and a 5 to 6 membered aromatic ring; wherein the aliphatic or aromatic ring optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from N, S and O; R11 can be selected from C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen; n can be an integer having a value from 1 to 6; R4 can be selected from tert- butyl, CH(CH3)(CF3), aryl, Het1, Het2 and C3-C7 cycloalkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo and C1-C4 alkyl; aryl represents phenyl or naphthalenyl; said aryl optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, OH, CN, CF2H, CF3, CONR8aR9a, COOR8a, CON(R8a)SO2R9a, CON(R8a)SO2N(R8aR9a), NR8aR9a, NR8aCOOR9a, OCOR8a, NR8aSO2R9a, SO2NR8aR9a, SO2R8a, OCONR8aR9a, OCONR8aR11b, N(R8a)CON(R8aR9a), N(R8a)COOR11b, and C1-C4 alkyl; Het1 can represents a monocyclic 4 to 6 membered non-aromatic heterocycle containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N; or a bicyclic 7 to 1 1 non-aromatic heterocycle containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N; said Het1 optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, SO2R8a C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C4 alkyloxycarbonyl, CO(aryl), COHet2, pyridinyl, CF3, SO2N(C1-C4 alkyl)2, SO2NH(C1-C4 alkyl), NH(C=O)( C1-C4 alkyl), (C=O)NH(C1-C4 alkyl), (C=S)NH(C1-C4 alkyl), C1-C4 alkyl and C1-C4 alkyl substituted with one hydroxy; Het2 can represents a monocyclic 5 to 6 membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N; or a bicyclic 8 to 12 membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N; said Het2 optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, OH, CN, CF2H, CF3, CONR8aR9a, COOR8a, CON(R8a)SO2R9a, CON(R8a)SO2N(R8aR9a), NR8aR9a, NR8aCOOR9a, OCOR8a, NR8aSO2R9a, SO2NR8aR9a, SO2R8a, OCONR8aR9a, OCONR8aR11b, N(R8a)CON(R8aR9a), N(R8a)COOR11b and C1-C4 alkyl; R11b can be selected from phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen; or R11b can be C1-C6 alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl; each substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen; Z can be C or N; R5 is present where Z is C, whereby R5 can be selected from hydrogen, CF3 and halogen; R5 is absent where Z is N; or a pharmaceutically acceptable addition salt or a solvate thereof.
[0119] Examples of Compounds of Formula (B4) include:
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Compounds of Formula (B5)
[0120] Compounds of the general Formula (B5) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2012/080447, published June 21, 2012, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B5) has the structure:
Figure imgf000064_0001
or a prodrug, N-oxide, addition salt, quaternary amine, metal complex, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein: each X independently can be C or N; R1 can be selected from H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, and B(OH)2; B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R2 can be selected from H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, and CO(R7); R3 can be– (CR8R9)n-R10; R4 can be selected from H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, SO2-R8, CH2CF3, SO2CH3 or a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing an oxygen atom; R5 is present where X is C, and can be selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, CO(R7), CF3 and halogen; R5 is absent where X is N; R6 can be selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, COOCH3, and CONHSO2CH3; R7 can be selected from OH, O(C1-C6 alkyl), NH2, NHSO2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, NHSO2NCH3, NHSO2(C1-C6 alkyl), NHSO2(C3-C7 cycloalkyl), and N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, NR8R9, NR9R10; n can be an integer from 2 to 6; R8 and R9 can be each independently chosen from H, C1- C10 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl or R8 and R9 can be taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring that optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from N, S, O; R10 can be selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, C(=NOH)NH2, CONR8R9, COOR8, CONR8SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2NR8 or a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing an oxygen atom.
[0121] Examples of Compounds of Formula (B5) include:
Figure imgf000064_0002
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Compounds of Formula (B6)
[0122] Compounds of the general Formula (B6) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2012/080449, published June 21, 2012, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B6) has the structure:
Figure imgf000070_0001
or a prodrug, N-oxide, addition salt, quaternary amine, metal complex, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein: each X independently can be C or N; at least one X = N; each Y independently can be C or N; R1 is present when X = C and R1 can be selected from H, halogen, C1- C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, N(R5)2, CO(R6), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, and B(OH)2; B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R1 is absent when X = N; R2 can be–(CR7R8)n-R9; R3 can be selected from H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, SO2-R7; CH2CF3 or a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing an oxygen atom; R4 can be present where Y is C and is selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, CO(R7), COO(R7), CF3 and halogen, R5 can be selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, COOCH3, and CONHSO2CH3; R6 can be selected from OH, O(C1-C6 alkyl), NH2, NHSO2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, NHSO2NHCH3, NHSO2(C1-C6 alkyl), NHSO2(C3-C7 cycloalkyl), and N(C1-C6-alkyl)2; R7 and R8 can be each independently chosen from H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl or R7 and R8 can be taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring that optionally contains a heteroatom selected from N, S, O; R9 can be selected from H, R10, C1-C6 alkyl, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, CONR7R8, COOR7, CON(R7)SO2R8, CON(R7)SO2N(R7R8), NR7R8, NR7COOR8, OCOR7, O-Benzyl, NR7SO2R8, SO2 R7R8, SO2R7, OCONR7R8, OCONR7R10, N(R7)CON(R7R8), N(R7)COOC; phtalimido, 2-methyl- benzothiophene(1,1)di oxide, or a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing an oxygen atom; n can be an integer from 2 to 6; R10 can be selected from C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl , phenyl, pyridine or pyrazole, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 or halogen. 0123 Exam les of Com ounds of Formula B6 include:
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000073_0002
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
Compounds of Formula (B7)
[0124] Compounds of the general Formula (B7) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2012/080450, published June 21, 2012, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B7) has the structure:
Figure imgf000083_0002
or a prodrug, N-oxide, addition salt, quaternary amine, metal complex, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein: each X independently can be C or N with at least one X being N; R1 is present where X = C and R1 can be selected from H, OH, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, ȃ H2, CO(R7), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, and B(OH)2; B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R2 can be selected from H, halogen, C1- C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, and CO(R7); R3 can be–(CR8R9)n-R10; R4 can be selected from H, C1-C10 alkyl, CH2CF3 C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, SO2-R8, or a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing an oxygen atom; R5 is present where Y is C, and can be selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, CO(R7), CF3 and halogen; R5 is absent where X is N; R6 can be selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, COOCH3, and CONHSO2CH3; R7 can be selected from OH, O(C1-C6 alkyl), NH2, NHSO2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2,N HSO2NHCH3, NHSO2(C1-C6 alkyl), NHSO2(C3-C7 cycloalkyl), and N(C1-C6-alkyl)2; n can be an integer from 2 to 6; R8 and R9 can be each independently chosen from H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl or R8 and R9 can be taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring that optionally contains a heteroatom selected from N, S, O; R10 can be selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CONR8SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8 or a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing an oxygen atom.
[0125] Examples of Compounds of Formula B7 include:
Figure imgf000084_0001
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
Compounds of Formula (B8)
[0126] Compounds of the general Formula (B8) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2012/080451, published June 21, 2012, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B8) has the s
Figure imgf000096_0002
or a prodrug, N-oxide, addition salt, quaternary amine, metal complex, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein: each X independently can be C or N; each Y independently can be C or N; R1 is present when X = C and R1 can be selected from H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, N(R5)2, CO(R6), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, and B(OH)2; B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R1 is absent when X = N; R2 can be selected from H, halogen,
Figure imgf000096_0003
R3 can be selected from H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, SO2-R7, or a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing an oxygen atom; R4 is present where Y is C and can be selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, C1- C6 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, CO(R7), CF3 and halogen, R5 can be selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, COOCH3, and CONHSO2CH3; R6 can be selected from OH, O(C1-C6 alkyl), NH2, NHSO2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, NHSO2NHCH3, NHSO2(C1-C6 alkyl), NHSO2(C3-C7 cycloalkyl), and N(C1-C6-alkyl)2; R7 and R8 can be each independently chosen from H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl or R7 and R8 can be taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring that optionally contains at least one heteroatom selected from N, S, O; R9 can be selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyl OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, CONR7R8, COOR7, CON(R7)SO2R8, CON(R7)SO2N(R7R8), NR7R8, NR7COOR8, OCOR7, NR7SO2R8, SO2NR7R8, SO2R7 or a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing an oxygen atom; n can be an integer from 2 to 6.
[0127] Examples of Compounds of Formula (B8) include:
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000097_0002
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000102_0001
Compounds of Formula (B9)
[0128] Compounds of the general Formula (B9) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2012/080446, published June 21, 2012, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B9) has the structure:
Figure imgf000103_0001
or a prodrug, N-oxide, addition salt, quaternary amine, metal complex, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein: each X independently can be C or N; R1 can be H; R2 can be selected from Br and Cl; R3 can be -(CR6R7)n-R8; R4 can be selected from H, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C2- C10 alkenyl,
Figure imgf000103_0002
-CH2-p-Fluorophenyl, CH2CF3 and -SO2CH3; R5 is present where X is C, whereby each R5 can be selected, each independently, from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, halogen, and CN; R5 is absent where X is N; R6 and R7 can be each independently chosen from H and C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl; or R6 and R7 can be taken together form a 5 to 6 membered aliphatic or aromatic ring that optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from the group N, S, O; R8 can be selected from H, OH, CF3, CHF2, F, CI, SO2CH3, SO2C3-C7 cycloalkyl, NR6SO2R6, SO2R6R7, R6SO2C3-C7 cycloalkyl, CN, NR6R7, COOH, COOR6, CONR6R7, OCOC1-C6 alkyl, CONR6SOR7, CONH-R6-SO2R7 , CONH-R6- SO2NR6R7CONR6SO2NR6R7, phtalimido or a 5 to 6 membered aliphatic or aromatic ring that optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from the group N, S, O; n can be an integer having a value from 1 to 6.
[0129] Examples of Compounds of Formula (B9) include:
Figure imgf000103_0003
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000112_0001
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000115_0001
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000122_0001
Compounds of Formula (B10)
[0130] Compounds of the general Formula (B10) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2010/103306, published September 16, 2010, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B10) has the structure:
Figure imgf000122_0002
wherein: R1, R3and R4 each independently can represent H, C1-6 alkyl or halogen; R2 can represent H, CN, CH2NH2, CH2NH(CH2)3NH2, C(=NH)NH2 or C(=NOH)NH2; R5 can represent C1-6 alkyl; said C1-6 alkyl being optionally substituted with one or more of OR13, CF3, CN or NR14R15 wherein R13 can represent H or C1-6 alkyl and R14 and R15 independently can represent H, C1-6 alkyl or C3- 7 cycloalkyl; or the group -NR14R15 together can represent a 5 to 7 membered azacyclic ring optionally incorporating one further heteroatom selected from O, S and NR19 wherein R19 can represent H or C1-6 alkyl; R6, R7, R8 and R9 each independently can represent CH, C-F, C-Cl, C- CF3 or N; R10 can represent aryl, heteroaryl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or C1-6 alkyl; said C1-6 alkyl or C3-7 cycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one or more of aryl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, OR16, SR16, halogen or NR17R18, wherein R16 can represent H or C1-6 alkyl and R17 and R18 each independently can represent H, C1-6 alkyl or C3-7 cycloalkyl; or the group -NR17R1 together represents a 5 to 7 membered azacyclic ring optionally incorporating one heteroatom selected from O, S and NR20 wherein R20 can represent H or C1-6 alkyl; and R11 and R12 each independently can represent H or C1-6 alkyl.
[0131] Examples of Compounds of Formula (B10) include: 3-methyl-1-[(1- isopentylbenzimidazol-2-yl)methyl]-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 3-isopentyl-1-[(1- isopentylbenzimidazol-2-yl)methyl]-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 3-cyclopropyl-1-[(1- isopentylbenzimidazol-2-yl)methyl]-4-methyl-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 3-cyclopropyl-1-[(1- isopentylbenzimidazol-2-yl)methyl]-4,4-dimethyl-quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1- isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-methyl-4H-quinazolin-2- one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1- isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-propyl-4H-quinazolin-2- one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1- isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-cyclopropyl-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1- isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-tert-butyl-4H-quinazolin-2- one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1- isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-cyclopentyl-4H-quinazolin- 2-one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1- isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-benzyl-4H-quinazolin-2- one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1- isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-phenethyl-4H-quinazolin-2- one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1- isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-cyclopropyl-4H-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-2-one; 1-[[5- (aminomethyl)-1-isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-(2-methoxyethyl)-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 1- [[5-(aminomethyl)-1-isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-isopentyl-4H-quinazolin-2- one; 1-[[5- (aminomethyl)-1-isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-isobutyl-4H-quinazolin-2- one; 1-[[5- (aminomethyl)-1-isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4H-quinazolin-2- one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1-isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropyl)-4H- quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1-isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-(2- methylsulfanylethyl)-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1-isopentyl-benzimidazol-2- yl]methyl]-3-(cyclohexylmethyl)-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1-isopentyl- benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-cyclopropyl-4-methyl-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1- isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-cyclopropyl-4,4-dimethyl-quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5- (aminomethyl)-1-isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-cyclopropyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)-4H- quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1-isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-cyclopropyl-5- fluoro-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1-(4-hydroxybutyl)benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3- methyl-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1-(4-hydroxybutyl)benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]- 3-cyclopropyl-4H- quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1-(4-hydroxybutyl)benzimidazol-2- yl]methyl]-3-(2-methoxyethyl)-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1-(4- hydroxybutyl)benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-(cyclohexylmethyl)-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5- (aminomethyl)-1-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-cyclopropyl-4H-quinazolin-2- one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-cyclopropyl-4- methyl-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)benzimidazol-2- yl]methyl]-3-cyclopropyl-4,4- dimethyl-quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5-[(3 -aminopropylamino)methyl]-1- isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-methyl-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5-[(3- aminopropylamino)methyl]-1-isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-cyclopropyl-4H-quinazolin- 2-one; 1-[[5-[(3-aminopropylamino)methyl]-1-isopentyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-(2- methoxyethyl)-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 1-[[5-[(3-aminopropylamino)methyl]-1-(4- hydroxybutyl)benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3- methyl-4H-quinazolin-2-one; 2-[(3-cyclopropyl-2-oxo- 4H-quinazolin-1-yl)methyl]-1-isopentyl-benzimidazole-5-carboxamidine; 2-[(3-cyclopropyl-4- methyl-2-oxo-4H-quinazolin-1-yl)methyl]-1-isopentyl-benzimidazole-5-carboxamidine; 2-[(3- cyclopropyl-4,4-dimethyl-2-oxo-quinazolin-1-yl)methyl]-1-isopentyl-benzimidazole-5- carboxamidine; 2-[(3-cyclopropyl-2-oxo-4H-quinazolin-1-yl)methyl]-N'-hydroxy-1-isopentyl- benzimidazole-5-carboxamidine; 2-[(3-cyclopropyl-4-methyl-2-oxo-4H-quinazolin-1-yl)methyl]- N'-hydroxy-1-isopentyl-benzimidazole-5-carboxamidine; 2-[(3-cyclopropyl-4,4-dimethyl-2-oxo- quinazolin-1-yl)methyl]-N'-hydroxy-1-isopentyl-benzimidazole-5-carboxamidine; 2-[(3- cyclopropyl-2-oxo-4H-quinazolin-1-yl)methyl]-1-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)benzimidazole-5- carboxamidine; 2-[(3-cyclopropyl-4-methyl-2-oxo-4H-quinazolin-1-yl)methyl]-1-(4,4,4- trifluorobutyl)benzimidazole-5-carboxamidine; 2-[(3-cyclopropyl-4,4-dimethyl-2-oxo-quinazolin- 1-yl)methyl]-1-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)benzimidazole-5-carboxamidine; 2-[(3-cyclopropyl-4-methyl- 2-oxo-4H-quinazolin-1-yl)methyl]-N'-hydroxy-1-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)benzimidazole-5- carboxamidine; 2-[(3-cyclopropyl-4,4-dimethyl-2-oxo-quinazolin-1-yl)methyl]-N'-hydroxy-1- (4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)benzimidazole-5-carboxamidine; and 1-[[5-(aminomethyl)-1-isopentyl-6- methyl-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]-3-cyclopropyl-4H-quinazolin-2-one. Compounds of Formula (B11)
[0132] Compounds of the general Formula (B11) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2012/068622, published May 31, 2012, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B11) has the structure:
Figure imgf000125_0001
or racemates, isomers and/or salts thereof, wherein: X1 and X2 can be independently selected from CH and N wherein at least one of X1 and X2 is N; R1 is optionally substituted and can be selected from a carbocyclic, heterocyclic and aromatic ring; R2 can be selected from C1-6 alkyl, haloC1- 3alkyl and C1-3alkoxy; and R3 can be H or an optional substituent.
[0133] Examples of Compounds of Formula (B11) include: 5a-(4-chlorophenyl)-6-[(3- methyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-5a,6,7,8-tetrahydroimidazo[1’,2':1,6]pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazin- 10(5H)-one; 10a-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-[(3-methyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-2,3,10,10a- tetrahydroimidazo[2,1-g][1,7]naphthyridin-5(1H)-one; 10a-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-[(3-methyl-1,2- oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-2,3,10,10a-tetrahydroimidazo[2,1-g][1,7]naphthyridin-5(1H)-one; 10a-(4- fluorophenyl)-1-[(3-methyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-2,3,10,10a- tetrahydroimidazo[2,1- g][1,7]naphthyridin-5(1H)-one; 5a-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-[(3-methyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]- 5a,6,7,8-tetrahydroimidazo[1’,2':1,6]pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazin-10(5H)-one; 10a-(4-fluoro-3- methylphenyl)-1-[(3-methyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-2,3,10,10a-tetrahydroimidazo[2,1- g][1,7]naphthyridin-5(1H)-one; 10a-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1-[(3-methyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]- 2,3,10,10a-tetrahydroimidazo[2,1-g][1,7]naphthyridin-5(1H)-one; 5a-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-6-[(3- methyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-5a,6,7,8- tetrahydroimidazo[1’,2':1,6]pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazin- 10(5H)-one; 5a-(4-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)-6-[(3-methyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-5a,6,7,8- tetrahydroimidazo[1’,2':1,6]pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazin-10(5H)-one; 10a-(2-chlorophenyl)-1-[(3-methyl- 1,2-oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-2,3,10,10a-tetrahydroimidazo[2,1-g][1,7]naphthyridin-5(1H)-one; 10a- cyclohexyl-1-[(3-methyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-2,3,10,10a- tetrahydroimidazo[2,1- g][1,7]naphthyridin-5(1H)-one; 10a-(4,4-difluorocyclohexyl)-1-[(3-methyl-1,2-oxazol-4- yl)carbonyl]-2,3,10,10a-tetrahydroimidazo[2,1-g][1,7]naphthyridin-5(1H)-one; 10a-(4- chlorophenyl)-1-{[3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2-oxazol-4-yl]carbonyl}-2,3,10,10a-tetrahydroimidazo[2,1- g][1,7]naphthyridin-5(1H)-one; 10a-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-5-yl)-1-[(3-methyl-1,2-oxazol-4- yl)carbonyl]-2,3,10,10a-tetrahydroimidazo[2,1-g][1,7]naphthyridin-5(1H)- one; (5aS)-5a-(4- chlorophenyl)-6-[(3-methyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-5a,6,7,8- tetrahydroimidazo[1’,2':1,6]pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazin-10(5H)-one; (10aS)-10a-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-[(3- methyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]- 2,3,10,10a-tetrahydroimidazo[2,1-g][1,7]naphthyridin-5(1H)- one; (10aS)-10a-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-[(3-methyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-2,3,10,10a- tetrahydroimidazo[2,1-g][1,7]naphthyridin-5(1H)-one; (5aS)-5a-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-[(3-methyl-1,2- oxazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-5a,6,7,8-tetrahydroimidazo[1’,2':1,6]pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazin-10(5H)-one; and (10aS)-10a-(4-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)-1-[(3-methyl-1,2-oxazol-4- yl)carbonyl]-2,3,10,10a- tetrahydroimidazo[2,1-g][1,7]naphthyridin-5(1H)-one.
Compounds of Formula (B12)
[0134] Compounds of the general Formula (B12) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2005/042530, published May 12, 2005, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B12) has the structure:
or an enantiomer or a salt the
Figure imgf000126_0001
or -(CH=CH)0-1- 5-, 6-, 9- or 10- membered heteroaryl, said aryl or heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one, two or three optionally substituted with amino, halo,
Figure imgf000126_0002
, azido, cyano, amino,(C1- 6)alkylamino, di((C1-6)aIkyl)amino, aryl and heteroaryl; R2 can be H, (C1-6)alkyl, hydroxy, halo, (C1- 6)haloalkyl, amino, (C1-6)alkylamino. di((C1-6)alkyl)amino, or (C2-6)alkynyl; R3 can be (C6, C10 or C14)aryl or 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which being optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents, each independently selected from: (C1-6)alkyl, halo, (C1-6)haloalkyl, hydroxy, (C1-6)alkoxy, (C1-6)alkylthio, nitro, amino, (C1-6)alkylamino, di((C1-6)alkyl)amino and COO(C1-6)alkyl; and R4 and R5 can be each independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; or R4 and R5 can be linked, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, to form a (C3-7)cycIoalkyl group; with the proviso that R1 is not 2-methoxyphenyl, when R2 is H, R3 is 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, R4 is CH3 and R5 is CH3.
[0135] Examples of Com ounds of Formula B12 include:
Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000128_0001
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000131_0001
Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
Figure imgf000140_0001
Compounds of Formula (B13)
[0136] Compounds of the general Formula (B13) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2006/136561, published December 28, 2006, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B13) has the structure:
Figure imgf000141_0001
or a salt or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein: R can be a radical of formula
Figure imgf000141_0002
(a) (b)
Q can be hydrogen or C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with a heterocycle or Q is C1-6alkyl substituted with both a radical -OR4 and a heterocycle; wherein said heterocycle is selected from oxazolidine, thiazolidine, 1-oxo-thiazolidine, 1,1-dioxothiazolidine, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpholinyl,1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl, hexahydrooxazepine, hexahydrothiazepine, 1- oxo- hexahydrothiazepine, 1,1-dioxo-hexahydrothiazepine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, homopiperidine, piperazine; wherein each of said heterocycle may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, aminocarbonylC1- 6alkyl, hydroxy, carboxyl, C1-6 alkyloxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, mono- or di(C1- 6alkyl)aminocarbonyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylamino, aminosulfonyl and mono- or di(C1- 6alkyl)aminosulfonyl; AIk can be C1-6 alkanediyl; X can be O or S; -a1=a2-a3=a4- can be a bivalent radical of formula -N=CH-CH=CH-, -CH=N-CH=CH-, -CH=CH-N=CH- or -CH=CH-CH=N-; wherein one of the nitrogen atoms bears the chemical bond linking radical (b) with the rest of the molecule; R1 can be Ar or a heterocycle selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, pyridopyridyl, naphthiridinyl, lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, 3H- imidazo[4,5-b]- pyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl and 2,3-dihydro-1,4-dioxino[2,3-b]pyridyl; wherein each of said heterocycle may optionally be substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents each independently selected from halo, hydroxy, amino, cyano, carboxyl, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, hydroxyC1-6alkyloxy, (C1-6alkyl-oxy)C1 -6alkyloxy, C1-6alkylthio,
Figure imgf000142_0001
hydroxyC1- 6alkyl, mono-or di(C1-6alkyl)amino, mono-or di(C1-6alkyl)aminoC1-6alkyl, polyhaloC1-6alkyl, C1- 6alkylcarbonylamino, C1-6alkyloxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, mono- and di- C1-6alkylaminocarbonyl; R2 can be hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxyC1-6alkyl, Ar-C1-6alkyloxy-C1-6alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000142_0002
Ar-C1-6alkyl, Ǿet-C1-6alkyl; R3 can be hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cyano, aminocarbonyl, polyhaloC1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl or C2-6alkynyl; R4 can be hydrogen or C1-6alkyl; each Ar independently can be phenyl or phenyl substituted with 1 to 5, such as 1, 2, 3 or 4, substituents selected from halo, hydroxy, amino, mono- or di(C1-6alkyl)amino, C1-6alkylcarbonylamino,
Figure imgf000142_0003
6alkylsulfonylamino, cyano, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, phenyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl,
Figure imgf000142_0004
aminoC1-6alkyl, mono- or di(C1-6alkyl)aminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, polyhaloC1- 6alkyloxy, phenoxy, aminocarbonyl, mono- or di(C1-6alkyl)aminocarbonyl, hydroxycarbonyl, C1- 6alkoxycarbonyl, C1-6alkylcarbonyl, amino sulfonyl, mono- and di(C1-6alkyl)- aminosulfonyl; Het can be a heterocycle selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, iuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, pyridopyridyl, naphthiridinyl, 1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, 3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl and 2,3-dihydro-1,4-dioxino-[2,3-b]pyridyl; wherein each Ǿet may be optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently selected from halo, hydroxy, amino, mono- or di(C1-6alkyl)amino, cyano, C1-6alkyl, hydroxyC1- 6alkyl, polyhaloC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy.
[0137] Examples of Compounds of Formula (B13) include:
Figure imgf000142_0005
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000144_0003
Compounds of Formula (B14)
[0138] Compounds of the general Formula (B14) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2005/058869, published June 30, 2005, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B14) has the structure:
Figure imgf000144_0002
or a prodrug, N-oxide, addition salt, quaternary amine, metal complex, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein: G can be a direct bond or C1-10alkanediyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from hydroxy, C1-6alkyloxy, Ar1 C1- 6alkyloxy,C1-6alkylthio, Ar1 C1-6alkylthio,HO(-CH2-CH2-O)n-, C1-6alkyloxy(-CH2-CH2-O)a- or Ar1 C1-6alkyloxy(-CH2-CH2-O)n-; each n independently can be 1, 2, 3 or 4; R1 can be Ar1 or a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocycle being selected from piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, tetrahydro- furanyl, thienyl, pynolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, pyridopyridyl, naphthiridinyl, 1H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, 3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]- pyridinyl, 2,3-dihydro-1,4- dioxino[2,3-b rid l or a radical of formula
Figure imgf000145_0001
wherein each of said monocyclic or bicyclic heterocycles may optionally be substituted with 1 or where possible more, such as 2, 3, 4 or 5, substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxy, amino, cyano, carboxyl,
Figure imgf000145_0002
C1-6alkyloxy, C1-6alkylthio, C1-6alkyloxyCi-ealkyl, Ar1, Ar1C1- 6alkyl, Ar1C1-6alkyloxy, hydroxyC1-6alkyl,mono-or di(C1-6alkyl)amino, mono-or di(C1- 6alkyl)aminoC1-6alkyl, polyhaloC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylamino,C1-6alkyl-SO2-NR5c-, Ar1-SO2- NR5c-, C1-6alkyloxycarbonyl, -C(=O)-NR5cR5d, HO(-CH2-CH2-O)n-, halo(-CH2-CH2-O)„-, C1- 6alkyloxy(-CH2-CH2-O)„-, Ar1C1-6alkyloxy(-CH2-CH2-O)n- and mono-or di(C1-6alkyl)amino(-CH2- CH2-O)n-; each m independently can be 1 or 2; each p independently can be 1 or 2; each t independently can be 0, 1 or 2; Q can be hydrogen, amino or mono- or di(C1-4alkyl)amino; one of R2a and R3a can be selected from halo, optionally mono- or polysubstituted C1-6alkyl, optionally mono- or polysubstituted C2-6alkenyl, nitro, hydroxy, Ar2, N(R4aR4 ), N(R4aR4b)sulfonyl, N(R4aR4)carbonyl, C1-6alkyloxy, Ar2oxy, Ar2C1-6alkyloxy,carboxyl, C1-6alkyloxycarbonyl, or - C(=Z)Ar2; and the other one of R2a and R3a is hydrogen; wherein =Z is =O, =CH-C(=O) -NR5aR5b, =CH2, =CH- C1-6alkyl, =N-OH or =N-O- C1-6alkyl; and the optional substituents on C1-6alkyl and C2-6 alkenyl can be the same or can be different relative to one another, and are each independently selected from hydroxy, cyano, halo, nitro, N(R4aR4b), N(R4aR4b)sulfonyl, Het, Ar2, C1-6alkyloxy, C1-
Figure imgf000145_0003
Het-oxy, Het- S(=O)t,HetC1-6alkyloxy, HetC1-6alkyl-S(=O)t, carboxyl, C1-6alkyloxycarbonyl and -C(=Z)Ar2; in case R2a is different from hydrogen then R2b is hydrogen, C1-6alkyl or halogen and R3b is hydrogen; in case R3a is different from hydrogen then R3b is hydrogen, C1-6alkyl or halogen and R2b is hydrogen; R4a and R4b can be the same or can be different relative to one another, and can be each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6alkyl,
Figure imgf000146_0001
(Ar2)(hydroxy) C1-6alkyl, Het-C1- 6alkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, mono- and di-(C1-6alkyloxy)C1-6alkyl, (hydroxyC1-6alkyl)oxyC1-6alkyl, Ar1C1-6alkyloxy-C1-6alkyl, dihydroxyC1-6alkyl, (C1-6alkyloxy)(hydroxy)C1-6alkyl, (Ar1C1- 6alkyloxy)(hydroxy) C1-6alkyl, Ar1oxy-C1-6alkyl, (Ar1oxy)(hydroxy)-C1-6alkyl, aminoC1-6alkyl, mono- and di(C1-6alkyl)amino-C1-6alkyl, carboxyl- C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxycarbonylC1-6alkyl, aminocarbonylC1-6alkyl, mono- and di(C1-6alkyl)aminocarbonylC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylC1- 6alkyl, (C1-4alkyloxy)2-P(=O)-C1-6alkyl, (C1-4alkyloxy)2P(=O)-O-C1-6alkyl, aminosulfonyl-C1- 6alkyl, mono- and di(C1-6alkyl)aminosulfonyl-C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonyl, Ar2carbonyl, Het- carbonyl, Ar2C1-6alkylcarbonyl, Het-C1-6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, mono- and di(C1-6alkyl)aminosulfonyl, Ar2sulfonyl, Ar2C1-6alkylsulfonyl, Ar2, Het, Het-sulfonyl, HetC1- 6alkylsulfonyl; R5a and R5b can be the same or can be different relative to one another, and are each independently hydrogen or C1-6alkyl; or R5a and R5b taken together may form a bivalent radical of formula -(CH2)S- wherein s is 4 or 5; R5c and R5d can be the same or can be different relative to one another, and are each independently hydrogen or C1-6alkyl; or R5c and R5d taken together may form a bivalent radical of formula -(CH2)S- wherein s is 4 or 5; R6a can be hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, Ar1, Ar1C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonyl, Ar1carbonyl, Ar1C1-6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, Ar1sulfonyl, Ar1C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C1-6alkyloxyC1-6alkyl, aminoC1-6alkyl, mono- or di(C1-6alkyl)aminoC1- 6alkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, (carboxyl)-C1-6alkyl, (C1-6alkyloxycarbonyl)-C1-6alkyl, aminocarbonylC1-6alkyl, mono- and di(C1-6alkyl)aminocarbonylC1-6alkyl, aminosulfonyl-C1-6alkyl, mono- and di(C1-6alkyl)aminosulfonyl-C1-6alkyl, Het, Het-C1-6alkyl, Het-carbonyl, Het-sulfonyl, Het-C1-6alkylcarbonyl; R6b can be hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, Ar1 or Ar1C1-6alkyl; R6c can be C1-6alkyl, Ar1 or Ar1C1-6alkyl; Ar1 can be phenyl or phenyl substituted with 1 or more, such as 2, 3 or 4, substituents selected from halo, hydroxy, C1-6alkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, polyhaloC1-6alkyl, and C1- 6alkyloxy; Ar2 can be phenyl, phenyl annelated with C5-7 cycloalkyl, or phenyl substituted with 1 or more, such as 2, 3, 4 or 5, substituents selected from halo, cyano, C1-6alkyl, Het-C1-6alkyl, Ar1C1- 6alkyl, cyanoC1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, cyanoC2-6alkenyl, R6b-O-C3-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, cyanoC2- 6alkynyl, R6b-O-C3-6alkynyl, Ar1, Het, R6b-O-, R6b-S-, R6c-SO-, R6c-SO2-, R6b-O-C1-6alkyl-SO2-, - N(R6aR6b), polyhalo-C1-6alkyl, polyhaloC1-6alkyloxy, olyhaloC1-6alkylthio, R6c-C(=O)-, R6b-O- C(=O)-, -N(R6aR6b)-C(=O)-, R6b-O-C1-10alkyl, R6b-S-C1-6alkyl, R6c-S(=O)2-C1-6alkyl, -N(R6aR6b)- C1-6alkyl, R6c-C(=O) -C1-6alkyl, R6b-O-C(=O)-C1-6alkyl, N(R6aR6 )-C(=O)-C1-6alkyl, R6c-C(=O)- NR6 -, R6c-C(=O)–O-, R6c-C(=O)–NR6bC1-6alkyl, R6c-C(=O)–O-C1-6alkyl, N(R6aR6b)-S(=O)2-, H2N-C(=NH)-; Het can be a heterocycle being selected from tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, pynolidinyl, pynolidinonyl, furanyl, thienyl, pynolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, piperidinyl, homopiperidinyl, piperazinyl, moijholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrirmdinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzodioxanyl, benzodioxolyl, indolinyl, indolyl, each of said heterocycle may optionally be substituted with oxo, amino, Ar1,
Figure imgf000147_0001
mono- or di(C1-6alkyl)ammoC1-6alkyl, mono- or di(C1-6alkyl)amino, (hydroxyC1-6alkyl)amino, and optionally further with one or two C1-4alkyl radicals.
[0139] Examples of Com ounds of Formula B14 include:
Figure imgf000147_0002
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
Compounds of Formula (B15)
[0140] Compounds of the general Formula (B15) are described in U.S. Publication No. 2013/0090328, published April 11, 2013, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B15) has the structure:
Figure imgf000164_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: R1 can be hydrogen or a C1- 6alkyl; R2 can be (1) amino(CH2)2-6; (2) amino(CH2)1-6difluoromethyl(CH2)1-6; (3) amino(CH2)1- 6fluoromethyl(CH2)1-6; (4) amino(CH2)0-6oxetanyl(CH2)1-6; (5) amino(CH2)1-6oxetanyl(CH2)0-6; or (6) pyrrolidin-3-yl, unsubstituted or 4-substituted by halogen; and X can be–O–,–S–,–S(ő O)–,– S(O2)–,–CH2–,–CF2– or–NH–.
[0141] Examples of Compounds of Formula (B15) include: N-[2-(1,1-dioxido-2,3- dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-2,2-difluoropropane-1,3- diamine; N-[2-(1-oxido-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]propane-1,3-diamine; N-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]propane-1,3-diamine; N-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-yl)-6-methylthieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl]propane-1,3-diamine; N-[2-(1,1-dioxido-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)- yl)-6-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]propane-1,3-diamine; N-[2-(1,1-dioxido-2,3-dihydro-1,4- benzothiazepin-4(5H)-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]propane-1,3-diamine; N-[(3-aminooxetan-3- yl)methyl]-2-(1,1-dioxido-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- amine; N-[3-(aminomethyl)oxetan-3-yl]-2-(1,1-dioxido-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; N-[(3-aminooxetan-3-yl)methyl]-2-[(1R)-1-oxido-2,3-dihydro- 1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-yl]thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; N-[(3-aminooxetan-3-yl)methyl]-2- [(1S)-1-oxido-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-yl]thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; N-[(3- aminooxetan-3-yl)methyl]-6-methyl-2-(1-oxido-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 2-fluoro-N-[6-methyl-2-(1-oxido-2,3-dihydro-1,4- benzothiazepin-4(5H)-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]propane-1,3-diamine; N-[6-methyl-2-(1- oxido-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]ethane-1,2-diamine; N-{[3-(aminomethyl)oxetan-3-yl]methyl}-6-methyl-2-(1-oxido-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin- 4(5H)-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; N-[6-methyl-2-(1-oxido-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin- 4(5H)-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]propane-1,3-diamine; N-[trans-(±)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-3-yl]-6- methyl-2-(1-oxido-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 6- methyl-2-(1-oxido-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-yl)-N-(pyrrolidin-3-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-amine; N-[6-methyl-2-(1,2,3,5-tetrahydro-4H-1,4-benzodiazepin-4-yl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl]propane-1,3-diamine; N-[2-(1,2,3,5-tetrahydro-4H-1,4-benzodiazepin-4- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]propane-1,3-diamine; N-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzoxazepin-4(5H)- yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]propane-1,3-diamine; N-[2-(5,5-difluoro-1,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2H-2- benzazepin-2-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]propane-1,3-diamine; N-{[3-(aminomethyl)oxetan-3- yl]methyl}-2-(5,5-difluoro-1,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2H-2-benzazepin-2-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- amine; N-[2-(1,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2H-2-benzazepin-2-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]propane-1,3- diamine; N-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzoxazepin-4(5H)-yl)-6-methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]propane-1,3-diamine; N-[2-(5,5-difluoro-1,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2H-2-benzazepin-2-yl)-6- methylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]propane-1,3-diamine; and N-[6-methyl-2-(1,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 2H-2-benzazepin-2-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]propane-1,3-diamine.
Compounds of Formula (B16)
[0142] Compounds of the general Formula (B16) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2014/009302, published January 16, 2014, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B16) has the structure:
Figure imgf000165_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: R1 can be hydrogen or halogen; R2 can be hydrogen or halogen; R3 can be azetidinyl; C1-6alkoxypyridinyl; C1-6alkylsulfonyl-CxH2x-; carboxycycloalkyl; difluorocycloalkyl; 1,1-dioxo-tetrahydrothienyl; halopyridinyl; hydroxy-CyH2y-; hydroxy-CxH2x- cycloalkyl; hydroxy-CyH2y-O-CyH2y-; hydroxycycloalkyl-CzH2z-, unsubstituted or substituted by C1-3alkyl, hydroxy or hydroxy-CxH2x-; 4-hydroxypiperidin-1-yl-CyH2y-; 3-hydroxy- pyrrolidin-1- yl-CyH2y-;
Figure imgf000166_0001
oxetanyl; oxetanyl-CxH2x-, unsubstituted or substituted by C1-3alkyl; piperidinyl; oxo-piperidinyl; oxo-pyrrolidinyl; pyrrolidinyl, unsubstituted or substituted by C1-6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, hydroxy- CyH2y-, hydroxy-CxH2x-carbonyl, amino-CxH2x-carbonyl or trifluoromethyl- CxH2x-; tetrahydrofuran-3-yl- CzH2z-; tetrahydropyranyl; trifluoromethyl- CxH2x-;
Figure imgf000166_0002
R4 can be C1-6alkyl or cycloalkyl; R5 can be hydrogen or halogen; R7 can be hydrogen or C1-6alkyl; A1 can be -N- or -CH; A2 can be -N-, -NO or -CH; A3 can be -N- or -CH; x can be 1-6; y can be 2- 6; z can be 0-6.
[0143] Examples of Compounds of Formula (B16) include: 1-[2- (methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-indol-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazole; 5-chloro- 2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-indol-1-yl]methyl}-1-[3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1H-benzimidazole; 5- chloro-2-{[5-fluoro-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-indol-1-yl]methyl}-1-[3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1H- benzimidazole; 5-chloro-1-[3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3- c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazole; 5-chloro-2-{[3-(ethylsulfonyl)-1H-indol-1-yl]methyl}- 1-[3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1H-benzimidazole; 5-chloro-1-[3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-2-{[3- (propan-2-ylsulfonyl)-1H-indol-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazole; 5-chloro-2-{[3- (cyclopropylsulfonyl)-1H-indol-1-yl]methyl}-1-[3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1H-benzimidazole; 1- ({5-chloro-1-[3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl}methyl)-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- indazole; 1-({5-chloro-1-[3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl}methyl)-3-(propan-2- ylsulfonyl)-1H-indazole; 1-({5-chloro-1-[3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl}methyl)-3-(ethylsulfonyl)-1H-indazole; 1-({5-chloro-1-[3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1H- benzimidazol-2-yl}methyl)-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-({5-chloro-1-[2- (methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl}methyl)-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-indazole; 1-({5- chloro-1-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl}methyl)-3-(propan-2-ylsulfonyl)-1H- indazole; 1-({5-chloro-1-[(3R)-1,1-dioxidotetrahydrothiophen-3-yl]-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl}methyl)-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(1,1- dioxidotetrahydrothiophen-3- yl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-indazole; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-indazole; 4-(5- chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin- 1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1- yl)piperidin-2- one; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(oxetan-3-yl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3- (methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)-1H- benzimidazol-2- yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-indazole; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran- 4-yl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-{[5-chloro- 1-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-indazole; 1-{[5- chloro-1-(3,3-difluorocyclopentyl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- indazole; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(3,3-difluorocyclopentyl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3- (methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 4-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4- c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)cyclohexanol; 3-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-6- oxido-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)cyclopentanol; 1-{[5-chloro- 1-(pyrrolidin-3-yl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-{[1-(azetidin-3-yl)-5-chloro-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(piperidin-4-yl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3- (methylsulfonyl)- 1H-indazole; 1-[3-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin- 1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]ethanone; 1-[3-(5-chloro-2-{ [3- (methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]- 2-hydroxyethanone; 2-amino-1-[3-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1- yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]ethanone; 1-({5-chloro-1-[(3S)-1-(2,2,2- trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl]-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl}methyl)-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-({5-chloro-1-[(3R)-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl]-1H- benzimidazol-2-yl}methyl)-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(3,3,3- trifluoropropyl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl] methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1- {[5-chloro-1-(oxetan-3-ylmethyl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-({5-chloro-1-[2-(oxetan-3-yl)ethyl]-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl}methyl)-3- (methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-1H- benzimidazol-2-yl] methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- indazole; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(6-fluoropyridin-3- yl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-{[5-chloro-1- (6-fluorop yridin-3- yl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4- c]pyridine 6-oxide; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3- (methylsulfonyl)-1H-indazole; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(6-chloropyridin-3-yl)-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-indazole; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)-1H- benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-indazole; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)- 1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine 6-oxide; 1-{[5- chloro-1-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-{[5-chloro-7-fluoro-1-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-{[5-chloro-7-fluoro-1-(4,4,4- trifluorobutyl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1- {[5-chloro-1-(2-oxaspiro[33]hept-6-yl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-({5-chloro-1-[2-(3-methyloxetan-3-yl)ethyl]-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl}methyl)-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; trans-3-(5-chloro-2-{ [3- (methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)-1- methylcyclobutanol; 3-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1- yl]methyl}- 1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)propan-1-ol; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 4-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)- 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin- 1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)-2-methylbutan-2-ol; 4-(5-chloro- 2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)butan-1-ol; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(tetrahydrofuran-3-ylmethyl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)- 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; trans-3-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin- 1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)cyclobutanol; cis-3-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)-1-methylcyclobutanol; 1-[2-(5-chloro- 2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1- yl)ethyl]cyclopropanol; 2-[2-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1- yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)ethoxy]ethanol; trans,-3-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)cyclopentanol; cis,-4-(5-chloro-2-{[3- (methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)-1- methylcyclohexanol; 5-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1- yl]methyl}- 1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)-2-methylpentan-2-ol; 2-[trans-3-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl] methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)cyclobutyl]propan-2-ol; 1-({5-chloro- 1-[2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl]-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl}methyl)-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4- c]pyridine; trans-3-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo [3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl] methyl}-1H- benzimidazol-1-yl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid; 4-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1- yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)-1,1,1-trifluorobutan-2-ol; cis-3-(5- chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)-1- methylcyclopentanol; 4-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1- yl]methyl}- 1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)-1,1-difluorobutan-2-ol; trans,-4-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)cyclopentane-1,2-diol; trans,-3-(5- chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)-1- (hydroxymethyl)cyclobutanol; 1-[(3R)-3-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4- c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]ethanone; 1-[3-(5-chloro-2-{[3- (methylsulfonyl)-1H-indazol-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]ethanone; 1- [(3R)-3-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-indazol-1- yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1- yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]propan-1-one; 1-[(3R)-3-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4- c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)pyrrolidin-1- yl]-2-methylpropan-1-one; 1-[(3R)-3- (5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1- yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one; 1-({5-chloro-1-[(3R)-1- (methylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl]-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl}methyl)-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 2-[(3R)-3-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1- yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]ethanol; 4-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one; 1-{[5-chloro-1-(2- oxa-5-azaspiro[3.4]oct-7-yl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl}-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4- c]pyridine; 1-({5-chloro-1-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-1H-indol-2-yl}methyl)-3-(methylsulfonyl)- 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-({5-chloro-1-[3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1H-indol-2-yl}methyl)-3- (methylsulfonyl)-1H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-({5-chloro-7-fluoro-1-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]- 1H-indol-2- yl}methyl)-3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 1-[2-(5-chloro-2-{[3- (methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)ethyl]pyrrolidin- 3-ol; 1-[2-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1- yl]methyl}-1H- benzimidazol-1-yl)ethyl]piperidin-4-ol; [trans,-3-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)cyclobutyl]methanol; 1-({5-chloro-1- [(3R)-1,1-dioxidotetrahydrothiophen-3-yl]-7-fluoro-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl}methyl)-3- (methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; 3-(5-chloro-2-{[3-(methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4- c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)(1,1-H2)propan-1-ol; 4-(5-chloro-2-{[3- (methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl]methyl}-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2- methylbutan-2-ol; 1-{(1R)-1-[5-chloro-1-(3,3,3- trifluoropropyl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]ethyl}-3- (methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine; and 1-{(1S)-1-[5-chloro-1-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)- 1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]ethyl}-3- (methylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine.
Compounds of Formula (B17)
[0144] Compounds of the general Formula (B17) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2011/005842, published January 13, 2011, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B17) has the structure:
Figure imgf000170_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: A can be aryl or heteroaryl; R1 can be alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted by one to three substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkoxy-alkyl-,hydroxyl-alkyl-, CN, alky-NH-; said aryl or heteroaryl can be optionally substituted by one to three substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkyl-NH-, with the proviso that when A is aryl, R1 is not unsubstituted aryl; R2 can be hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkyl-NH-, CN, alkyl-SO2-, or halo; R3 can be hydrogen, alkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl-, or cycloalkyl, said alkyl is optionally substituted by one substituent selected from NH2-C(O)-, halo, hydroxyl, NH2-SO2-, alkoxy-alkyl-, heterocyclyl; aryl, heteroaryl, CN, alkyl-NH-; R4 can be hydrogen, or alkyl; or haloalkyl; R3 and R4 can be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached optionally form a 3- to 7- membered ring; R5 can be hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, or halo.
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Compounds of Formula (B18)
[0146] Compounds of the general Formula (B18) are described in U.S. Publication No. 2013/0273037, published October 17, 2013, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B18) has the structure:
Figure imgf000175_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: a) Y1 can be N, NH or CH, Y2 is C, Y3 is N or CR 8ƍ, Y4 is N or C and Y5 is N, NR2ƍ or CR2, wherein at least two of Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4 and Y5 are independently N, NH or NR2ƍ; or b) Y1 can be N, NH or CH, Y2 is N or C, Y3 is N or CR8ƍ, Y4 is N or C, and Y5 is N or NR2ƍ, wherein at least two of Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4 and Y5 are independently N, NH or NR2ƍ; or c) Y1 can be N, NH or CH, Y2 is N or C, Y3 is CR8ƍ, Y4 is N or C, and Y5 is N, NR2ƍ or CR2, wherein at least two of Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4 and Y5 are independently N, NH or NR2ƍ; the dashed bonds --- - can be selected from single bonds and double bonds so as to provide an aromatic ring system; A can be -(CR4R4ƍ)n- wherein any one CR4R4ƍ of said -(CR4R4ƍ)n- may be optionally replaced with–O-, -S-, -S(O)p-, NH or NRa; n can be 3, 4, 5 or 6; each p can be 1 or 2; Ar can be a C2-C20 heterocyclyl group or a C6-C20 aryl group, wherein the C2-C20 heterocyclyl group or the C6-C20 aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R6; X can be -C(R13)(R14)-, -N(CH2R14)- or–NH-, or X is absent; R1 can be H, -OR11, -NR11R12, -NR11C(O)R11, -NR11C(O)OR11, -NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, - R11, -S(O)pRa, NR11S(O)pRa, -C(=O)R11, -C(=O)OR11, -C(=O)NR11R12, -C(=O)SR11, -S(O)p(OR11), -SO 11
2NR11R12, -NR11S(O)p(OR11), -NR11SOpNR R12, -NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl; R2 can be H, CN, NO2, halogen or (C1-C8)alkyl; R2ƍ can be H or (C1-C8)alkyl; R3 can be H, -OR11, -NR11R12, - NR11C(O)R11, -NR11C(O)OR11, -NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, -SR11, -S(O)pRa, -NR11S(O)pRa, -C(=O)R11, -C(=O)OR11, -C(=O)NR11R12, -C(=O)SR11, -S(O)p(OR11), -SO2NR11R12, - NR11S(O)p(OR11), -NR11SOpNR11R12, -NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2- C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl; R3ƍ can be H, -OR11, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2- C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl; each R4 can be independently H, -OR11, -NR11R12, -NR11C(O)R11, -NR11C(O)OR11, -NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, SR11, -S(O)pRa, -NR11S(O)pRa, -C(=O)R11, -C(=O)OR11, -C(=O)NR11R12, -C(=O)SR11, - S(O)p(OR11), -SO2NR11R12, -NR11S(O)p(OR11), -NR11SOpNR11R12, NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl; and each R4ƍ can be independently H, OR11, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1- C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl; or two R4 on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may form a double bond between the two carbons to which they are attached or may form a (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,– S–,–S(O)P–,–NH– or–NRa–; or two R4 on non-adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may form a (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,–S–,–S(O)P–,–NH– or–NRa–; or two R4 and two R4ƍ on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may form an optionally substituted C6 aryl ring; or one R4 and one R4ƍ on the same carbon atom, when taken together, may form a (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,–S–,–S(O)P–,– NH– or–NRa–; each R5 can be independently H, -OR11, -NR11R12, -NR11C(O)R11, -NR11C(O)OR11, -NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, -SR11, -S(O)pRa, -NR11S(O)pRa, -C(=O)R11, -C(=O)OR11, - C(=O)NR11R12, -C(=O)SR11, -S(O)p(OR11), -SO2NR11R12, -NR11S(O)p(OR11), -NR11SOpNR11R12, - NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3- C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl; each R5ƍ can be independently H, -OR11, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl; each R6 can be independently H, oxo, -OR11, - NR11R12, -NR11C(O)R11, -NR11C(O)OR11, -NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, -SR11, -S(O)pRa, - NR11S(O)pRa, -C(=O)R11, -C(=O)OR11, -C(=O)NR11R12, -C(=O)SR11, -S(O)p(OR11), -SO2NR11R12, -NR11S(O)p(OR11), -NR11SOpNR11R12, -NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2- C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclykC1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl; or two R6 on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may form a (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,–S–,–S(O)P–,–NH– or–NRa–; or any R6 adjacent to the obligate carbonyl group of said Ar, when taken together with R3, may form a bond or a -(CR5R5ƍ)m- group wherein m is 1 or 2; or any R6 adjacent to the obligate carbonyl group of said Ar, when taken together with R2 or R2ƍ may form a bond; R7 can be H, -OR11, -NR11R12, - NR11C(O)R11, -NR11C(O)OR11, -NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, -SR11, -S(O)pRa, -NR11S(O)pRa, -C(=O)R11, -C(=O)OR11, -C(=O)NR11R12, -C(=O)SR11, -S(O)p(OR11), -SO2NR11R12, - NR11S(O)p(OR11), -NR11SOpNR11R12, -NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2- C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl; R8 can be H, -OR11, - NR11R12, -NR11C(O)R11, -NR11C(O)OR11, -NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, -SR11, -S(O)pRa, - NR11S(O)pRa, -C(=O)R11, -C(=O)OR11, -C(=O)NR11R12, -C(=O)SR11, -S(O)p(OR11), -SO2NR11R12, -NR11S(O)p(OR11), -NR11SOpNR11R12, NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2- C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl; R8ƍ can be H, -OR11, -NR11R12, -NR11C(O)R11, -NR11C(O)OR11, -NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, -SR11, -S(O)pRa, - NR11S(O)pRa, -C(=O)R11, -C(=O)OR11, -C(=O)NR11R12, -C(=O)SR11, -S(O)p(OR11), -SO2NR11R12, -NR11S(O)p(OR11), -NR11SOpNR11R12, -NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2- C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl; each Ra can be independently (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)haloalkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6- C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3- C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl wherein any (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)haloalkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl or (C2- C8)alkynyl of Ra is optionally substituted with one or more OH, NH2, CO2H, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, and wherein any aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3- C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl of Ra is optionally substituted with one or more -OH, -NH2, CO2H, C2- C20 heterocyclyl or (C1-C8)alkyl; each R11 or R12 can be independently H, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2- C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl, -C(=O)Ra or -S(O)pRa; or when R11 and R12 are attached to a nitrogen they may optionally can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached to form a 3 to 7 membered heterocyclic ring wherein any one carbon atom of said heterocyclic ring can optionally be replaced with–O–,–S–,–S(O)p–,–NH–,–NRa– or–C(O)–; R13 can be H or (C1-C8)alkyl; R14 can be H, (C1-C8)alkyl, NR11R12, NR11C(O)R11, NR11C(O)OR11, NR11C(O)NR11R12, NR11S(O)pRa,–NR11S(O)p(OR11) or NR11SOpNR11R12; and wherein each (C1- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl of each R1, R2, R2ƍ, R3, R3ƍ, R4, R4ƍ, R5, R5ƍ, R6, R7, R8, R8ƍ or R12 can be independently, optionally substituted with one or more oxo, halogen, hydroxy,–NH2, CN, N3,–N(Ra)2,–NHRa,–SH,–SRa,–S(O)pRa,–ORa, (C1- C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)haloalkyl, –C(O)Ra, –C(O)H, –C(=O)ORa, –C(=O)OH, –C(=O)N(Ra)2, – C(=O)NHRa,–C(=O)NH2,–NHS(O)pRa,–NRaS(O)pRa,–NHC(O)Ra,–NRaC(O)Ra,–NHC(O)ORa, –NRaC(O)ORa, –NRaC(O)NHRa, –NRaC(O)N(Ra)2, –NRaC(O)NH2, –NHC(O)NHRa, – NHC(O)N(Ra)2,–NHC(O)NH2, =NH, =NOH, =NORa,–NRaS(O)pNHRa,—NRaS(O)pN(Ra)2,— NRaS(O)pNH2,—NHS(O)pNHRa,—NHS(O)pN(Ra)2,—NHS(O)pNH2,–OC(=O)Ra,–OP(O)(OH)2 or Ra.
[0147] Examples of Compounds of Formula (B18) include:
Figure imgf000179_0001
Figure imgf000180_0001
Figure imgf000181_0001
Figure imgf000182_0001
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000184_0001
Figure imgf000185_0001
Figure imgf000186_0001
Compounds of Formula (B19)
[0148] Compounds of the general Formula (B19) are described in U.S. Publication No. 2013/0164280, published June 27, 2013, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B19) has the structure:
Figure imgf000187_0001
or a salt or ester thereof, wherein: A can be -(C(R4)2)n- wherein any one C(R4)2 of said -(C(R4)2)n- may be optionally replaced with–O–,–S–,–S(O)P–, NH or NRa; n can be 3,4, 5 or 6; each p can be 1 or 2; Ar can be a C2-C20 heterocyclyl group or a C6-C20 aryl group, wherein the C2-C20 heterocyclyl group or the C6-C20 aryl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R6; each R3, R4 or R6 can be independently H, oxo, OR11, NR11R12, NR11C(O)R11, NR11C(O)OR11, NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, SR11, S(O)pRa, NR11S(O)pRa, –C(=O)R11, –C(=O)OR11, – C(=O)NR11R12,–C(=O)SR11,–S(O)p(OR11),–SO2NR11R12,–NR11S(O)p(OR11),–NR11SOpNR11R12, NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C4-C8)carbocyclylalkyl; or two R4 on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may optionally form a double bond between the two carbons to which they are attached or may form a (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,–S–,–S(O)P–,–NH– or–NRa–; or four R4 on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may optionally form an optionally substituted C6 aryl ring; or two R4 on the same carbon atom, when taken together, may optionally form a (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,–S–,–S(O)P–,–NH– or–NRa–; or two R6 on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may optionally form a (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,–S–,–S(O)P–,–NH– or–NRa–; each Ra can be independently (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)haloalkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1- C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C4-C8)carbocyclylalkyl wherein any (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)haloalkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl or (C2-C8)alkynyl of Ra is optionally substituted with one or more OH, NH2, CO2H, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, and wherein any aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C4-C8)carbocyclylalkyl of Ra is optionally substituted with one or more OH, NH2, CO2H, C2-C20 heterocyclyl or (C1-C8)alkyl; each R11 or R12 can be independently H, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, (C4-C8)carbocyclylalkyl,—C(ő O)Ra,—S(O)pRa or aryl(C1- C8)alkyl; or R11 and R12 can be taken together with a nitrogen to which they are both attached form a 3 to 7 membered heterocyclic ring wherein any one carbon atom of said heterocyclic ring can optionally be replaced with–O–,–S–,–S(O)P–,–NH–,–NRa–;or–C(O)–; and wherein each (C1- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3- C7)cycloalkyl or (C4-C8)carbocyclylalkyl of each R6, R11 or R12 can be, independently, optionally substituted with one or more oxo, halogen, hydroxy, NH2, CN, N3, N(Ra)2, NHRa, SH, SRa, S(O)pRa, ORa, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)haloalkyl, –C(O)Ra, –C(O)H, –C(=O)ORa, –C(=O)OH, – C(=O)N(Ra)2, –C(=O)NHRa, –C(=O)NH2, NHS(O)pRa, NRaS(O)pRa, NHC(O)Ra, NRaC(O)Ra, NHC(O)ORa, NRaC(O)ORa, NRaC(O)NHRa, NRaC(O)N(Ra)2, NRaC(O)NH2, NHC(O)NHRa, NHC(O)N(Ra)2, NHC(O)NH2, =NH, =NOH, =NORa, NRaS(O)pNHRa, NRaS(O)pN(Ra)2, NRaS(O)pNH2, NHS(O)pNHRa, NHS(O)pN(Ra)2, NHS(O)pNH2,–OC(=O)Ra,–OP(O)(OH)2 or Ra.
[0149] Examples of Compounds of Formula (B19) include:
Figure imgf000189_0001
Figure imgf000190_0001
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000192_0001
Figure imgf000193_0001
Figure imgf000194_0001
Figure imgf000195_0001
Figure imgf000196_0001
Figure imgf000197_0001
Figure imgf000198_0001
Figure imgf000199_0001
Figure imgf000200_0001
Figure imgf000201_0001
Figure imgf000202_0001
Figure imgf000203_0001
Figure imgf000204_0001
Figure imgf000205_0001
Figure imgf000206_0001
Compounds of Formula (B20)
[0150] Compounds of the general Formula (B20) are described in U.S. Publication No. 2014/0072554, published March 13, 2014, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B20) has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000207_0001
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester, wherein: A can be–(C(R4)2)n– wherein any one C(R4)2 of said–(C(R4)2)n- may be optionally replaced with–O–,–S–,–S(O)p–, NH or NRa; n can be 3, 4, 5 or 6; each p can be 1 or 2; Ar can be a C2-C20 heterocyclyl group or a C6-C20 aryl group, wherein the C2-C20 heterocyclyl group or the C6-C20 aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R6; X can be –C(R13)(R14)–,–N(CH2R14)– or X is absent; Y can be N or CR7; each R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 or R8 can be independently H, oxo, OR11, NR11R12, NR11C(O)R11, NR11C(O)OR11, NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, SR11, S(O)pRa, NR11S(O)pRa, –C(=O)R11, –C(=O)OR11, –C(=O)NR11R12, – C(=O)SR11, –S(O)p(OR11), –SO2NR11R12, –NR11S(O)p(OR11), –NR11SOpNR11R12, NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C4-C8)carbocyclylalkyl; two R4 on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may form a double bond between the two carbons to which they are attached or may form a (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3- C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,–S–,–S(O)p–,–NH– or–NRa–; four R4 on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may form an optionally substituted C6 aryl ring; two R4 on the same carbon atom, when taken together, may form a (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,–S–,–S(O)p–,– NH– or–NRa–; two R6 on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may form a (C3- C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,–S–,–S(O)p–,–NH– or–NRa–; any R6 adjacent to the obligate carbonyl group of said Ar, when taken together with R3, may form a bond or a–(C(R5)2)m– group wherein m is 1 or 2; any R6 adjacent to the obligate carbonyl group of said Ar, when taken together with R2, may form a bond; each Ra can be independently (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)haloalkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C4-C8)carbocyclylalkyl wherein any (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)haloalkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl or (C2-C8)alkynyl of Ra is optionally substituted with one or more OH, NH2, CO2H, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, and wherein any aryl(C1- C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C4-C8)carbocyclylalkyl of Ra is optionally substituted with one or more OH, NH2, CO2H, C2-C20 heterocyclyl or (C1-C8)alkyl; each R11 or R12 can be independently H, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, (C4-C8)carbocyclylalkyl,–C(=O)Ra,–S(O)pRa, or aryl(C1-C8)alkyl; or R11 and R12 can be taken together with a nitrogen to which they are both attached form a 3 to 7 membered heterocyclic ring wherein any one carbon atom of said heterocyclic ring can optionally be replaced with–O–,–S–,–S(O)p–,–NH–,–NRa– or–C(O)–; R13 can be H or (C1-C8)alkyl; R14 can be H, (C1-C8)alkyl, NR11R12, NR11C(O)R11, NR11C(O)OR11, NR11C(O)NR11R12, NR11S(O)pRa,–NR11S(O)p(OR11) or NR11SOpNR11R12; and wherein each (C1- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3- C7)cycloalkyl or (C4-C8)carbocyclylalkyl of each R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R11 or R12 can be, independently, optionally substituted with one or more oxo, halogen, hydroxy, NH2, CN, N3, N(Ra)2, NHRa, SH, SRa, S(O)pRa, ORa, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)haloalkyl,–C(O)Ra,–C(O)H,– C(=O)ORa, –C(=O)OH, –C(=O)N(Ra)2, –C(=O)NHRa, –C(=O)NH2, NHS(O)pRa, NRaS(O)pRa, NHC(O)Ra, NRaC(O)Ra, NHC(O)ORa, NRaC(O)ORa, NRaC(O)NHRa, NRaC(O)N(Ra)2, NRaC(O)NH2, NHC(O)NHRa, NHC(O)N(Ra)2, NHC(O)NH2, =NH, =NOH, =NORa, NRaS(O)pNHRa, NRaS(O)pN(Ra)2, NRaS(O)pNH2, NHS(O)pNHRa, NHS(O)pN(Ra)2, NHS(O)pNH2, –OC(=O)Ra,–OP(O)(OH)2 or Ra.
[0151] Examples of Compounds of Formula (B20) include:
Figure imgf000209_0001
Figure imgf000210_0001
Figure imgf000211_0001
Figure imgf000212_0001
Figure imgf000213_0001
Figure imgf000214_0001
Figure imgf000215_0001
Figure imgf000216_0001
Figure imgf000217_0001
Figure imgf000218_0001
Figure imgf000219_0001
Figure imgf000220_0001
Figure imgf000221_0001
Figure imgf000222_0001
Figure imgf000223_0001
Figure imgf000224_0001
Figure imgf000225_0001
Figure imgf000226_0001
Figure imgf000227_0001
Figure imgf000228_0001
Figure imgf000229_0001
Figure imgf000230_0001
Figure imgf000231_0001
Figure imgf000232_0001
Figure imgf000233_0001
Figure imgf000234_0001
Figure imgf000235_0001
Figure imgf000237_0001
Figure imgf000238_0001
Figure imgf000239_0001
Figure imgf000240_0001
Figure imgf000241_0001
Figure imgf000242_0001
Figure imgf000243_0001
Figure imgf000244_0001
Figure imgf000245_0001
Figure imgf000246_0001
Figure imgf000247_0001
Figure imgf000247_0002
Compounds of Formula (B21)
[0152] Compounds of the general Formula (B21) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2014/031784, published February 27, 2014, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B21) has the structure:
Figure imgf000247_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: A can be selected from an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted aryl(C1-2 alkyl), an optionally substituted heteroaryl and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl; W can be O, S, C=O, C=S, NR3a3, S=O, S(=O)2 or–C(R1a1)(R1a2)–; V can be N or CH; E can be C or N; provided that when E is N, then R2a1 is absent; Z can be selected from
Figure imgf000248_0001
; Y can be selected from an optionally substituted acylalkyl, an optionally
Figure imgf000248_0002
substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
Figure imgf000248_0003
between X2 and X3 can represent a single or double bond between X2 and X3; wherein when
Figure imgf000248_0004
is a double bond, then X1 can be NR3a1 or CR3a2R6, X2 is N (nitrogen) or CR7a1, and X3 can be N (nitrogen) or CR4; and when is a single bond, then X1 can be NR3a1 or CR3a2R6, X2 can be O, NR7, C(=O) or C(R7a2)(R7a3), and X3 can be NR4, C(=O), CR4R8 or CH2CH2C(=O); or X1, X2 and X3 can be each independently C (carbon), N (nitrogen), O (oxygen) or C(=O), and form a mono-cyclic ring selected from an optionally substituted mono-cyclic heteroaryl and an optionally substituted mono-cyclic heterocyclyl by joining X1 and X3 together; and provided that at least one of X1, X2 and X3 comprises a nitrogen atom, with the proviso that the valencies of X1, X2 and X3 are satisfied with a substituent selected from hydrogen and an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl; and X1, X2 and X3 are uncharged; L1 can be -C(R17)2-, -C(R18)2C(R18a1)2-, -C(R18a2)=C(R18a3)- or -C(R19)2N(R19a1)-; L2 can be -C(R20)2-, -N(R21)-, S, or O; each L3 can be independently -C(R22)2-, -C(R23)2C(R23a1)2- or - C(R23a2)=C(R23a3)-; provided that when L1 is -C(R19)2N(R19a1)-, then L2 is -C(R20)2-; R1 can be hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl; R1a1 and R1a2 can be each independently hydrogen, hydroxy or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl; R2 and R2a1 can be each independently selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, an optionally substituted aryl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted heteroaryl(C1-6 alkyl) and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl(C1-6 alkyl); or R1 and R2, together with the atoms to which they are attached, can be joined to form an optionally substituted 5-membered heterocyclic ring or an optionally substituted 6-membered heterocyclic ring, R2a1 can be selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, an optionally substituted aryl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted heteroaryl(C1-6 alkyl) and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl(C 2
1-6 alkyl); R3a1, R3a and R3a3 can be each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C 4
1-4 alkyl; R can be selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1-8 alkyl, an optionally substituted C2-8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted aryl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted heteroaryl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted heterocyclyl(C1-6 alkyl), halo(C1-8 alkyl), an optionally substituted hydroxyalkyl, an optionally substituted alkoxyalkyl and cyano; R6, R7, and R7a1 can be each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl; R7a2 and R7a3 can be each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl; R8 can be hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl; R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15 and R16 can be each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl; or R9 and R10, R11 and R12, R13 and R14, and R15 and R16, are each independently taken together form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl or an optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and each R17, each R18, each R18a1, R18a2, R18a3, each R19, R19a1, each R20, R21, each R22, each R23, each R23a1, R23a2 and R23a3 can be each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl;
[0153] In some embodiments, Formula (B21) includes the following: provided that when X1 is NR3a1, X2---X3 is N=CR4, Y is an optionally substituted indolyl, then R4 is selected from of hydrogen, cyano, an optionally substituted C2-6 alkyl, an optionally substituted acylalkyl, an optionally substituted hydroxyalkyl, an optionally substituted alkoxy(alkyl), an optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted heteroaryl(C1-6 alkyl) and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl(C1-6 alkyl).
[0154] In some embodiments, Formula (B21) includes the following: provided that
when X1 is NR3a1, X2---X3 is N=CR4, Y is
Figure imgf000249_0001
, then R4 is selected from cyano, halo(C1-8alkyl), an optionally substituted acylalkyl, an optionally substituted C1-8 alkyl, an optionally substituted hydroxyalkyl, an optionally substituted alkoxy(alkyl), an optionally substituted C2-8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted aryl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted heteroaryl(C1-6 alkyl) and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl(C1-6 alkyl).
[0155] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (B21) can be selected from the following: 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 242, 244, 245, 246A, 246B, 247, 300, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411, 412, 413, 415, 416, 417, 419, 422, 423, 426, 427, 428, 429, 430, 431, 432, 433, 434, 435, 437, 438, 439, 440, 441, 442, 443, 444, 445, 448A, 448B, 449, 450, 453, 454, 455A, 455B, 456, 457, 458A, 458B, 459, 460, 461, 462A, 462B, 463A, 463B, 465, 466, 467, 468, 469, 470, 471, 472, 473, 474, 475, 476, 477, 478, 479, 480, 481, 482, 483, 484, 485, 486, 487, 488, 489, 490, 491, 492, 493, 494, 495, 496, 497, 498, 499, 400-1, 400-2, 400-3, 400-4, 400-5, 400-6, 400-7, 400-8, 400-9, 400-10, 400-11, 400-12, 400-13, 400-14, 400-15, 400-16, 400-17, 400-18, 400-19, 400-20, 400-21, 400-22, 400-24, 400-25, 400-26, 400-27, 400-28, 500, 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 506, 507, 508, 509, 510, 511, 512, 513, 514A, 514B, 600, 601, 602, 603A, 603B, 604, 605, 606, 650, 651, 700, 701, 702, 703, 704, 705, 706, 707, 708, 709, 901, 1206, 1352, 2300, 2301, 2302, 2303, 2304, 2400, 2401, 4105, 4304, 4305, 4306 , 4307, 4308, 4309, 4310, 4311, 4312, 4313 and 4314.
[0156] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (B21) can be selected from the following: 1200, 1202, 1204, 1209, 1211, 1213, 1214, 1216, 1217, 1220, 1221, 1223, 1224, 1225, 1226, 1227, 1230, 1231, 1232, 1233, 1234, 1235, 1236, 1237, 1238, 1239, 1242, 1243, 1244, 1245, 1246, 1247, 1248, 1249, 1250, 1251, 1252, 1253, 1255, 1256, 1257, 1258, 1300, 1301, 1302, 1303, 1304, 1307, 1308, 1309, 1310, 1311, 1312, 1313, 1314, 1315, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1319, 1320, 1321, 1322, 1323, 1325, 1326, 1327, 1328, 1329, 1330, 1331, 1332, 1333, 1334, 1335, 1336, 1340, 1341, 1343, 1344, 1345, 1346, 1359, 1360, 1401, 1402, 1403, 1404, 1405, 1501, 1502, 1503, 1504, 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1515, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, 1520, 1521, 1522, 1523, 1524, 1525, 1526, 1527, 1528, 1529, 1530, 1531, 1532, 1533, 1534, 1535, 1536, 1537, 1538, 1539, 1540, 1541, 1601, 1602, 1603, 1604, 1605, 1606, 1607, 1608, 1609, 1610, 1611, 1612, 1613, 1614, 1615, 1616, 1617, 1618, 1619, 1620, 1621, 1622, 1623, 1800, 1802, 1803, 1804, 1805, 1806, 1807, 1808, 1809, 1810, 1811, 1812, 1813, 1814, 1815, 1816, 1817, 1818, 1819, 1820, 1821, 1822, 1823, 1824, 1825, 1826, 1829, 1830, 1831, 1832, 1833, 1834, 1835, 1836, 1837, 1838, 1839, 1900, 1901, 1902, 1903, 2000, 2100, 2101, 2103, 2104, 2105, 2106, 2107, 2108, 2109, 2111, 2112, 2113, 2114, 2115, 2504, 2506, 2507, 2508, , 2601, 2602, 2603, 2604, 2605, 2613, 2615, 2617, 2618, 2619, 2620, 2621, 2622, 2624, 2626, 2627, 2638, 2641, 2642, 2643, 2644, 2645, 2646, 2647, 2648, 2649, 2650, 2651, 2652, 2654, 3302, 3800, 3903, 4002, 4201, 4202, 4203, 4204, 4205, 4206, 4207, 4208, 4209, 4210, 4212 and 4216.
[0157] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (B21) can be selected from the following: 840, 1100, 1101, 1201, 1205, 1210, 1215, 1219, 1222, 1228, 1240, 1241, 2204, 2205, 2800, 2801, 3200, 3401, 3500, 3501, 3900 and 4303.
[0158] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (B21) can be selected from the following: 900, 902, 903, 904, 908, 910, 917, 1000, 2803, 3300 and 4302.
[0159] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (B21) can be selected from the following: 239, 240, 241, 2305, 2306 and 2802.
Compounds of Formula (B22)
[0160] Compounds of the general Formula (B22) are described in PCT Publication No. WO 2015/026792, filed August 19, 2014, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Formula (B22) has the structure: (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: L can be selected from:
Figure imgf000251_0001
A can be selected from an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted aryl(C1-2 alkyl), an optionally substituted heteroaryl and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl; Y can be selected from an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl; R1a, R1b, R1c and R1d can be each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl; R2a, R2a1, R2b, R2b1, R2c, R2c1, R2d and R2d1 can be each independently selected from can be hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1- 4 alkyl, an optionally substituted aryl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted heterocyclyl(C1-6 alkyl), an alkoxyalkyl, an aminoalkyl, a hydroxyalkyl and hydroxy; or R2a1 can be hydrogen, and R1a and R2a can be joined together with the atoms to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5 membered heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted 6 membered heterocyclyl, R2b1 can be hydrogen, and R1b and R2b can be joined together with the atoms to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5 membered heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted 6 membered heterocyclyl; between X1a and X2a can represent a single or double bond between X1a and X2a; between X2a and X3a can represent a single or double bond between X2a and X3a; provided that between X1a and X2a and
Figure imgf000252_0002
between X2a and X3a cannot be both double bonds and at least one of
Figure imgf000252_0003
is a double bond; when
Figure imgf000252_0004
between X1a and X2a represents a double bond and -
Figure imgf000252_0007
between X2a and X3a represents a single bond, then X1a can be N or CR4a1, X2a can be N or CR5a and X3a can be NR6a1, C(=O) or CR6a2R6a3; and when
Figure imgf000252_0005
between X1a and X2a represents a single bond and -
Figure imgf000252_0006
between X2a and X3a represents a double bond, then X1a can be NR4a or CR4a2R4a3, X2a can be N or CR5a and X3a can be N or CR6a; or X1a, X2a and X3a can be each independently C, N, O or C(=O), and form a ring or ring system selected from an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl by joining X1a and X3a together; with the proviso that the valencies of X1a, X2a and X3a can be each independently satisfied with a substituent selected from hydrogen and an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, and X1a, X2a and X3a are uncharged; R3a and R3a1 can be each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, amino, an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, an optionally substituted C2-4 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-4 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C1-4 alkoxy, -O-carbox , an o tionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally
substituted heterocyclyl, CHF2, CF3 and
Figure imgf000252_0001
, provided that R3a and R3a1 cannot be both hydrogen; or R3a and R3a1 can together form =N-ORa; or R3a and R3a1 together with the atom to which they are attached can be joined to form an optionally substituted 3 membered ring, an optionally substituted 4 membered ring, an optionally substituted 5 membered ring or an optionally substituted 6 membered ring; R4a, R4a1, R4a2 and R4a3 can be each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C a
1-4 alkyl; R5 and R5a1 can be each independently be hydrogen or an unsubstituted C 6a1
1-4 alkyl; R6a and R can be each independently hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl or an optionally substituted alkoxyalkyl; R6a2 and R6a3 can be each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl; X1b, X2b and X3b can be each independently C, N, O or C(=O), and form indicates a bi-cyclic ring selected from an optionally substituted bi-cyclic heteroaryl and an optionally substituted bi-cyclic heterocyclyl by joining X1b and X3b together, wherein
Figure imgf000253_0003
between X1b and X2b represents a single or double bond between X1b and X2b;
Figure imgf000253_0004
between X2b and X3b represents a single or double bond between X2b and X3b; and provided that at least one of X1b, X2b and X3b comprises a nitrogen atom and both
Figure imgf000253_0005
cannot be double bonds; with the proviso that the valencies of X1b, X2b and X3b can be each independently satisfied with a substituent selected from hydrogen and an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl; and X1b, X2b and X3b are uncharged; R3c and R3c1 can be each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, amino, an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, an optionally substituted C2-4 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-4 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C1-4 alkoxy, -O-carboxy, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl,
CHF2, CF3 and provided that R3c and R3c1 cannot be both hydrogen; or R3c and R3c1
Figure imgf000253_0002
together form =N-ORc; or R3c and R3c1 together with the atom to which they are attached can be joined to form an optionally substituted 3 membered ring, an optionally substituted 4 membered ring, an optionally substituted 5 membered ring or an optionally substituted 6 membered ring; Ra and Rc can be each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl; R4c and R5c can be taken together to form an unsubstituted aryl, an unsubstituted heteroaryl or an optionally substituted heterocyclyl; Zc can be N or CH; md can be 0 or 1; ring Bd can be an optionally substituted C5 cycloalkyl; ring Bd1 can be an optionally substituted pyridinyl; and provided that when L is Formula (IIc), then Y is absent.
[0161] In some embodiments, Formula (B22) is not
Figure imgf000253_0001
.
[0162] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (B22) can be selected from the following: 1, 13-1, 100, 101, 102, 103, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 116a, 116b, 117, 117a, 117b, 118, 118a, 118b, 119, 120, 120a, 120b, 121, 122, 122a, 122b, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 131, 132, 133, 134, 138, 139, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 158, 159, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 218, 219, 221, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389, 390, 391, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 420, 421, 422, 423, 424, 425, 426, 427, 428, 429, 430, 431, 432, 433, 434, 435, 436, 437, 438, 439, 440, 441, 442, 443, 444, 445, 446, 447, 448, 449, 450, 451, 452, 453, 454, 455, 456, 457, 458, 459, 460, 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466, 467, 468, 469, 470, 471, 472, 475, 476, 477, 478, 479, 480, 481, 482, 483, 484, 485, 486, 487, 488, 489, 490, 491, 492, 493, 494, 495, 496, 497, 498a, 498b, 498c, 498d, 499, 500, 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 506, 507, 508, 509, 510, 511, 512, 513, 514, 515, 516, 517, 518, 519, 520, 521, 522, 523, 524, 525, 526, 527, 528, 529, 530, 531, 532, 533, 534, 535, 536, 537, 538, 539, 540, 541, 542, 543, 544, 545, 546, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551, 552, 553, 554, 555, 556, 557, 558, 559, 560, 561, 562, 563, 564, 565, 567, 568, 569, 570, 571, 572, 573, 574, 575, 576, 577, 578, 579, 580, 581, 582, 583, 584, 585, 586, 587, 588, 589, 590, 591, 592, 593, 594, 595, 596, 597, 598, 599, 600, 601, 602, 603, 604a, 604b, 604c, 604d, 605a, 605b, 605c, 605d, 606, 607, 608, 609, 610, 611, 612, 613, 614, 615, 616, 617, 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 623a, 623b, 624a, 624b, 625, 626, 627, 628, 629, 630, 631, 632, 633a, 633b, 634, 635, 636, 637, 638, 639, 640, 641, 642, 643, 644, 645, 646, 647, 648, 649, 650, 651, 652, 653, 654, 655, 656, 657, 658, 659, 660, 661, 662, 663, 664, 665, 666, 667, 668, 669, 670, 671, 672, 673, 674, 675, 676, 677, 678, 680, 681 and 682, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the foregoing.
[0163] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (B22) can be selected from the following: 629, 630, 631 and 632, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the foregoing. [0164] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (B22) can be selected from the following: 149, 150, 156, 157, 160, 217, 220, 222, 229, 287, 302, 303, 304, 305, 311, 401, 473 and 474, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the foregoing.
[0165] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (B22) can be selected from the following: 130, 135, 140 and 141, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the foregoing.
[0166] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (B22) can be 104 or 161, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the foregoing, as provided in (B22).
[0167] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (B22) can be 136 or 137, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the foregoing, as provided in (B22).
Methods of Use
[0168] In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein (for example, a combination of one or more of compound (A) and one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of the foregoing) can be used to treat and/or ameliorate a paramyxovirus infection. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used to prevent a paramyxovirus infection. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the replication of a paramyxovirus. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the paramyxovirus polymerase complex.
[0169] In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein (for example, a combination of one or more of compound (A) and one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of the foregoing) can be used to treat and/or ameliorate a respiratory syncytial viral (RSV) infection. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used to prevent a respiratory syncytial viral infection. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the replication of a respiratory syncytial virus. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the RSV polymerase complex. In some embodiments, the RSV can be Type A. In other embodiments, the RSV can be Type B. In still other embodiments, the RSV can be Type A and B.
[0170] In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein (for example, a combination of one or more of compound (A) and one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of the foregoing) can be used to treat and/or ameliorate a HPIV-1 infection and/or HPIV-3 infection. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used to prevent a HPIV-1 infection and/or HPIV-3 infection. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the replication of HPIV-1 and/or HPIV-3. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the HPIV-1 polymerase complex and/or HPIV-3 polymerase complex.
[0171] In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein (for example, a combination of one or more of compound (A) and one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of the foregoing) can be used to treat and/or ameliorate a HPIV-2 infection and/or HPIV-4 infection. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used to prevent a HPIV-2 infection and/or HPIV-4 infection. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the replication of HPIV-2 and/or HPIV-4. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the HPIV-2 polymerase complex and/or HPIV-4 polymerase complex.
[0172] In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein (for example, a combination of one or more of compound (A) and one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of the foregoing) can be used to treat and/or ameliorate a metapneumoviral infection. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used to prevent a metapneumoviral infection. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the replication of a metapneumovirus. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used to inhibit the metapneumovirus polymerase complex. In some embodiments, including those of this paragraph, the metapneumovirus can be a human metapneumovirus.
[0173] In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein (for example, a combination of one or more of compound (A) and one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of the foregoing) can be used treat and/or ameliorate an upper respiratory viral infection caused by a paramyxovirus infection. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used treat and/or ameliorate a lower respiratory viral infection caused by a paramyxovirus infection. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can be used treat and/or ameliorate one or more symptoms of an infection caused by a paramyxovirus infection (such as those described herein). Respiratory infections include colds, croup, pneumonia, bronchitis and bronchiolitis. Symptoms can include a cough, runny nose, nasal congestion, sore throat, fever, difficulty breathing, abnormally rapid breathing, wheezing vomiting, diarrhea and ear infections. In some embodiments, a combination described herein can be used treat and/or ameliorate one or more symptoms of an infection caused by a virus selected from a RSV virus, a parainfluenza virus and a metapneumovirus (such as those described herein).
[0174] In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein (for example, a combination of one or more of compound (A) and one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of the foregoing) can be used treat and/or ameliorate bronchiolitis and/or tracheobronchitis due to a paramyxovirus infection. In some embodiments, a combination described herein can be used treat and/or ameliorate pneumonia due to a paramyxovirus infection. In some embodiments, a combination described herein can be used treat and/or ameliorate croup due to a paramyxovirus infection.
[0175] As used herein, the terms“prevent” and“preventing,” mean lowering the efficiency of viral replication and/or inhibiting viral replication to a greater degree in a subject who receives the compound compared to a subject who does not receive the compound. Examples of forms of prevention include prophylactic administration to a subject who has been or may be exposed to an infectious agent, such as a paramyxovirus (e.g., RSV).
[0176] As used herein, the terms“treat,”“treating,”“treatment,”“therapeutic,” and “therapy” do not necessarily mean total cure or abolition of the disease or condition. Any alleviation of any undesired signs or symptoms of a disease or condition, to any extent can be considered treatment and/or therapy. Furthermore, treatment may include acts that may worsen the subject’s overall feeling of well-being or appearance.
[0177] The terms“therapeutically effective amount” and“effective amount” are used to indicate an amount of an active compound, or pharmaceutical agent, that elicits the biological or medicinal response indicated. For example, a therapeutically effective amount of compound can be the amount needed to prevent, alleviate or ameliorate symptoms of disease or prolong the survival of the subject being treated This response may occur in a tissue, system, animal or human and includes alleviation of the signs or symptoms of the disease being treated. Determination of an effective amount is well within the capability of those skilled in the art, in view of the disclosure provided herein. The therapeutically effective amount of the compounds disclosed herein required as a dose will depend on the route of administration, the type of animal, including human, being treated, and the physical characteristics of the specific animal under consideration. The dose can be tailored to achieve a desired effect, but will depend on such factors as weight, diet, concurrent medication and other factors which those skilled in the medical arts will recognize. [0178] Various indicators for determining the effectiveness of a method for treating a paramyxovirus viral infection are known to those skilled in the art. Example of suitable indicators include, but are not limited to, a reduction in viral load, a reduction in viral replication, a reduction in time to seroconversion (virus undetectable in patient serum), a reduction of morbidity or mortality in clinical outcomes, and/or other indicator of disease response.
[0179] In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein (for example, a combination of one or more of compound (A) and one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of the foregoing) can reduce viral titers to undetectable levels, for example, less than 1.7 log10 plaque forming units equivalents (PFUe)/mL, or less than 0.3 log10 plaque forming units equivalents (PFUe)/mL. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can reduce the viral load compared to the viral load before administration of the combination (for example, 60 hours after receiving the initial dosage of the combination). In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can reduce the viral load to lower than 1.7 log10 (PFUe)/mL, or lower than 0.3 log10 (PFUe)/mL. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can achieve a reduction in viral titer in the serum of the subject in the range of about 1.5-log to about a 2.5-log reduction, about a 3-log to about a 4-log reduction, or a greater than about 5-log reduction compared to the viral load before administration of the combination. For example, the viral load is measure before administration of the combination, and several hours after receiving the initial dosage of the combination (for example, 60 hours after receiving the initial dosage of the combination).
[0180] In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein (for example, a combination of one or more of compound (A) and one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of the foregoing) can result in at least a 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100-fold or more reduction in the replication of a paramyxovirus relative to pre-treatment levels in a subject, as determined several hours after receiving the initial dosage of the combination (for example, 60 hours after receiving the initial dosage of the combination). In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein can result in a reduction of the replication of a paramyxovirus relative to pre-treatment levels in the range of about 2 to about 5 fold, about 10 to about 20 fold, about 15 to about 40 fold, or about 50 to about 100 fold. In some embodiments, , a combination of compounds described herein can result in a reduction of a paramyxovirus replication in the range of 1 to 1.5 log, 1.5 log to 2 log, 2 log to 2.5 log, 2.5 to 3 log, 3 log to 3.5 log or 3.5 to 4 log more reduction of a paramyxovirus replication compared to the reduction of a paramyxovirus reduction achieved by ribavirin (Virazole®), or may achieve the same reduction as that of ribavirin (Virazole®) therapy in a shorter period of time, for example, in one day, two days, three days, four days, or five days, as compared to the reduction achieved after 5 days of ribavirin (Virazole®) therapy.
[0181] After a period of time, infectious agents can develop resistance to one or more therapeutic agents. The term“resistance” as used herein refers to a viral strain displaying a delayed, lessened and/or null response to a therapeutic agent(s). For example, after treatment with an antiviral agent, the viral load of a subject infected with a resistant virus may be reduced to a lesser degree compared to the amount in viral load reduction exhibited by a subject infected with a non-resistant strain. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein (for example, a combination of one or more of compound (A) and one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of the foregoing) can be administered to a subject infected with RSV that is resistant to one or more different anti-RSV agents (for example, ribavirin). In some embodiments, development of resistant RSV strains can be delayed when subjects are treated with combination of compounds described herein compared to the development of RSV strains resistant to other anti-RSV drugs administered as monotherapy.
[0182] In some embodiments, a combination of compounds described herein (for example, a combination of one or more of compound (A) and one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of the foregoing) can decrease the percentage of subjects that experience complications from a RSV viral infection compared to the percentage of subjects that experience complication being treated with ribavirin. For example, the percentage of subjects being treated with a combination of compounds described herein that experience complications can be 10%, 25%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80% and 90% less compared to subjects being treated with ribavirin.
[0183] In some embodiments, a combination of compounds can include one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, a combination of compounds can include one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be administered with one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in a single pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be administered with one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as two or more separate pharmaceutical compositions. For example, compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be administered in one pharmaceutical composition, and compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be administered in a second pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be administered with at least one of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0184] The order of administration of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, with compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can vary. In some embodiments, one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be administered prior all of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In other embodiments, one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be administered prior to at least one compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In still other embodiments, one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be administered concomitantly with one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In yet still other embodiments, one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be administered subsequent to the administration of at least one compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be administered subsequent to the administration of all of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0185] A potential advantage of utilizing a combination of compounds described herein (for example, a combination of one or more of compound (A) and one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of the foregoing) may be a reduction in the required amount(s) of one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and/or one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, that is effective in treating a disease condition disclosed herein (for example, RSV), as compared to the amount required to achieve same therapeutic result when one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and/or one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. For example, the amount of a one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and/or one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be less compared to the amount of the aforementioned compounds needed to achieve the same viral load reduction when administered as a monotherapy. Another potential advantage of utilizing a combination described herein is that the use of two or more compounds having different mechanism of actions can create a higher barrier to the development of resistant viral strains compared to the barrier when a compound is administered as monotherapy. Additional advantages of utilizing a combination described herein may include little to no cross resistance between the compounds of the combination; different routes for elimination of the compounds of the combination; little to no overlapping toxicities between the compounds of the combination; little to no significant effects on cytochrome P450; and/or little to no pharmacokinetic interactions between the compounds of the combination.
[0186] As will be readily apparent to one skilled in the art, the useful in vivo dosage to be administered and the particular mode of administration will vary depending upon the age, weight, the severity of the affliction, and mammalian species treated, the particular compounds employed, and the specific use for which these compounds are employed. The determination of effective dosage levels, that is the dosage levels necessary to achieve the desired result, can be accomplished by one skilled in the art using routine methods, for example, human clinical trials and in vitro studies.
[0187] The dosage may range broadly, depending upon the desired effects and the therapeutic indication. Alternatively dosages may be based and calculated upon the surface area of the patient, as understood by those of skill in the art. Although the exact dosage will be determined on a drug-by-drug basis, in most cases, some generalizations regarding the dosage can be made. The daily dosage regimen for an adult human patient may be, for example, an oral dose of between 0.01 mg and 3000 mg of each active ingredient, preferably between 1 mg and 700 mg, e.g. 5 to 200 mg. The dosage may be a single one or a series of two or more given in the course of one or more days, as is needed by the subject. In some embodiments, the compounds will be administered for a period of continuous therapy, for example for a week or more, or for months or years.
[0188] In instances where human dosages for compounds have been established for at least some condition, those same dosages may be used, or dosages that are between about 0.1% and 500%, more preferably between about 25% and 250% of the established human dosage. Where no human dosage is established, as will be the case for newly-discovered pharmaceutical compositions, a suitable human dosage can be inferred from ED50 or ID50 values, or other appropriate values derived from in vitro or in vivo studies, as qualified by toxicity studies and efficacy studies in animals. [0189] In cases of administration of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, dosages may be calculated as the free base. As will be understood by those of skill in the art, in certain situations it may be necessary to administer the compounds disclosed herein in amounts that exceed, or even far exceed, the above-stated, preferred dosage range in order to effectively and aggressively treat particularly aggressive diseases or infections.
[0190] Dosage amount and interval may be adjusted individually to provide plasma levels of the active moiety which are sufficient to maintain the modulating effects, or minimal effective concentration (MEC). The MEC will vary for each compound but can be estimated from in vitro data. Dosages necessary to achieve the MEC will depend on individual characteristics and route of administration. However, HPLC assays or bioassays can be used to determine plasma concentrations. Dosage intervals can also be determined using MEC value. Compositions should be administered using a regimen which maintains plasma levels above the MEC for 10-90% of the time, preferably between 30-90% and most preferably between 50-90%. In cases of local administration or selective uptake, the effective local concentration of the drug may not be related to plasma concentration.
[0191] It should be noted that the attending physician would know how to and when to terminate, interrupt, or adjust administration due to toxicity or organ dysfunctions. Conversely, the attending physician would also know to adjust treatment to higher levels if the clinical response were not adequate (precluding toxicity). The magnitude of an administrated dose in the management of the disorder of interest will vary with the severity of the condition to be treated and to the route of administration. The severity of the condition may, for example, be evaluated, in part, by standard prognostic evaluation methods. Further, the dose and perhaps dose frequency, will also vary according to the age, body weight, and response of the individual patient. A program comparable to that discussed above may be used in veterinary medicine.
[0192] Compounds disclosed herein can be evaluated for efficacy and toxicity using known methods. For example, the toxicology of a particular compound, or of a subset of the compounds, sharing certain chemical moieties, may be established by determining in vitro toxicity towards a cell line, such as a mammalian, and preferably human, cell line. The results of such studies are often predictive of toxicity in animals, such as mammals, or more specifically, humans. Alternatively, the toxicity of particular compounds in an animal model, such as mice, rats, rabbits, or monkeys, may be determined using known methods. The efficacy of a particular compound may be established using several recognized methods, such as in vitro methods, animal models, or human clinical trials. When selecting a model to determine efficacy, the skilled artisan can be guided by the state of the art to choose an appropriate model, dose, route of administration and/or regime. Pharmaceutical Compositions
[0193] Some embodiments described herein relates to one or more pharmaceutical compositions, that can include one or more of compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and/or one or more of compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient or combination thereof.
[0194] The term“pharmaceutical composition” refers to a mixture of one or more of compounds disclosed herein with other chemical components, such as diluents or carriers. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism. Pharmaceutical compositions can also be obtained by reacting compounds with inorganic or organic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and salicylic acid. Pharmaceutical compositions will generally be tailored to the specific intended route of administration.
[0195] The term“physiologically acceptable” defines a carrier, diluent or excipient that does not abrogate the biological activity and properties of the compound.
[0196] As used herein, a“carrier” refers to a compound that facilitates the incorporation of a compound into cells or tissues. For example, without limitation, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) is a commonly utilized carrier that facilitates the uptake of many organic compounds into cells or tissues of a subject.
[0197] As used herein, a “diluent” refers to an ingredient in a pharmaceutical composition that lacks pharmacological activity but may be pharmaceutically necessary or desirable. For example, a diluent may be used to increase the bulk of a potent drug whose mass is too small for manufacture and/or administration. It may also be a liquid for the dissolution of a drug to be administered by injection, ingestion or inhalation. A common form of diluent in the art is a buffered aqueous solution such as, without limitation, phosphate buffered saline that mimics the composition of human blood. [0198] As used herein, an“excipient” refers to an inert substance that is added to a pharmaceutical composition to provide, without limitation, bulk, consistency, stability, binding ability, lubrication, disintegrating ability etc., to the composition. A“diluent” is a type of excipient.
[0199] The pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be administered to a human patient per se, or in pharmaceutical compositions where they are mixed with other active ingredients, as in combination therapy, or carriers, diluents, excipients or combinations thereof. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Techniques for formulation and administration of the compounds described herein are known to those skilled in the art.
[0200] The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may be manufactured in a manner that is itself known, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee- making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or tableting processes. Additionally, the active ingredients are contained in an amount effective to achieve its intended purpose. Many of the compounds used in the pharmaceutical combinations disclosed herein may be provided as salts with pharmaceutically compatible counterions.
[0201] Multiple techniques of administering a compound exist in the art including, but not limited to, oral, rectal, topical, aerosol, injection and parenteral delivery, including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramedullary injections, intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intraperitoneal, intranasal and intraocular injections.
[0202] One may also administer the compound in a local rather than systemic manner, for example, via injection of the compound directly into the infected area, often in a depot or sustained release formulation. Furthermore, one may administer the compound in a targeted drug delivery system, for example, in a liposome coated with a tissue-specific antibody. The liposomes will be targeted to and taken up selectively by the organ.
[0203] The compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient. The pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration. The pack or dispenser may also be accompanied with a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration. Such notice, for example, may be the labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs, or the approved product insert. Compositions that can include a compound described herein formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier may also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition. EXAMPLES
[0204] Additional embodiments are disclosed in further detail in the following examples, which are not in any way intended to limit the scope of the claims. EXAMPLE 1
Preparation of Compounds 1-17
Figure imgf000265_0001
Figure imgf000266_0001
Figure imgf000267_0001
Figure imgf000268_0001
[0205] Compounds 1-17 were prepared as described in U.S. Publication No. 2013/0165400, filed December 20, 2012, PCT Publication WO 2013/096679, filed December 20, 2012 and Publication No. WO 2013/142525, March 19, 2013, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties. EXAMPLE 2
Preparation of Compound 18
Figure imgf000269_0001
[0206] Preparation of (18-2): To a solution of 18-1 (50 g, 203 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (200 mL) was added TBDPS-Cl (83.7 g, 304 mmol). The reaction was allowed to proceed overnight at R.T. The solution was concentrated under low pressure to give a residue, which was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 5'-OTBDPS ether as a white foam (94 g).
[0207] To a solution of the 5'-OTBDPS ether (94.0 g, 194.2 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (300 mL) were added silver nitrate (66.03 g, 388.4 mmol) and collidine (235 mL, 1.94 mol). The mixture was stirred at R.T. After 15 mins, the mixture was cooled to 0| C, and monomethoxytrityl chloride (239.3 g, 776.8 mmol) was added as a single portion. After being stirred overnight at R.T., the mixture was filtered through Celite and the filtrate was diluted with TBME. The solution was washed successively with 1M citric acid, diluted brine and 5% sodium bicarbonate. The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give the fully protected intermediate as a yellow foam. [0208] This fully protected intermediate was dissolved in toluene (100 mL) and the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in anhydrous THF (250 mL) and treated with TBAF (60 g, 233 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at R.T., and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken into ethyl acetate and the solution was washed first with saturated sodium bicarbonate and then with brine. After being dried over magnesium sulfate, the solvent was removed in vacuum and the residue was purified by column chromatography (50% EA in PE) to give 18-2 (91 g, 86.4%) as a white foam.
[0209] Preparation of (18-3): To a solution of 18-2 (13.5 g, 26 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) was added pyridine (6.17 mL, 78 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0| C, and Dess-Martin periodinane (33.8 g, 78 mmol) was added as a single portion. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h at R.T., and quenched by the addition of Na2S2O3 solution (4%) and sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution (4%) (the solution was adjusted to pH 6, ~150 mL). The mixture was stirred for 15 mins. The organic layer was separated, washed with diluted brine and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dioxane (100 mL) and the solution was treated with 37% aqueous formaldehyde (21.2 g, 10 eq.) and 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide (10 eq.). The reaction mixture was stirred at R.T., overnight. After stirring for 0.5 h at R.T., the excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was removed with saturated NH4Cl (~150 mL). The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and 5% sodium bicarbonate. The organic phase was separated, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (2% MeOH in DCM) to give the diol 18-3 (9.2 g, 83.6%) as a white foam.
[0210] Preparation of (18-4): Compound 18-3 (23 g, 42.0 mmol) was co-evaporated with toluene twice. The residue was dissolved in anhydrous DCM (250 mL) and pyridine (20 mL). The solution was cooled to 0oC, and triflic anhydride (24.9 g, 88.1 mmol) was added dropwise over 10 mins. At this temperature, the reaction was stirred for 40 mins. The reaction was monitored by TLC (PE: EA= 2:1 and DCM: MeOH= 15:1). After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) at 0oC. The mixture was stirred for 30 mins, and extracted with EA. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4 and filtered through a silica gel pad. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography (50% EA in PE) to give 18-4 (30.0 g, 88.3%) as a brown foam.
[0211] Preparation of (18-5): To a stirred solution of 18-4 (4.4 g, 5.42mmol) in anhydrous DMF (50 mL) was added NaH (260 mg, 6.5 mmol) at 0oC under nitrogen atmosphere. The solution was stirred at R.T., for 1.5 h. The solution was used for the next step without any further workup.
[0212] Preparation of (18-6): To the stirred solution was added NaN3 (1.5 g, 21.68 mmol) at 0oC under nitrogen atmosphere, and the resulting solution was stirred at R.T. for 1.5 h. The reaction was quenched with water, extracted with EA, washed with brine, and dried over MgSO4. The concentrated organic phase was used for the next step without further purification.
[0213] Preparation of (18-7): To a solution of 18-6 (3.0 g, 5.4 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (18 mL) was added NaOH (5.4 mL, 2M in water) at R.T. The reaction mixture was stirred at R.T. for 3 h. The reaction was diluted with EA, washed with brine, and dried over MgSO4. The concentrated organic phase was purified on a silica gel column (30% EA in PE) to give 1-7 (2.9 g, 93%) as a white foam.
[0214] Preparation of (18-8): To a stirred solution of 18-7 (1.1 g, 2.88 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (10 mL) was added MMTrCl (1.77 g, 5.76 mmol), AgNO3 (1.47 g, 8.64 mmol) and collidine (1.05 g, 8.64 mmol) at 25 oC under a N2 atmosphere. The reaction was refluxed for 12 h. MeOH (20 mL) was added and the solvent was removed to dryness. The residue was purified on a silica gel column (20% EA in PE) to give 18-8 (1.6 g, 85.1%) as a white foam.
[0215] Preparation of (18-9): To a stirred solution of 18-8 (800 mg, 0.947 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (10 mL) were added TPSCl (570 mg, 1.89 mmol), DMAP (230 mg, 1.89 mmol) and TEA (190 mg, 1.89 mmol) at R.T. The mixture was stirred for 12 h. NH4OH (25 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 2 h. The solvent was removed, and the residue was purified on a silica gel column as a yellow foam. Further purification by prep-TLC gave 18-9 (700 mg, 87.1%) as a white solid.
[0216] Preparation of (18): Compound 18-9 (300 mg, 0.355 mmol) was dissolved in 80% of HCOOH (5 mL) at R.T. The mixture was stirred for 3 h, and monitored by TLC. The solvent was then removed and the residue was treated with MeOH and toluene (3 times). NH3/MeOH was added and the mixture was stirred at R.T., for 5 mins. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by column chromatography to give 18 (124 mg, 82.6%) as a white solid. ESI-LCMS: m/z 301.0 [M+H]+ , 601.0 [2M+H]+ EXAMPLE 3
Figure imgf000272_0001
[0217] Preparation of (AA-2): AA-1 (2.20 g, 3.84 mmol) was dissolved in 80% HCOOH (40 mL) at R.T. (18 oC). The mixture was stirred at R.T. for 12 h. The solvent was removed at low pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 50% EA in Hexane to give AA-2 (1.05 g, 91.3%) as a white solid.
[0218] Preparation of (AA-3): To a stirred solution of AA-2 (1 g, 3.32 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (20 mL) was added TBSCl (747 mg, 4.98 mmol) and imidazole (451 mg, 6.64 mmol) at R.T. (16 oC) under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at R.T. for 4 h. The resulting solution was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in EA (100 mL). The solution was washed with sat. NaHCO3 solution and brine, and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The solution was concentrated to dryness, and the residue was purified on a silica gel column using 20% EA in Hexane to give AA-3 (1.4 g, 79.5%) as a white solid.
[0219] Preparation of (AA-4): To a stirred solution of AA-3 (1.50 g, 2.83 mmol, 1.00 eq.) in anhydrous CH3CN (28 mL) was added TPSCl (1.71 g, 5.80 mmol, 2.05 eq.), DMAP (691.70 mg, 5.66 mmol, 2.00 eq.) and TEA (573.00 mg, 5.66 mmol, 2.00 eq.) at R.T. (15 oC). The mixture was stirred for 2 h. NH3.H2O (20 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 3 h. The mixture was extracted with EA (3 x 60 mL). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated at low pressure. The residue was purified on a silica gel column (30% EA in PE) to give AA-4 (2.3 g, crude) as a yellow foam. [0220] Preparation of (AA-5): To a stirred solution of AA-4 (1.90 g, 2.34 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (20 mL) was added DMTrCl (1.82 g, 3.49 mmol) and 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine (1.00 g, 8.25 mmol) at R.T. (15 °C) under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at R.T. for 12 h. MeOH (20 mL) was added. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in EA (80 mL). The solution was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated at low pressure. The residue was purified on a silica gel column (5% MeOH in DCM) to give AA-5 (1.4 g, crude) as a white solid.
[0221] Preparation of (AA): AA-5 (2.40 g, 2.60 mmol) was dissolved in TBAF (10 mL, 1M in THF). The mixture was stirred at R.T. (15 oC) for 30 mins. The mixture was concentrated to dryness, and the residue was dissolved in EA (60 mL). The solution was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified on a silica gel column (5% MeOH in DCM) to give AA (1.50 g, 95.8%) as a white solid. ESI-MS:
Figure imgf000273_0001
[0222] Preparation of (19-1): To a solution of AA (60.0 mg, 99.57 Pmol, 1.00 eq.) in pyridine (1 mL) was added isobutyric anhydride (31.50 mg, 199.13 Pmol, 2.00 eq.) in 1 portion at R.T. (15 oC) under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at R.T. for 12 h. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was partitioned between EA and water. The combined organic phases were washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (30% EA in PE) to afford 19-1 (59.00 mg, 79.77%) as a white solid.
[0223] Preparation of (19): 19-1 (57.00 mg, 76.74 Pmol, 1.00 eq.) was dissolved in 80% CH3COOH (8 mL). The solution was stirred at R.T. (15 oC) for 12 h. The mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified on a silica gel column (2.5% MeOH in DCM) to give 19 (23.00 mg, 68.05%) as a white foam. ESI-MS: m/z 441.2 [M+H]+, 463.2 [M+Na]+ . EXAMPLE 4
Preparation of Compound 20
Figure imgf000273_0002
[0224] Preparation of (20-1): 20-1 was prepared in similar manner as 19-1 using AA (60.00 mg, 99.57 Pmol, 1.00 eq.) in pyridine (1 mL) and propionic anhydride (25.92 mg, 199.13 Pmol, 2.00 eq.). 20-1 (white solid, 56.00 mg, 78.69%).
[0225] Preparation of (20): Compound 20 was prepared in similar manner as 19 using 20-1 (54.00 mg, 75.55 Pmol, 1.00 eq.) 20 (white foam, 18.00 mg, 57.78%). ESI-MS: m/z 413.1 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000274_0001
[0226] Preparation of (21-1): 21-1 was prepared in similar manner as 19-1 using AA (62.00 mg, 102.89 Pmol, 1.00 eq.) in pyridine (1 mL) and pentanoic anhydride (38.32 mg, 205.77 Pmol, 2.00 eq.). 21-1 (white solid, 60.00 mg, 75.65%).
[0227] Preparation of (21): Compound 21 was prepared in similar manner as 19 using 21-1 (75.00 mg, 97.30 Pmol, 1.00 eq.) 21 (white foam, 28.00 mg, 61.43%). ESI-MS: m/z 469.2
EXAMPLE 6
Pre aration of Com ound 22
Figure imgf000274_0002
[0228] Preparation of (22-1): To a stirred solution of AA-1 (300.0 mg, 497.83 Pmol) in anhydrous pyridine (0.5 mL) was added DMTrCl (337.36 mg, 995.66 Pmol) at R.T. (17 oC) under N2 atmosphere. The solution was stirred at 50 °C~60 °C for 12 h. The mixture was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in EA (40 mL). The solution was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, and concentrated to dryness at low pressure. The residue was purified on a silica gel column using 20% EA in PE to give 22-1 (300 mg, 66.59%) as a white solid.
[0229] Preparation of (22-2): To a stirred solution of 22-1 (100.00 mg, 110.50 Pmol) in anhydrous pyridine (0.5 mL) was added DMAP (6.75 mg, 55.25 Pmol), DCC (22.80 mg, 110.50 Pmol) and n-actanoic acid (31.87 mg, 221.00 Pmol) at R.T. (18 oC) under N2 atmosphere. The solution was stirred at R.T. for 12 h. The solution was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was purified on a silica gel column using 15% EA in PE to give 22-2 (98.00 mg, 86.0%) as a white foam.
[0230] Preparation of (22): 22-2 (90.00 mg, 87.28 Pmol) was dissolved in 80% CH3COOH (20 mL) at R.T. (16 oC). The mixture was stirred R.T. for 12 h. The reaction was quenched with MeOH, and the mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified on a silica gel column (5% MeOH in DCM) to give 22 (33.00 mg, 88.7%) as a white solid. ESI-MS: m/z 427.2 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000275_0001
[0231] Preparation of (BB-2): To a stirred solution of BB-1 (500.00 mg, 0.87 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (1 mL) was added TBSCl (236.5 mg, 1.57 mmol) at 20 °C under N2. The solution was stirred at 50 °C~60 °C for 12 h. The solution was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EA (50 mL). The solution was washed with sat. NaHCO3 solution and brine, and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The solution was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified on a silica gel column to give BB-2 (510.00 mg, 85.06%) as a white solid.
[0232] Preparation of (BB-3): To a stirred solution of BB-2 (430.00 mg, 625.15 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (6 mL) was added TPSCl (368.65 mg, 1.25 mmol), DMAP (152.75 mg, 1.25 mmol) and TEA (126.52 mg, 1.25 mmol) at R.T. The mixture was stirred for 2 h. NH4OH (8 mL) was added, and the mixture stirred for 3 h. The mixture was extracted with EA (3 x 40 mL). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated at low pressure. The residue was purified on a silica gel column (25% EA in PE) to give BB-3 (500 mg of crude) as a yellow foam.
[0233] Preparation of (BB-4): To a stirred solution of BB-3 (500 mg of crude, 0.72 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (7 mL) was added DMTrCl (365 mg, 1.0 mmol ) and collidine (305 mg, 2.5 mmol) and AgNO3 (184 mg, 1.08 mmol) at R.T. (15 °C) under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at R.T. for 12 h. MeOH (5 mL) was added. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in EA (50 mL). The solution was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated at low pressure. The residue was purified on a silica gel column (5% MeOH in DCM) to give BB-4 (500 mg, 70.3%) as a white solid.
[0234] Preparation of (BB): BB-4 (1.00 g, 1.01 mmol) was dissolved in TBAF (5 mL, 1M in THF) and stirred at R.T. for 30 mins. The mixture was diluted with EA (100 mL). The mixture was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The organic phase was concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified on the silica gel column (30% EA in PE) to give BB (0.80 g, 91.5%) as a white solid. ESI-MS: m/z 873.7 [M+1]+.
[0235] Preparation of (23-1): To a solution of BB (100.00 mg, 114.29 Pmol) in anhydrous pyridine (1.5 mL) was added DMAP (2.79 mg, 22.86 Pmol), DCC (70.75 mg, 342.88 Pmol) and n-octanoic acid (49.45 mg, 342.88 Pmol) at R.T. (18 oC) under N2 atmosphere. The solution was stirred at R.T. for 12 h. The solution was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was purified on a silica gel column using 15% EA in PE to give 23-1 (95.00 mg, 83.03%) as a white foam. [0236] Preparation of (23): 23-1 (110.00 mg, 109.87 Pmol) was dissolved in 80% CH3COOH (25 mL) at R.T. (15oC). The mixture was stirred for 12 h. The reaction was quenched with MeOH, and the solution was concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified on a silica gel column (5% MeOH in DCM) to give 23 (30.00 mg, 64.03%) as a white solid. ESI-MS: m/z 427.2 [M+H]+. EXAMPLE 8
Preparation of Compound 24
Figure imgf000277_0001
[0237] Preparation of (24-1): To a solution of N-Boc-L-Valine (620.78 mg, 2.86 mmol) and TEA (144.57 mg, 1.43 mmol) in anhydrous THF (2.5 mL) was added BB (250.00 mg, 285.73 Pmol). The mixture was co-evaporated with pyridine and toluene to remove water. The residue was dissolved in THF (2.5 mL). DIPEA (369.28 mg, 2.86 mmol) was added, followed by addition of BOP-Cl (363.68 mg, 1.43 mmol) and 3-nitro-1H-1,2,4-triazole (162.95 mg, 1.43 mmol) at R.T. (18 oC). The mixture was stirred at R.T. for 12 h and then diluted with EA (40 mL). The solution was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated to dryness at low pressure. The residue was purified on a silica gel column (30% EA in PE) to give 24-1 (220 mg, crude) as a white foam.
[0238] Preparation of (24-2): 24-1 (250.0 mg, 232.73 Pmol) was dissolved in 80% CH3COOH (30 mL). The solution was heated to 50 oC and stirred for 12 h. The reaction was quenched with MeOH, and the solution was concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified on a silica gel column (5% MeOH in DCM) to give 24-2 (80.00 mg, 68.82%) as a white foam.
[0239] Preparation of (24): 24-2 (78.00 mg, 156.16 Pmol) was dissolved in HCl/dioxane (1.5 mL) and EA (1.5 mL) at R.T. (19 oC). The mixture was stirred at R.T. for 30 mins. The solution was concentrated to dryness at low pressure The residue was purified by prep- HPLC to give 24 (23 mg, 31.25%) as a white solid. ESI-MS: m/z 400.20 [M+H]+,799.36 [2M+H]+.
Figure imgf000278_0001
25
[0240] Preparation of (25-1): 25-1 was prepared in similar manner as 24-1 using BB (250.0 mg, 276.25 Pmol), (2S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-methyl-butanoic acid (360.11 mg, 1.66 mmol) and TEA (83.86 mg, 828.75 Pmol). 25-1 (white foam, 220.0 mg, 72.12%).
[0241] Preparation of (25-2): 25-2 was prepared in similar manner as 24-2 using 25-1 (230.00 mg, 208.29 Pmol, 1.00 eq.). 25-2 (white foam, 80.00 mg, 77.66%).
[0242] Preparation of (25): 25 was prepared in similar manner as 24 using 25-2 (100.00 mg, 200.20 Pmol, 1.00 eq.). 25 (white solid, 56 mg, 59.57 %). ESI-MS: m/z 400.0 [M+H]+, 422.1 [M+Na]+; 799.1 [2M+H]+, 821.2 [2M+Na]+.
EXAMPLE 10
Preparation of Compound 27
Figure imgf000279_0001
[0243] Preparation of (27-1): To a solution of 18 (200 mg, 0.67 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (5 mL) was added TBSCl (120 mg, 0.8 mmol) at R.T. The mixture was stirred overnight, and the reaction mixture was diluted with EA. The mixture was washed with NaHCO3 aq. solution and brine. The organic layer was dried, filtered and concentrated to give residue, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (5% MeOH in DCM to 25% MeOH in DCM to give 27-1 (153 mg, 55%) as a white solid.
[0244] Preparation of (27-2): To a solution of 27-1 (54 mg, 0.13 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (2 mL) was added collidine (95 PL, 0.78 mmol), DMTrCl (262 mg, 0.78 mmol) and AgNO3 (66 mg, 0.39 mmol) at R.T. The mixture was stirred overnight, and then diluted wit DCM (5 mL). The mixture was filtered through a pre-packed celite funnel, and the filtrate was washed with NaHCO3 aq. solution, 1.0 M citric acid solution and then brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated at low pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (25% EA in PE to 100 %EA) to give 27-2 (83.5 mg, 63.6%).
[0245] Preparation of (27-3): To a solution of 27-2 (83 mg, 0.081 mmol) in THF (1 mL), was added a 1M solution of TBAF in THF (0.122 mL, 0.122 mmol) at ice bath temperature. The mixture was stirred for 1.5 h. The mixture was diluted with EA, and washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried and concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (DCM to 5% MeOH in DCM) to give 27-3 (66.6 mg, 91%) as a white foam. [0246] Preparation of (27-4): Compound 27-3 (66.6 mg, 0.074 mmol) was co- evaporated with toluene and THF (3x). Bis(POC)phosphate (33 mg, 0.96 mmol) was added, and then co-evaporated with toluene (3x). The mixture was dissolved in anhydrous THF (1.5 mL) and cooled in an ice bath (0 to 5 0C). 3-nitro-1,2,4-triazole (13 mg, 0.11 mmol), diisopropylethyl amine (54 PL, 0.3 mmol), and BOP-Cl (28 mg, 0.11 mmol) were added successively. The mixture was stirred 2 h at 0 to 5 0C, diluted with EtOAc, washed with 1.0M citric acid, sat. aq. NaHCO3 and brine, and dried with Na2SO4. The residue was purified on silica (10 g column) with CH2Cl2:i- PrOH (4-10% gradient) to give 27-4 (68 mg, 76%) as a white solid.
[0247] Preparation of (27): 27-4 (68 mg, 0.07 mmol) was dissolved in 80% HCOOH. The mixture was stirred at R.T. for 2 h. The solvents were evaporated at R.T. and co-evaporated with toluene (3x). The residue was dissolved in 50% CH3CN/H2O, was purified on a reverse-phase HPLC (C18) using CH3CN and H2O. The product was lyophilization to give 27 (4.8 mg, 14%) as a white foam. ESI-LCMS: m/z = 613.1 [M+H]+, 1225.2 [2M+H]+. EXAMPLE 11
Preparation of Compound 28
Figure imgf000280_0001
[0248] Preparation of (28-1): To a solution of BB (100mg, 0.114 mmol) in anhydrous CH3CN (2 mL) were added a solution of bis-SATE-phosphoramidate (62.2 mg, 0.14 mmol) in CH3CN (1 mL) followed by 5-ethylthio-1H-tetrazole in CH3CN (0.25M; 0.56 mL, 0.14 mmol) at 0 to 5 0C dropwise. The mixture was stirred 2 h at 0 to 5 0C under Ar. A solution of 77% m-CPBA (49 mg, 0.22 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred 2 h at 0 to 5 0C under Ar. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with 1.0M citric acid, sat. NaHCO3, and brine, and dried with MgSO4. The mixture was filtered and the solvents were evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified on silica (10 g column) with EA/hexanes (10-100% gradient) to give 28-1 (72 mg, 50.8 %) as a white solid.
[0249] Preparation of (28): 28-1 (72 mg, 0.056 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous CH3CN (1.0 mL), and 4N HCl in dioxane (87 PL, 0.35 mmol) was added at 0 to 5 oC. The mixture was stirred at R.T. for 2 h. Intermediate 28-2 was observed by LCMS. The solvents were evaporated at R.T. and co-evaporated with toluene (3x). The residue obtained was re-dissolved in 80% HCOOH (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at R.T. for 4.5 h. The solvents were evaporated at R.T. and co-evaporated with toluene (3x). Anhydrous EtOH (3 x 5 mL) was added. The residue was dissolved in 50% CH3CN/H2O, purified on a reverse-phase HPLC (C18) using CH3CN and H2O, and lyophilized to give 28 (19.2 mg) as a white foam. ESI-LCMS: m/z = 669.2 [M+H]+, 1337.25 [2M+H]+. EXAMPLE 12
Preparation of Compound 29
Figure imgf000281_0001
[0250] Preparation of (29-1): 29-1 (98 mg, 72.6 %) was prepared in the same manner from BB (100 mg, 0.114 mmol) and bis(tert-butoxycarbonyloxymethyl)phosphate (83mg, 0.35 mmol) with DIPEA (126 PL, 0.69 mmol), BOP-Cl (87 mg, 0.34 mmol), and 3-nitro-1,2,4-triazole (39 mg, 0.34 mmol ) in THF (1.5 mL) in the same manner as 27-4.
[0251] Preparation of (29): 29-1 (98 mg, 0.083 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous CH3CN (0.5 mL), and 4N HCl in dioxane (34 PL, 0.135 mmol) was added at 0 to 5 oC. The mixture was stirred at R.T. for 3 h. Anhydrous EtOH (200 PL) was added. The solvents were evaporated at R.T. and co-evaporated with toluene (3x). The residue was purified on silica (10 g column) with MeOH/CH2Cl2 (5-7% gradient) and lypholized give 29 (30.2 mg, 60%). ESI-LCMS: m/z = 609.15 [M+H]+, 1217.3 [2M+H]+. EXAMPLE 13
Preparation of Compound 30
Figure imgf000282_0001
[0252] To a stirred solution of 30-1 (3.00 g, 5.23 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (36 mL) was added PDC (3.94 g, 10.46 mmol), Ac2O (5.34 g, 52.30 mmol) and 2-methylpropan-2-ol (7.75 g, 104.60 mmol) at RT. The mixture was stirred at RT for 15 h. The mixture was loaded on a very short silica gel column and eluted with EA. The fractions containing the product were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (20% EA in PE) to give 30-2 (2.40 g, 71.3%) as a white foam.
[0253] To a stirred solution of 30-2 (2.00 g, 3.26 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) was added TFA (15 mL). The mixture was stirred at RT for 1.5 h. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 30-3 (1.00 g, crude), which was used in the next step without further purification.
[0254] Crude 30-3 (1.00 g, crude) was dissolved in a mixture of toluene (25 mL) and MeOH (20 mL). TMS-diazomethane (2 M, 3.17 mL) was added. After stirring for 2 h, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure at RT. The residue was diluted with EA (25 mL), washed with water (25 mL), dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (2% MeOH in DCM) to give 30-4 (451 mg, 43.2%) as a white solid. The aqueous phase was concentrated to give 30-3 (500 mg, 50.0%) as a white solid.
[0255] To a solution of 30-4 (451 mg, 1.37 mmol) in anhydrous CD3OD (18 mL) was added NaBD4 (344 mg, 8.22 mmol) at RT. The mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The reaction was quenched with CD3OD (0.2 mL) and neutralized with AcOH (0.2 mL). The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (4% MeOH in DCM) to give 30-5 (410 mg, 98.7%) as a white solid.
[0256] To a stirred solution of 30-5 (410 mg, 1.35 mmol) in pyridine (2.5 mL) was added imidazole (459 mg, 6.75 mmol) and TBSCl (610 mg, 4.05 mmol) at RT. The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 10 h. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with EA (20 mL) and washed with brine (20 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (10% EA in PE) to give 30-6 (440 mg, 61.3%) as a white solid.
[0257] To a solution of 30-6 (440 mg, 827 Pmol) in anhydrous MeCN (4 mL) were added DMAP (253 mg, 2.07 mmol), Et3N (209.32 mg, 2.07 mmol) and 2,4,6-triisopropylbenzene-1- sulfonyl chloride (626.50 mg, 2.07 mmol) at RT. The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. NH3g H2O (2 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 h. The mixture was diluted with EA (20 mL) and washed with sat. aq. NH4Cl (20 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (2% MeOH in DCM) to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by TLC (10% MeOH in DCM) to give 30-7 (420 mg, 95.63%) as a white solid.
[0258] To a solution of 30-7 (420 mg, 791 Pmol) in MeOH (4 mL) was added NH4F (586 mg, 15.83 mmol) at RT. The mixture was stirred at 90-100 °C for 10 h. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (10% MeOH in DCM) to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by prep-HPLC (neutral condition) to give 30 (201 mg, 61.8% yield, 100% deuterium) as a white solid. ESI-TOF-MS: m/z 303.1 [M+H]+, 605.2 [2M+H]+.
Figure imgf000284_0001
[0259] A solution of 31-1 (0.68 g, 1.07 mmol) in AcOH (10 mL) and TFA (0.25 mL) was stirred 1 h at RT. The mixture was evaporated, and the residue coevaporated with MeCN and toluene. Purification on silica column with MeOH:CH2Cl2 solvent system (2-12% gradient) afforded 31-1 (0.32 g, 82%).
[0260] A mixture of 31-1 (0.32 g, 0.9 mmol) in THF (9 mL) and LiBH4 (94 mg, 3.6 mmol) was stirred 2 d at RT. The reaction was quenched with AcOH:EtOH, and the mixture evaporated. Purification on silica column with MeOH:CH2Cl2 solvent system (4-15% gradient) afforded 31-2 (80 mg, 30%).
[0261] A mixture of 31-2 (80 mg, 0.27 mmol) in pyridine (3 mL) and isobutyric anhydride (90 PL, 0.55 mmol) was stirred overnight at RT. The mixture was evaporated, and the residue coevaporated with toluene. Purification on silica column with EtOAc:hexanes solvent system (30-100% gradient) yielded 31-3 (72 mg, 61%) as a white solid.
[0262] To a solution of 31-3 (72 mg, 0.17 mmol) in MeCN (2 mL) were added triisopropylphenylsulfonyl chloride (102 mg, 0.34 mmol), DMAP (41 mg, 0.34 mmol) and Et3N (47 PL, 0.34 mmol). The mixture was stirred at RT for 90 mins, and then ammonia was quickly bubbled (<1 min) through. The mixture was stirred for 10 mins. The mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2, washed with 0.1 N HCl, sat. aq. NaHCO3, and brine, and dried with Na2SO4. Purification on silica column with MeOH:CH2Cl2 solvent system (4-12% gradient) afforded 31 (46 mg, 60%). MS: m/z = 434.00 [M-1]. EXAMPLE 15
Preparation of Compound 32
Figure imgf000285_0001
[0263] To a solution of isobutiric acid (278
Figure imgf000285_0002
3 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added CDI (486 mg, 3 mmol). After 1 h the solution of isobutiric acid imidazolide was added to a stirred solution of 18 (600 mg, 2 mmol), triethylamine (560 μL, 4 mmol) and DMAP (0.2 mmol) in DMF (5 mL). The solution was left overnight at RT. The reaction was partitioned between isopropyl acetate and sat. aq. ammonium chloride. The organic phase was washed with water and concentrated under reduced pressure. 32 (500 mg, 67%) was isolated by column chromatography (10 to 15% MeOH in DCM) followed by crystallization from isopropanol:hexane (1:2) as a white solid. MS: m/z 371 [M+H]+. EXAMPLE 16
Preparation of Compound 33
Figure imgf000285_0003
[0264] To a stirred solution of 33-1 (2.16 g, 4.73 mmol) in ACN (20 mL) were added triethylamine (1.9 mL, 15 mmol), DMAP (60 mg, 0.5 mmol) and isobutyric anhydride (1.08 mL, 6.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h, and then partitioned between isopropyl acetate and sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic phase was separated, washed with water and concentrated. 33-2 (2.1 g, 84%) was isolated by column chromatography using 25 to 50% EA in hexane as a white foam. MS: m/z 528 [M+H]+. [0265] 33-2 (2.1g, 3.98 mmol) was dissolved in ACN (15 mL,) and the solution was cooled to 0 ι C. Triethylamine (1.1 mL, 8 mmol) and DMAP (537 mg, 4.4 mmol) were added to the solution followed by addition of triisopropylbenzenesulfonil chloride (1.33 g, 4.4 mmol). The mixture was warmed to RT and then stirred for 1 h. The reaction was quenched with ammonium hydroxide (1 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at RT, diluted with isopropyl acetate and filtered from ammonium salts. The filtrate was washed with water and aq. sodium bicarbonate and then concentrated under reduced pressure. 33-3 (2.1 g, ~100%) was isolated by column chromatography using 4-10% MeOH in CH2Cl2 as a yellowish foam. MS: m/z 527 [M+H]+.
[0266] 33-3 (1.10 g, 2.09 mmol) was dissolved in THF (6 mL). The solution was cooled to 0 ιC and treated with 1M TBAF solution in THF (2.1 mL, 2.1 mmol). The reaction was allowed to proceed for 1 h, and then quenched by the addition of a sat. aq. ammonium chloride solution. 33 (450 mg, 58%) was extracted with isopropyl acetate and isolated by column chromatography in 5- 15% MeOH in CH2Cl2 as an off-white foam, MS: m/z 371 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000286_0001
[0267] To a solution of 34-1 (1.2 g, 2.09 mmol) in DCE (40 mL) was added TFA (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography (3% MeOH in DCM) to give 34-2 (600 mg, 95.3%) as a white solid. [0268] To a solution of 34-2 (600 mg, 1.99 mmol) in pyridine (4 mL) was added imidazole (677 mg, 9.95 mmol) and TBSCl (900 mg, 5.97 mmol) at RT. The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 16 h, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with EA (40 mL) and washed with brine (20 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography (10% EA in PE) to give 34-3 (700 mg, 65.7%) as a white solid.
[0269] To a solution of 34-3 (700 mg, 1.32 mmol) in DCM (52 mL) was added NIS (356 mg, 1.58 mmol) and TFA (1.3 mL). The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 3 h. After cooling to RT, the solution was extracted with DCM (30 mL), washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3 and brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (10% EA in PE) to give 34-4 (400 mg, 46.2%) as a white solid.
[0270] A mixture of 34-4 (327 mg, 498 Pmol), Bu3SnH (174 mg, 598 Pmol) and 2,2'- azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) (25 mg, 100 Pmol) in THF-d8 (10 mL) was stirred at 90-100 °C for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. and the residue was purified by column chromatography (10% EA in PE) to give 34-5 (180 mg, 68.00%) as a white solid.
[0271] To a solution of 34-5 (210 mg, 395 Pmol) in anhydrous MeCN (2 mL) were added DMAP (121 mg, 989 Pmol), Et3N (100 mg, 989 Pmol) and 2,4,6-triisopropylbenzene-1- sulfonyl chloride (299 mg, 989 Pmol) at RT. The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. NH3g H2O (1 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 h. The mixture was diluted with EA (15 mL) and washed with sat. aq. NH4Cl (15 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography (2% MeOH in DCM) to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by prep-TLC (10% MeOH in DCM) to give 34-6 (200 mg, 95.42%) as a white solid.
[0272] To a solution of 34-6 (200 mg, 0.38 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was added NH4F (210 mg, 5.66 mmol) at RT. The mixture was stirred at 90-100 °C for 16 h. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (10% MeOH in DCM) to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by prep-HPLC (neutral condition) to give 34 (70 mg, 61.8% yield, 78.4% deuterium) as a white solid. ESI-TOF-MS: m/z = 302.1 [M+H]+, 603.2 [2M+H]+. EXAMPLE 18
Preparation of Compound 35
[0273] Dry nucleoside (0.05 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of PO(OMe)3 (0.7 mL) and pyridine (0.3 mL). The mixture was evaporated in vacuum for 15 mins at a bath temperature of 420C, and then cooled down to R.T. N-Methylimidazole (0.009 mL, 0.11 mmol) was added followed by POCl3 (9ul, 0.11 mmol), and the mixture was kept at R.T. for 40 mins. The reaction was controlled by LCMS and monitored by the appearance of the corresponding nucleoside 5’- monophosphate. After more than 50% of transformation was achieved, tetrabutylammonium salt of pyrophosphate (150 mg) was added, followed by DMF (0.5 mL) to get a homogeneous solution. After 1.5 hours at ambient temperature, the reaction was diluted with water (10 mL) and loaded on the column HiLoad 16/10 with Q Sepharose High Performance. Separation was done in a linear gradient of NaCl from 0 to 1N in 50 mM TRIS-buffer (pH7.5). Triphosphate was eluted at 75- 80%B. Corresponding fractions were concentrated. Desalting was achieved by RP HPLC on Synergy 4 micron Hydro-RP column (Phenominex). A linear gradient of methanol from 0 to 30% in 50 mM triethylammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.5) was used for elution. The corresponding fractions were combined, concentrated and lyophilized 3 times to remove excess of buffer.
Figure imgf000288_0001
EXAMPLE 19
Preparation of Compound 36
Figure imgf000288_0002
[0274] The diphosphate, 36, can be prepared using a similar procedure to preparing the triphosphate of Example 18 with the replacement of tetrabutylammonium salt of pyrophosphate with tetrabutylammonium phosphate (75 mg) and using 0.3 mL of DMF to get the homogeneous solution. EXAMPLE 20
RSV Assay
[0275] The RSV subgenomic replicon 395 HeLa was licensed from Apath (Brooklyn, NY) and was originally developed by Dr. Mark Meeples of Center for Vaccines & Immunity, the Research Institute at Nationwide Children's Hospital in Columbus, Ohio. To generate subgenomic RSV replicon, three glycoprotein genes, those for SH, G, and F, from a full-length recombinant GFP-expressing (rg) RSV antigenomic cDNA were deleted. In their place, a blasticidin S deaminase (bsd) gene was inserted. Through multiple steps, the RSV replicon was established in HeLa cells. The 395 HeLa cells were cultured in Dulbecco’s Modified Eagle Medium (DMEM) containing 4500 mg/L D-glucose, L-glutamine, and 110 mg/L sodium pyruvate (Invitrogen, Cat. #11995-040). The medium was further supplemented with 10% (v/v) fetal bovine serum (FBS) (Mediatech, Cat. #35-010-CV), 1% (v/v) penicillin/streptomycin (Mediatech, Cat. #30-002-CI), and 10 g/mL of Blasticidin (BSD) (Invivogen, Cat. code ant-bl-1). Cells were maintained at 37 qC in a humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere.
[0276] Determination of 50% inhibitory concentration (EC50), 90% inhibitory concentration (EC90) and 50% cytotoxic concentration (CC50) in RSV replicon cells were performed by the following procedure. On the first day, 5000 RSV replicon cells per well were plated in a 96- well plate. On the following day, compounds to be tested were solubilized in 100% DMSO to 100X the desired final testing concentration. Each compound was serially diluted (1:3) up to 9 distinct concentrations. Compounds in 100% DMSO were reduced to 10% (v/v) DMSO by diluting 1:10 in cell culture media. A 10 μL sample of the compounds diluted to 10% (v/v) DMSO with cell culture media was used to treat the RSV replicon cells in 96-well format. The final DMSO concentration was 1% (v/v). Cells were incubated with compounds for 7 days at 37 qC in a 5% CO2 atmosphere. In each assay, positive control that was previously characterized in the RSV replicon assay was included.
[0277] The Renilla Luciferase Assay System (Promega, Cat. #E2820) was used to measure anti-RSV replicon activity. Assay plates were set up as stated above. Luminescence was recorded using a Perkin Elmer multilabel counter Victor3V. EC50, the concentration of the drug required for reducing RSV replicon RNA by 50% in relation to the untreated cell control value, was calculated from the plot of percentage reductions of the optical density (OD) value against the drug concentrations using the Microsoft Excel forecast function.
[0278] 395 HeLa cell proliferation assay (Promega; CellTiter-Glo Luminescent Cell Viability Assay, Cat. #G7572) was used to measure cell viability. The CellTiter-Glo® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay is a homogeneous method to determine the number of viable cells in culture based on quantitation of the ATP present, which signals the presence of metabolically active cells. Assay plates were set up in the same format as noted above for the replicon assay. CellTiter-Glo reagent (100 L) was added to each well and incubated at room temperature for 8 minutes. Luminescence was recorded using a Perkin Elmer multilabel counter Victor3V. The CC50, the concentration of the drug required for reducing viable cells by 50% in relation to the untreated cell control value, was calculated from the plot of percentage reductions of the luminescence value against the drug concentrations using the Microsoft Excel forecast function.
[0279] Compounds 31 and 34 each had an EC50 value less than 1 μM. EXAMPLE 21
Combination Studies
RSV with Renilla Reporter
[0280] RSV expressing Renilla luciferase (A2-RL-line19F) was generated by Dr. Martin Moore of Emory University, Atlanta, GA, USA. The in vitro viral kinetics of A2-RL-line19F is similar to that of wild type RSV (See Hotard, A.L., Virology (2012) 434(1):129–136).
[0281] Host cell HEp-2 was purchased from ATCC (Cat. #CCL-23) and cells were cultured in DMEM/Ham’s F-12 50/50 1× containing L-glutamine and 15 mM HEPES (Mediatech, Cat. #10-092-CM). The medium was further supplemented with 5% (v/v) FBS (Mediatech, Cat. #35-010-CV) and 1% (v/v) penicillin/streptomycin (Mediatech, Cat. #30-002-CI). HEp-2 cells were maintained at 37 °C in a humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere. Drug Treatment and Viral Dosing
[0282] To determine the effect of a combination of compounds, the following procedure was followed. On the first day, 20,000 HEp-2 cells were plated per well in a 96-well plate. On the following day, test articles were solubilized in 100% DMSO (for chemicals) or 1 x PBS (for biologics) to 200x the desired final testing concentration. Subsequently, Compound (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, was serially diluted (1:3) to 9 distinct concentrations "horizontally" in a 96-well plate, and Compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, was serially diluted (1:3) to 7 distinct concentrations "vertically" in 96-well plate. The serially diluted 200x test articles were then diluted 1:10 into cell culture media to generate 20x test articles. A 5 μL aliquot of the 20x test articles was added in a checkerboard fashion to the cells with 90 PL existing media. Space was also allotted for titrations of each of the compounds alone to be used as reference controls. After 12 hour pre-incubation of test articles, A2-RL-line19F at an MOI of 0.5 was added to the plate and further incubated for 2 days at 37 °C in a 5% CO2. Determination of Anti-RSV Activity
[0283] The Renilla Luciferase Assay System (Promega, Cat. # E2820) was used to measure anti-RSV replicon activity. Assay plates were set up as stated above. Luminescence was recorded using a Perkin Elmer multilabel counter Victor3V. Cell Viability Assay
[0284] Promega CellTiter-Glo Luminescent Cell Viability Assay, Cat. #G7572) was used to measure cell viability. The CellTiter-Glo® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay is a homogeneous method to determine the number of viable cells in culture based on quantitation of the adenosine triphosphate (ATP) present, which signals the presence of metabolically active cells. Assay plates were set up in the same format the anti-RSV assay, except that no virus was added to the cell viability assay. A 100-μL aliquot of CellTiter-Glo reagent was added to each well and incubated at room temperature for 8 minutes. Luminescence was recorded using a Perkin Elmer multilabel counter Victor3V. Data Analysis
[0285] Each experiment was performed at N=5 for both anti-RSV activity and cell viability. Mean percent inhibition of the replicon values from the 5 experiments was generated and for anti-RSV activity, it was analyzed using two drug interaction analysis models, Isobologram Analysis and/or Prichard’s Model. Isobologram Analysis
[0286] The effects of drug-drug combinations were evaluated by the Loewe additivity model in which the experimental data were analyzed using CalcuSyn (Biosoft, Ferguson, MO), a computer program based on the method of Chou and Talalay. The combination index (CI) value and the isobologram for each experimental combination were calculated. CI values of <1, 1, and >1 indicate synergy, additive effect, and antagonism, respectively. Under the synergy category, CI<0.1 is considered very strong synergism; CI 0.1-0.3 strong synergism; CI 0.3-0.7 synergism and CI 0.7- 0.85 moderate synergism. The isobologram analysis, which graphically represents additive, synergistic, and antagonistic drug effects, was also used to model the interaction of antiviral activities. In this representation, an effective concentration (EC) value of one drug is plotted on one axis and corresponding EC value of a second drug is plotted on the second axis; the line connecting these two points represents the amount of each drug in a combination that would be required to reach the equivalent EC value, given that their effects are additive. Prichard’s Model (MacSynergy II)
[0287] MacSynergy II software was kindly provided by Dr. M. Prichard (University of Michigan). This program allows the three-dimensional examination of drug interactions of all data points generated from the checkerboard combination of two inhibitors with Bliss-Independence model. Confidence bounds are determined from replicate data. If the 95% confidence limits (CL) do not overlap the theoretic additive surface, then the interaction between the two drugs differs significantly from additive. The volumes of synergy or antagonism can be determined and graphically depicted in three dimensions and represent the relative quantity of synergism or antagonism per change in the two drug concentrations. Synergy and antagonism volumes are based on the Bliss independence model, which assumes that both compounds act independently on different targets. A set of predicted fractional responses faAB under the Bliss independence model is calculated as faAB = faA + faB - faA• faB with faA and faB representing the fraction of possible responses, e.g. % inhibition, of compounds A and B at amounts dA and dB, respectively, and describes the % inhibition of a combination of compounds A and B at amount (dA+dB). If faAB > faA + faB - faA• faB then we have Bliss synergy; if faAB < faA + faB - faA• faB then we have Bliss antagonism. The 95% synergy/antagonism volumes are the summation of the differences between the observed inhibition and the 95% confidence limit on the prediction of faAB under the Bliss independence model. Table 1 shows the volumes and corresponding volume descriptions for the results of the Bliss Independence Analysis. MacSynergy II was used for data analysis.
[0288] The synergy volume results for the combinations are provided in Table 2. Table 1. MacSynergy II Volume Descriptions
Figure imgf000293_0002
Table 2.
Figure imgf000293_0001
[0289] Although the foregoing has been described in some detail by way of illustrations and examples for purposes of clarity and understanding, it will be understood by those of skill in the art that numerous and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit of the present disclosure. Therefore, it should be clearly understood that the forms disclosed herein are illustrative only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure, but rather to also cover all modification and alternatives coming with the true scope and spirit of the invention.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A method for ameliorating or treating a paramyxovirus virus infection comprising administering to a subject infected with the paramyxovirus virus an effective amount of a combination of Compound (A) and one or more of Compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein:
the Compound (A) has the structure:
Figure imgf000294_0001
wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, an optionally substituted acyl, an
optionally substituted O-linked amino acid and
Figure imgf000294_0002
R2 is chloro or azido;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of OH,–OC(=O)RA1 and an optionally substituted O-linked amino acid;
R4 and R5 are independently H or D;
R6 and R7 is independently absent, H,
Figure imgf000294_0003
,
Figure imgf000294_0004
RA1 is an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl;
RA2 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted–O–C1-24 alkyl, an optionally substituted–O–aryl, an optionally substituted–O–heteroaryl, an
optionally substituted–O–monocyclic heterocyclyl,
Figure imgf000295_0001
RA3 is selected from the group consisting of H, an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl and an optionally substituted aryl;
RC1 and RC2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl and an optionally substituted aryl;
s is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
t is 0 or 1; and
Z1 is O or S;
one or more of Compound (B) is selected from the group consisting of an anti-RSV antibody, a fusion protein inhibitor, an N-protein inhibitor, a RSV polymerase inhibitor, an IMPDH inhibitor, an interferon and an other compound that inhibits the RSV virus, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing; and
the paramyxovirus virus infection is selected from the group consisting of a respiratory syncytial virus infection, a parainfluenza virus infection and a metapneumovirus infection.
2. A method for ameliorating or treating a paramyxovirus virus infection comprising contacting a cell infected with the paramyxovirus virus with an effective amount of a combination of Compound (A) and one or more of Compound (B) , or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein:
the Compound (A) has the structure:
Figure imgf000295_0002
wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consistin of H, an o tionall substituted ac l, an
optionally substituted O-linked amino acid,
Figure imgf000296_0001
;
R2 is chloro or azido;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of OH,–OC(=O)RA1 and an optionally substituted O-linked amino acid;
R4 and R5 are independently H or D;
R6 and R7 is independently absent, H,
Figure imgf000296_0002
,
Figure imgf000296_0003
R8, R9 and each R10 are independently absent or H;
RA1 is an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl;
RA2 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted–O–C1-24 alkyl, an optionally substituted–O–aryl, an optionally substituted–O–heteroaryl, an
optionally substituted–O–monocyclic heterocyclyl,
Figure imgf000296_0004
RA3 is selected from the group consisting of H, an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl and an optionally substituted aryl;
RC1 and RC2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl and an optionally substituted aryl;
m is 1 or 2;
s is 0, 1, 2 or 3; t is 0 or 1; and
Z1 is O or S;
one or more of Compound (B) is selected from the group consisting of an anti-RSV antibody, a fusion protein inhibitor, an N-protein inhibitor, a RSV polymerase inhibitor, an IMPDH inhibitor, an interferon and an other compound that inhibits the RSV virus, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing; and
the paramyxovirus virus infection is selected from the group consisting of a respiratory syncytial virus infection, a parainfluenza virus infection and a metapneumovirus infection.
3. Use of an effective amount of a combination of Compound (A) and one or more of Compound (B), or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, in the preparation of a medicament for ameliorating or treating a paramyxovirus virus infection wherein:
the Compound (A) has the structure:
Figure imgf000297_0001
wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consistin of H, an o tionall substituted ac l, an
optionally substituted O-linked amino acid,
Figure imgf000297_0002
;
R2 is chloro or azido;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of OH,–OC(=O)RA1 and an optionally substituted O-linked amino acid;
R4 and R5 are independently H or D; R6 and R7 is inde endentl absent, H,
Figure imgf000298_0001
,
Figure imgf000298_0002
R8, R9 and each R10 are independently absent or H;
RA1 is an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl;
RA2 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted–O–C1-24 alkyl, an optionally substituted–O–aryl, an optionally substituted–O–heteroaryl, an
optionally substituted–O–monocyclic heterocyclyl,
Figure imgf000298_0003
RA3 is selected from the group consisting of H, an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl and an optionally substituted aryl;
RC1 and RC2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl and an optionally substituted aryl;
m is 1 or 2;
s is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
t is 0 or 1; and
Z1 is O or S;
one or more of Compound (B) is selected from the group consisting of an anti-RSV antibody, a fusion protein inhibitor, an N-protein inhibitor, a RSV polymerase inhibitor, an IMPDH inhibitor, an interferon and an other compound that inhibits the RSV virus, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing; and
the paramyxovirus virus infection is selected from the group consisting of a respiratory syncytial virus infection, a parainfluenza virus infection and a metapneumovirus infection.
4. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-3, wherein the paramyxovirus virus infection is a respiratory syncytial virus infection.
5. The method or use of Claim 4, wherein the RSV is Type A.
6. The method or use of Claim 4, wherein the RSV is Type B.
7. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-3, wherein the paramyxovirus virus infection is a parainfluenza virus infection.
8. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-3, wherein the paramyxovirus virus infection is a metapneumovirus infection.
9. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein one or more of Compound (B) is an anti-RSV antibody.
10. The method or use of Claim 9, wherein the anti-RSV antibody is selected from the group consisting of
RSV-IGIV (RespiGam®)
palivizumab (Synagis®, a chimeric humanized IgG monoclonal antibody) and motavizumab (MEDI-524, humanized monoclonal antibody).
11. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein one or more of Compound (B) is a fusion protein inhibitor.
12. The method or use of Claim 11, wherein the fusion protein inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of
1-cyclopropyl-3-[[1-(4-hydroxybutyl)benzimidazol-2-yl]methyl]imidazo[4,5- c]pyridin-2-one (BMS-433771),
4,4"-bis-{4,6-bis-[3-(bis-carbamoylmethyl-sulfamoyl)-phenylamino]-(1,3,5)triazin- 2-ylamino}-biphenyl-2,2"-disulfonic-acid (RFI-641),
4,4'-Bis[4,6-di[3-aminophenyl-N,N-bis(2-carbamoylethyl)-sulfonilimino]-1,3,5- triazine-2-ylamino]-biphenyl-2,2'-disulfonic acid, disodium salt (CL387626),
2-[[2-[[1-(2-aminoethyl)-4-piperidinyl]amino]-4-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl]-6- methyl-3-pyridinol (JNJ-2408068),
2-[[6-[[[2-(3-Hydroxypropyl)-5-methylphenyl]amino]methyl]-2-[[3-(morpholin-4- yl)propyl]amino]benzimidazol-1-yl]methyl]-6-methylpyridin-3-ol (TMC-353121),
5,5ƍ-bis[1-(((5-amino-1H-tetrazolyl)imino)methyl)]2,2ƍ,4ƍƍ-methylidynetrisphenol (VP-14637, MDT-637), N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-4-methoxy-N-methyl-3-(6-methyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[3,4- a]phthalazin-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (P13),
2-((2-((1-(2-aminoethyl)piperidin-4-yl)amino)-4-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1- yl)methyl)-6-methylpyridin-3-ol (R170591),
1,4-bis(3-methylpyridin-4-yl)-1,4-diazepane (C15),
(R)-9b-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(4-fluorobenzoyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H- imidazo[1',2':1,2]pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-5(9bH)-one (BTA9981),
[2,2-bis(docosyloxy-oxymethyl)propyl-5-acetaoamido-3,5-dideoxy-4,7,8,9-tetra-O- (sodium-oxysulfonyl)-D-glycero-D-galacto-2-nonulopyranosid]onate (MBX-300),
BTA-C286,
N-(2-((S)-2-(5-((S)-3-aminopyrrolidin-1-yl)-6-methylpyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2- yl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)-4-chlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (GS-5806),
an anti-RSV nanobody and
a peptide fusion inhibitor,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
13. The method or use of Claim 12, wherein peptide fusion inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of:
a peptide having the sequence DEFDASISQVNEKINQSLAFIRKSDELL (T-67), and
a peptide having the sequence FDASISQVNEKINQSLAFIRKSDELLHNVNAGKST (T-118).
14. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein one or more of Compound (B) is an N-protein inhibitor.
15. The method or use of Claim 14, wherein the N-protein inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of (S)-1-(2-fluorophenyl)-3-(2-oxo-5-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1H- benzo[e][1,4]diazepin-3-yl)urea (RSV-604), STP-92 (siRNA delivered through nanoparticle based delivery systems, Sirnaomics) and iKT-041 (Inhibikase), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
16. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein one or more of Compound (B) is a RSV polymerase inhibitor.
17. The method or use of Claim 16, wherein the RSV polymerase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of 6-{4-[(biphenyl-2-ylcarbonyl)amino]benzoyl}-N-cyclopropyl-5,6-dihydro-4H- thieno[3,2-d][1]benzazepine-2-carboxamide (YM-53403),
N-cyclopropyl-5-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzamido)benzoyl)-5,6,7,10- tetrahydrobenzo[b]cyclopenta[d]azepine-9-carboxamide,
6-(4-(2-(2-oxa-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonan-7-yl)nicotinamido)benzoyl)-N-cyclopropyl-5,6- dihydro-4H-benzo[b]thieno[2,3-d]azepine-2-carboxamide,
4-amino-8-(3-{[2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl]amino}propyl)-6,6-dimethyl-2-(4- methyl-3-nitrophenyl)-1H-imidazo[4,5-h]-isoquinoline-7,9(6H,8H)-dione and
6-(4-(2-(2-oxa-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonan-7-yl)nicotinamido)benzoyl)-N-cyclopropyl-5,6- dihydro-4H-benzo[b]thieno[2,3-d]azepine-2-carboxamide (AZ27),
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
18. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein one or more of Compound (B) is an IMPDH inhibitor.
19. The method or use of Claim 18, wherein the IMPDH inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of
ribavirin,
5-ethynyl-1-beta-D-ribofuranosylimidazole-4-carboxamide (EICAR), 4-hydroxy-3-beta-D-ribofuranosylpyrazole-5-carboxamide (pyrazofurin),
1-((2R,3R,4S,5R)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-1H-1,2,4- triazole-3-carboximidamide (Taribavirin, viramidine),
1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylcyanamide (LY253963),
tetrahydrofuran-3-yl-3-(3-(3-methoxy-4-(oxazol-5- yl)phenyl)ureido)benzylcarbamate (VX-497),
(4E)-6-(4-Hydroxy-6-methoxy-7-methyl-3-oxo-1,3-dihydro-2-benzofuran-5-yl)-4- methylhex-4-enoic acid (Mycophenolic acid) and
2-morpholin-4-ylethyl-(E)-6-(4-hydroxy-6-methoxy-7-methyl-3-oxo-1H-2- benzofuran-5-yl)-4-methylhex-4-enoate (Mycophenolate Mofetil),
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
20. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein one or more of Compound (B) is an interferon.
21. The method or use of Claim 20, wherein the interferon is a pegylated interferon.
22. The method or use of any one of Claims 20-21, wherein the interferon is a Type 1 interferon.
23. The method or use of Claim 22, wherein the Type 1 interferon is an alpha-interferon (IFN-Į).
24. The method or use of Claim 23, wherein the IFN-Į is selected from the group consisting of Pegylated interferon-alpha-2a (PEGASYS®), Pegylated interferon-alpha-2b (PEG- INTRON®) and interferon alfacon-1 (INFERGEN®).
25. The method or use of any one of Claims 20-21, wherein the Type 1 interferon is a beta-interferon (IFN-ȕ).
26. The method or use of any one of Claims 20-21, wherein the interferon is a Type 2 interferon.
27. The method or use of any one of Claims 20-21, wherein the interferon is a Type 3 interferon.
28. The method or use of Claim 27, wherein the Type 3 interferon is a lambda-interferon (IFN-O).
29. The method or use of Claim 28, wherein the IFN-O is pegylated interferon lambda.
30. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein one or more of Compound (B) is an other compound that inhibits the RSV virus.
31. The method or use of Claim 30, wherein the other compound is selected from the group consisting of
a double stranded RNA oligonucleotide,
5-methyl-N-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]-isoxazole-4-carboxamide (leflumomide), N-(2-chloro-4-methylphenyl)-2-((1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2- yl)thio)propanamide (JMN3-003),
Medi-559,
Medi-534,
Medi-557,
an intratracheal formulation of recombinant human CC10 (CG-100), high titer, human immunoglobulin (RI-001, ADMA Biologics Inc.) and a non-neutralizing mAb against the G protein (mAb 131-2G),
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
32. The method or use of Claim 31, wherein the double stranded RNA oligonucleotide is ALN-RSV01 or ALN-RSV02.
33. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B1) having the structure:
Figure imgf000303_0001
or a stereoisomeric form thereof, wherein
Het is a heteroc cle havin formula b , c , d or e
Figure imgf000303_0002
Figure imgf000303_0003
each X independently is C or N; provided that at least one X is N;
R1b is present when Het has formula (b) and X is C; each R1b is selected independently from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, B(OH)2 and B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R1b is absent when the X to which it is bound is N;
R2b is -(CR8R9)m-R10b;
each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, COOCH3 and CONHSO2CH3; each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of OH, C1-C6 alkyloxy, NH2, NHSO2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, NHSO2NHCH3, NHSO2(C1-C6 alkyl), NHSO2(C3-C7 cycloalkyl) and N(C1-C6 alkyl)2;
each R8 and R9 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C1-C10 alkyl and C3-C7 cycloalkyl; or R8 and R9 taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring that optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S and O;
R10b is selected from the group consisting of H, R11, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CON(R8)SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, O-Benzyl, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8, OCONR8R9, OCONR8R12, N(R8)CON(R8R9), N(R8)COOR12, and a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one oxygen atom;
m is an integer from 2 to 6;
R11 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen;
R12 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen; or R12 is C1-C6 alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl; each substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen;
R1c is present when Het has formula (c);
each R1c is selected independently from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7c), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, B(OH)2 and B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2;
R3c is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy and CO(R7c);
R2c is -(CR8R9)m-R10c;
R7c is selected from the group consisting of OH, O(C1-C6 alkyl), NH2, NHSO2N(C1- C6 alkyl)2, NHSO2NHCH3, NHSO2(C1-C6 alkyl), NHSO2(C3-C7 cycloalkyl), N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, NR8R9 and NR9R10c;
R10c is selected from the group consisting of H, R11, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, C(=NOH)NH2, CONR8R9, COOR8, CONR8SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8 and a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one oxygen atom;
R1d is present when Het has formula (d) and X is C; each R1d is selected independently from the group consisting of H, OH, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7), CH2NH2, CH2OH, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, B(OH)2 and B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R1d is absent when the X to which it is bound is N;
R3d is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, and CO(R7);
R2d is -(CR8R9)m-R10d;
R10d is selected from the group consisting of H, R11, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CONR8SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8,NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8 and a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one oxygen atom;
each Y independently is C or N;
R1e is present when Het has formula (e) and Y is C; each R1e is selected independently from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, B(OH)2 and B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R1e is absent when the Y to which it is bound is N;
R3e is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -(CR8R9)m-R10e, CŁC-CH2- R10e, CŁC-R10e and C=C-R10e;
R10e is selected from the group consisting of H, R11, C1-C6 alkyloxy, OH, CN, F, CF2H,CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CON(R8)SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8 and a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one oxygen atom;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of tert-butyl, Het1, aryl, Het2, CH(CH3)(CF3), and C3-C7 cycloalkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo and C1-C4 alkyl;
aryl represents phenyl or naphthalenyl; said aryl optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo C1- C4 alkyloxy, C1-C4 alkyl, OH, CN, CF2H, CF3, CF30, CONR8R9, COOR8,CON(R8)SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9,SO2NR8R9, SO2R8, OCONR8R9, OCONR8R12, N(R8)CON(R8R9), N(R8)COOR12; or C1-C4 alkyloxyC1-C4 alkyloxy;
Het1 represents a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one N atom, optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, SO2R8
, C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl, CO(aryl), COHet2, C1-C4 alkyloxycarbonyl, pyridinyl, CF3, SO2N(C1-C4 alkyl)2, SO2NH(C1-C4 alkyl), (C=O)NH(C1- C4 alkyl), (C=S)NH(C1-C4 alkyl), C1-C4 alkyl and C1-C4 alkyl substituted with one hydroxy; or
Het1 represents a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one O atom, substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, CF3, NH(C=O)(C1-C4 alkyl), (C=O)NH(C1-C4 alkyl) and C1-C4 alkyl; or Het represents a bicyclic 7 to 11 membered non-aromatic heterocycle containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, SO2R8, C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl, CO(aryl), COHet2, C1-C4 alkyloxycarbonyl, pyridinyl, CF3, SO2N(C1-C4 alkyl)2, SO2NH(C1-C4 alkyl), (C=O)NH(C1-C4 alkyl), (C=S)NH(C1-C4 alkyl), C1-C4 alkyl and C1-C4 alkyl substituted with one hydroxy;
Het2 represents a monocyclic 5 to 6 membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; or a bicyclic 8 to 12 membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; said Het2 optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, C1-C4 alkyl, OH, CN, CF2H, CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CON(R8)SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8, OCONR8R9, OCONRV2, N(R8)CON(R8R9), N(R8)COOR12;
Z is C or N; R5 is present where Z is C, whereby R5 is selected form the group consisting of hydrogen, CF3 and halogen; R5 is absent where Z is N;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable addition salt or a solvate thereof.
34. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B2) having the structure:
Figure imgf000307_0001
a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, wherein
Het is a heterocycle h
Figure imgf000307_0002
R1a is Br or Cl;
R2a is -(CR8aR9a)n-R10a;
each R8a and R9a are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C1-C10 alkyl and C3-C7 cycloalkyl; or R8a and R9a taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring; wherein the 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S and O;
R10a is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, R11, OH, CF3, CHF2, F, Cl, SO2CH3, SO2C3-C7 cycloalkyl, NR8aSO2R8a, SO2NR8aR9a, NR8aSO2C3-C7 cycloalkyl, CN, NR8aR9a, COOH, COOR8a, CONR8aR9a, OCOC1-C6 alkyl, CONR8aSO2R9a, CONR8aSO2NR8aR9a, a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring and a 5 to 6 membered aromatic ring; wherein the aliphatic or aromatic ring optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S and O;
R11 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen;
n is an integer having a value from 1 to 6;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, CN, CF3 and halo;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, tert-butyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, CH(CH3)(CF3), C2-C10 alkenyl, CH2CF3, SO2CH3, -CH2-p-fluorophenyl, aryl, Het1, Het2 and C3-C7 cycloalkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo and C1-C4 alkyl;
aryl represents phenyl or naphthalenyl; said aryl optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1- C4 alkyloxy, OH, CN, CF2H, CF3, CONR8aR9a, COOR8a, CON(R8a)SO2R9a, CON(R8a)SO2N(R8aR9a), NR8aR9a, NR8aCOOR9a, OCOR8a, NR8aSO2R9a, SO2NR8aR9a, SO2R8a, OCONR8aR9a, OCONR8aR11a, N(R8a)CON(R8aR9a), N(R8a)COOR11a, and C1-C4 alkyl;
Het1 represents a monocyclic 4 to 6 membered non-aromatic heterocycle containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; or a bicyclic 7 to 11 membered non-aromatic heterocycle containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; said Het1 optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, SO2R8a C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C4 alkyloxycarbonyl, CO(aryl), COHet2, pyridinyl, CF3, SO2N(C1-C4 alkyl)2, SO2NH(C1-C4 alkyl), NH(C=O)(C1-C4 alkyl), (C=O)NH(C1-C4 alkyl), (C=S)NH(C1-C4 alkyl), C1-C4 alkyl and C1-C4 alkyl substituted with one hydroxy;
Het2 represents a monocyclic 5 to 6 membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; or a bicyclic 8 to 12 membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; said Het2 optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, OH, CN, CF2H, CF3, CONR8aR9a, COOR8a, CON(R8a)SO2R9a, CON(R8a)SO2N(R8aR9a),NR8aR9a, NR8aCOOR9a, OCOR8a, NR8aSO2R9a, SO2NR8aR9a, SO2R8a, OCONR8aR9a, OCONR8aR11a, N(R8a)CON(R8aR9a), N(R8a)COOR11a and C1-C4 alkyl;
R11a is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen; or R11a is C1-C6 alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl; each substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen;
Z is CH or N; or a pharmaceutically acceptable addition salt or a solvate thereof.
35. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B3) having the structure:
Figure imgf000309_0001
a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, wherein
Het is a heterocycle having formula (b), (c), (d) or (e)
Figure imgf000309_0002
each X independently is C or N; provided that at least one X is N;
R1b is present when Het has formula (b) and X is C; each R1b is selected independently from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, B(OH)2 and B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R1b is absent when the X to which it is bound is N;
R2b is -(CR8R9)m-R10b;
each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, COOCH3 and CONHSO2CH3; each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of OH, C1-C6 alkyloxy, NH2, NHSO2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, NHSO2NHCH3, NHSO2(C1-C6 alkyl), NHSO2(C3-C7 cycloalkyl) and
Figure imgf000309_0003
each R8 and R9 are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl and C3-C7 cycloalkyl; or R8 and R9 taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring that optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S and O;
R10b is selected from the group consisting of H, R11, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CON(R8)SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, O-Benzyl, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8, OCONR8R9, OCONR8R12, N(R8)CON(R8R9), N(R8)COOR12 and a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one oxygen atom;
R11 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen;
R12 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen;
or R12 is C1-C6 alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl; each substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen;
m is an integer from 2 to 6;
R1c is present when Het has formula (c);
each R1c is selected independently from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7c), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, B(OH)2 and B(O-C1-C 6alkyl)2;
R3c is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy and CO(R7c);
R2c is -(CR8R9)m-R10c;
R7c is selected from the group consisting of OH, O(C1-C6 alkyl), NH2, NHSO2N(C1- C6 alkyl)2, NHSO2NHCH3, NHSO2(C1-C6 alkyl), NHSO2(C3-C7 cycloalkyl), N(C1-C6- alkyl)2, NR8R9 and NR9R10c;
R10c is selected from the group consisting of H, R11, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, C(=NOH)NH2, CONR8R9, COOR8, CONR8SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8 and a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one oxygen atom;
R1d is present when Het has formula (d) and X is C; each R1d is selected independently from the group consisting of H, OH, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, B(OH)2 and B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R1d is absent when the X to which it is bound is N;
R3d is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, and CO(R7);
R2d is -(CR8R9)m-R10d;
R10d is selected from the group consisting of H, R11, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CONR8SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8 and a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one oxygen atom;
each Y independently is C or N;
R1e is present when Het has formula (e) and Y is C; each R1e is selected independently from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, B(OH)2 and B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R1e is absent when the Y to which it is bound is N;
R3e is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -(CR8R9)m-R10e, CŁC-CH2- R10e, CŁC-R10e and C=C-R10e;
R10e is selected from the group consisting of H, R11, C1-C6 alkyloxy, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CON(R8)SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8 and a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing one oxygen atom;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyloxy, CN, CF3 and halogen;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, tert-butyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, CH2CF3, CH(CH3)(CF3), SO2CH3, -CH2-p-fluorophenyl, aryl, Het1, Het2 and C3-C7 cycloalkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo and C1-C4 alkyl;
aryl represents phenyl or naphthalenyl; said aryl optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1- C4alkyloxy, C1-C4alkyl, OH, CN, CF2H, CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CON(R8)SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8, OCONR8R9, OCONR8R12, N(R8)CON(R8R9) and N(R8)COOR12;
Het1 represents a monocyclic 4 to 6 membered non-aromatic heterocycle containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; or a bicyclic 7 to 11 membered non-aromatic heterocycle containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; said Het1 optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, SO2R, C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl, CO(aryl), COHet2, C1-C4 alkyloxycarbonyl, pyridinyl, CF3, SO2N(C1-C4 alkyl)2, SO2NH(C1-C4
Figure imgf000312_0001
(C1-C4 alkyl), (C=S)NH(C1-C4 alkyl) and C1-C4 alkyl;
Het2 represents a monocyclic 5 to 6 membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; or a bicyclic 8 to 12 membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; said Het2 optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, C1-C4 alkyl, OH, CN, CF2H, CF3, CONRV, COOR8, CON(R8)SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8, OCONR8R9, OCONR8R12, N(R8)CON(R8R9) and N(R8)COOR12;
Z is CH or N;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable addition salt or a solvate thereof.
36. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B4) having the structure:
Figure imgf000312_0002
or a stereoisomeric form thereof, wherein
Het is a heterocycle having formula (a)
Figure imgf000313_0001
R1a is Br or Cl;
R2a is -(CR8aR9a)n-R10a;
each R8a and R9a are independently chosen from the group consisting of H, C1-C10 alkyl and C3-C7 cycloalkyl; or R8a and R9a taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring; wherein the 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S and O;
R10a is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, R11, OH, CF3, CHF2, F, Cl, SO2CH3, SO2C3-C7 cycloalkyl, NR8aSO2R8a, SO2NR8aR9a, NR8aSO2C3-C7 cycloalkyl, CN, NR8aR9a, COOH, COOR8a, CONR8aR9a, OCOC1-C6 alkyl, CONR8aSO2R9a, CONR8aSO2NR8aR9a, a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring and a 5 to 6 membered aromatic ring; wherein the aliphatic or aromatic ring optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S and O;
R11 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen;
n is an integer having a value from 1 to 6;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of tert-butyl, CH(CH3)(CF3), aryl, Het1, Het2 and C3-C7 cycloalkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo and C1-C4 alkyl; aryl represents phenyl or naphthalenyl; said aryl optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, OH, CN, CF2H, CF3, CONR8aR9a, COOR8a, CON(R8a)SO2R9a, CON(R8a)SO2N(R8aR9a), NR8aR9a, NR8aCOOR9a, OCOR8a, NR8aSO2R9a, SO2NR8aR9a, SO2R8a, OCONR8aR9a, OCONR8aR11b, N(R8a)CON(R8aR9a), N(R8a)COOR11b, and C1-C4 alkyl;
Het1 represents a monocyclic 4 to 6 membered non-aromatic heterocycle containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; or a bicyclic 7 to 1 1 non-aromatic heterocycle containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; said Het1 optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, SO2R8a C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C4 alkyloxycarbonyl, CO(aryl), COHet2, pyridinyl, CF3, SO2N(C1-C4 alkyl)2, SO2NH(C1-C4 alkyl), NH(C=O)( C1- C4 alkyl), (C=O)NH(C1-C4 alkyl), (C=S)NH(C1-C4 alkyl), C1-C4 alkyl and C1-C4 alkyl substituted with one hydroxy;
Het2 represents a monocyclic 5 to 6 membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; or a bicyclic 8 to 12 membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; said Het2 optionally being substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-C4 alkyloxy, OH, CN, CF2H, CF3, CONR8aR9a, COOR8a, CON(R8a)SO2R9a, CON(R8a)SO2N(R8aR9a), NR8aR9a, NR8aCOOR9a, OCOR8a, NR8aSO2R9a, SO2NR8aR9a, SO2R8a, OCONR8aR9a, OCONR8aR11b, N(R8a)CON(R8aR9a), N(R8a)COOR11b and C1-C4 alkyl;
R11b is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridinyl and pyrazolyl; each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen; or R11b is C1-C6 alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl; each substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 and halogen;
Z is C or N; R5 is present where Z is C, whereby R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CF3 and halogen; R5 is absent where Z is N;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable addition salt or a solvate thereof.
37. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B5) having the structure:
Figure imgf000314_0001
or a prodrug, N-oxide, addition salt, quaternary amine, metal complex, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof,
wherein: each X independently is C or N;
R1 is selected from the group of H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, N(R6)2, CO(R7), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, and B(OH)2; B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, and CO(R7);
Figure imgf000315_0001
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, SO2-R8, CH2CF3, SO2CH3 or a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing an oxygen atom;
R5 is present where X is C, and is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, CO(R7), CF3 and halogen; R5 is absent where X is N;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, COOCH3, and CONHSO2CH3;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of OH, O(C1-C6 alkyl), NH2, NHSO2N(C1- C6 alkyl)2, NHSO2NCH3, NHSO2(C1-C6 alkyl), NHSO2(C3-C7 cycloalkyl), and N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, NR8R9, NR9R10;
n is an integer from 2 to 6;
R8 and R9 are each independently chosen from H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl or R8 and R9 taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring that optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from the group N, S, O;
R10 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, C(=NOH)NH2, CONR8R9, COOR8, CONR8SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2NR8 or a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing an oxygen atom.
38. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B6) having the structure:
Figure imgf000316_0001
or a prodrug, N-oxide, addition salt, quaternary amine, metal complex, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof,
wherein:
each X independently is C or N; at least one X = N;
each Y independently is C or N;
R1 is present when X = C and R1 is selected from the group of H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, N(R5)2, CO(R6), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, and B(OH)2; B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R1 is absent when X = N;
R2 is–(CR7R8)n-R9;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, SO2-R7; CH2CF3 or a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing an oxygen atom;
R4 is present where Y is C and is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, CO(R7), COO(R7), CF3 and halogen,
R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, COOCH3, and CONHSO2CH3;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of OH, O(C1-C6 alkyl), NH2, NHSO2N(C1- C6 alkyl)2, NHSO2NHCH3, NHSO2(C1-C6 alkyl), NHSO2(C3-C7 cycloalkyl), and N(C1-C6- alkyl)2;
R7 and R8 are each independently chosen from H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl or R7 and R8 taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring that optionally contains a heteroatom selected from the group N, S, O; R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, R10, C1-C6 alkyl, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, CONR7R8, COOR7, CON(R7)SO2R8, CON(R7)SO2N(R7R8), NR7R8, NR7COOR8, OCOR7, O-Benzyl, NR7SO2R8, SO2 R7R8, SO2R7, OCONR7R8, OCONR7R10, N(R7)CON(R7R8), N(R7)COOC; phtalimido, 2-methyl-benzothiophene(1,1)di oxide, or a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing an oxygen atom;
n is an integer from 2 to 6;
R10 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl , phenyl, pyridine or pyrazole, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group comprising CF3, CH3, OCH3, OCF3 or halogen.
39. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B7) having the structure:
Figure imgf000317_0001
or a prodrug, N-oxide, addition salt, quaternary amine, metal complex, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof,
wherein:
each X independently is C or N with at least one X being N;
R1 is present where X = C and R1 selected from the group of H, OH, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, ȃ H2, CO(R7), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, and B(OH)2; B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, and CO(R7);
R3 is–(CR8R9)n-R10;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C10 alkyl, CH2CF3 C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, SO2-R8, or a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing an oxygen atom;
R5 is present where Y is C, and is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, CO(R7), CF3 and halogen;
R5 is absent where X is N; R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, COOCH3, and CONHSO2CH3;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of OH, O(C1-C6 alkyl), NH2, NHSO2N(C1- C6 alkyl)2,N HSO2NHCH3, NHSO2(C1-C6 alkyl), NHSO2(C3-C7 cycloalkyl), and N(C1-C6- alkyl)2;
n is an integer from 2 to 6;
R8 and R9 are each independently chosen from H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl or R8 and R9 taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring that optionally contains a heteroatom selected from the group N, S, O;
R10 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, CONR8R9, COOR8, CONR8SO2R9, CON(R8)SO2N(R8R9), NR8R9, NR8COOR9, OCOR8, NR8SO2R9, SO2NR8R9, SO2R8 or a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing an oxygen atom.
40. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B8) having the structure:
Figure imgf000318_0001
or a prodrug, N-oxide, addition salt, quaternary amine, metal complex, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof,
wherein:
each X independently is C or N;
each Y independently is C or N;
R1 is present when X = C and R1 is selected from the group of H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, N(R5)2, CO(R6), CH2NH2, CH2OH, CN, C(=NOH)NH2, C(=NOCH3)NH2, C(=NH)NH2, CF3, OCF3, and B(OH)2; B(O-C1-C6 alkyl)2; R1 is absent when X = N
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -(CR7R8)n-R9, CŁC-CH2-R9 and CŁC-R9, C=C-R9; R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, SO2-R7, or a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing an oxygen atom;
R4 is present where Y is C and is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, CO(R7), CF3 and halogen,
R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, COOCH3, and CONHSO2CH3;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of OH, O(C1-C6 alkyl), NH2, NHSO2N(C1- C6 alkyl)2, NHSO2NHCH3, NHSO2(C1-C6 alkyl), NHSO2(C3-C7 cycloalkyl), and N(C1-C6- alkyl)2;
R7 and R8 are each independently chosen from H, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl or R7 and R8 taken together form a 4 to 6 membered aliphatic ring that optionally contains at least one heteroatom selected from the group N, S, O;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyl OH, CN, F, CF2H, CF3, CONR7R8, COOR7, CON(R7)SO2R8, CON(R7)SO2N(R7R8), NR7R8, NR7COOR8, OCOR7, NR7SO2R8, SO2NR7R8, SO2R7 or a 4 to 6 membered saturated ring containing an oxygen atom;
n is an integer from 2 to 6.
41. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B9) having the structure:
Figure imgf000319_0001
or a prodrug, N-oxide, addition salt, quaternary amine, metal complex, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof,
wherein:
each X independently is C or N;
R1 is H;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of Br and Cl;
R3 is -(CR6R7)n-R8; R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, - (CR6R7)n-R8, -CH2-p-Fluorophenyl, CH2CF3 and -SO2CH3;
R5 is present where X is C, whereby each R5 is selected, each independently, from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, halogen, and CN; R5 is absent where X is N;
R6 and R7 are each independently chosen from H and C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl; or R6 and R7 taken together form a 5 to 6 membered aliphatic or aromatic ring that optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from the group N, S, O;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CF3, CHF2, F, CI, SO2CH3, SO2C3-C7 cycloalkyl, NR6SO2R6, SO2R6R7, R6SO2C3-C7 cycloalkyl, CN, NR6R7, COOH, COOR6, CONR6R7, OCOC1-C6 alkyl, CONR6SOR7, CONH-R6-SO2R7 , CONH-R6- SO2NR6R7CONR6SO2NR6R7, phtalimido or a 5 to 6 membered aliphatic or aromatic ring that optionally contains one or more heteroatoms selected from the group N, S, O;
n is an integer having a value from 1 to 6.
42. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B10) having the structure:
Figure imgf000320_0001
wherein
R1, R3and R4 each independently represents H, C1-6 alkyl or halogen;
R2 represents H, CN, CH2NH2, CH2NH(CH2)3NH2, C(=NH)NH2 or C(=NOH)NH2; R5 represents C1-6 alkyl; said C1-6 alkyl being optionally substituted with one or more of OR13, CF3, CN or NR14R15 wherein R13 represents H or C1-6 alkyl and R14 and R15 independently represent H, C1-6 alkyl or C3-7 cycloalkyl; or the group -NR14R15 together represents a 5 to 7 membered azacyclic ring optionally incorporating one further heteroatom selected from O, S and NR19 wherein R19 represents H or C1-6 alkyl;
R6, R7, R8 and R9 each independently represents CH, C-F, C-Cl, C-CF3 or N; R10 represents aryl, heteroaryl, C3-7 cycloalkyl or C1-6 alkyl; said C1-6 alkyl or C3- 7 cycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one or more of aryl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, OR16, SR16, halogen or NR17R18, wherein R16 represents H or C1-6 alkyl and R17 and R18 each independently represents H, C1-6 alkyl or C3-7 cycloalkyl; or the group -NR17R1 together represents a 5 to 7 membered azacyclic ring optionally incorporating one heteroatom selected from O, S and NR20 wherein R20 represents H or C1-6 alkyl; and
R11 and R12 each independently represents H or C1-6 alkyl.
43. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B11) having the structure:
Figure imgf000321_0001
or racemates, isomers and/or salts thereof,
wherein:
X1 and X2 are independently selected from CH and N wherein at least one of X1 and X2 is N;
R1 is optionally substituted and is selected from a carbocyclic, heterocyclic and aromatic ring;
R2 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, haloC1-3alkyl and C1-3alkoxy; and
R3 is H or an optional substituent.
44. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B12) having the structure:
Figure imgf000321_0002
or an enantiomer or a salt thereof,
wherein: R1 is -(CH=CH)0-1-(C6 or Cl0)aryl or -(CH=CH)0-1-5-, 6-, 9- or 10- membered heteroaryl, said aryl or heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents, each independently selected from: (C1-6)alkyl optionally substituted with amino, halo, (C1-6)haloalkyl, hydroxy, (C1-6)alkoxy, (C1-6)alkylthio, nitro, azido, cyano, amino,(C1-6)alkylamino, di((C1-6)aIkyl)amino, aryl and heteroaryl;
R2 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, hydroxy, halo, (C1-6)haloalkyl, amino, (C1-6)alkylamino. di((C1- 6)alkyl)amino, or (C2-6)alkynyl;
R3 is (C6, C10 or C14)aryl or 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which being optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents, each independently selected from: (C1-6)alkyl, halo, (C1-6)haloalkyl, hydroxy, (C1-6)alkoxy, (C1-6)alkylthio, nitro, amino, (C1-6)alkylamino, di((C1-6)alkyl)amino and COO(C1-6)alkyl; and
R4 and R5 are each independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; or R4 and R5 are linked, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, to form a (C3-7)cycIoalkyl group;
with the proviso that R1 is not 2-methoxyphenyl, when R2 is H, R3 is 3,4- dimethoxyphenyl, R4 is CH3 and R5 is CH3.
45. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B13) having the structure:
Figure imgf000322_0001
or a salt or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof,
wherein:
R is a radical of formula
Figure imgf000322_0002
Q is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with a heterocycle or Q is C1-6alkyl substituted with both a radical -OR4 and a heterocycle; wherein said heterocycle is selected from the group consisting of oxazolidine, thiazolidine, 1-oxo-thiazolidine, 1,1- dioxothiazolidine, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpholinyl,1,1- dioxothiomorpholinyl, hexahydrooxazepine, hexahydrothiazepine, 1-oxo- hexahydrothiazepine, 1,1-dioxo-hexahydrothiazepine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, homopiperidine, piperazine; wherein each of said heterocyle may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, hydroxyC1- 6alkyl, aminocarbonylC1-6alkyl, hydroxy, carboxyl, C1-6 alkyloxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, mono- or di(C1-6alkyl)aminocarbonyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylamino, aminosulfonyl and mono- or di(C1-6alkyl)aminosulfonyl;
AIk is C1-6alkanediyl;
X is O or S;
-a1=a2-a3=a4- is a bivalent radical of formula -N=CH-CH=CH-, -CH=N-CH=CH-, - CH=CH-N=CH- or -CH=CH-CH=N-; wherein one of the nitrogen atoms bears the chemical bond linking radical (b) with the rest of the molecule;
R1 is Ar or a heterocycle selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, pyridopyridyl, naphthiridinyl, lH- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, 3H-imidazo[4,5-b]- pyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl and 2,3- dihydro-1,4-dioxino[2,3-b]pyridyl; wherein each of said heterocycle may optionally be substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxy, amino, cyano, carboxyl, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, hydroxyC1- 6alkyloxy, (C1-6alkyl-oxy)C1 -6alkyloxy, C1-6alkylthio, C1-6alkyloxyC1-6alkyl, hydroxyC1- 6alkyl, mono-or di(C1-6alkyl)amino, mono-or di(C1-6alkyl)aminoC1-6alkyl, polyhaloC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylamino, C1-6alkyloxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, mono- and di- C1- 6alkylaminocarbonyl;
R2 is hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxyC1-6alkyl, Ar-C1-6alkyloxy- C1-6alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, cyano-C1-6alkyl,
Figure imgf000323_0001
R3 is hydrogen,
Figure imgf000323_0002
cyano, aminocarbonyl, polyhaloC1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl or C2-6alkynyl; R4 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
each Ar independently is phenyl or phenyl substituted with 1 to 5, such as 1, 2, 3 or 4, substituents selected from halo, hydroxy, amino, mono- or di(C1-6alkyl)amino, C1- 6alkylcarbonylamino, C1-6alkylsulfonylamino, cyano, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, phenyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, polyhaloC1-6alkyl,
Figure imgf000324_0001
mono- or di(C1- 6alkyl)aminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, polyhaloC1-6alkyloxy, phenoxy, aminocarbonyl, mono- or di(C1-6alkyl)aminocarbonyl, hydroxycarbonyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonyl, C1-6alkylcarbonyl, amino sulfonyl, mono- and di(C1-6alkyl)- aminosulfonyl;
Het is a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, iuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, pyridopyridyl, naphthiridinyl, 1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, 3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, imidazo[1,2- a]pyridinyl and 2,3-dihydro-1,4-dioxino-[2,3-b]pyridyl; wherein each Ǿet may be optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently selected from halo, hydroxy, amino, mono- or di(C1-6alkyl)amino, cyano, C1-6alkyl,
Figure imgf000324_0002
polyhaloC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy.
46. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B14) having the structure:
Figure imgf000324_0003
or a prodrug, N-oxide, addition salt, quaternary amine, metal complex, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof,
wherein:
G is a direct bond or C1-10alkanediyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group of substituents consisting of hydroxy, C1-6alkyloxy, Ar1 C1-6alkyloxy,C1-6alkylthio, Ar1 C1-6alkylthio,HO(-CH2-CH2-O)n-, C1- 6alkyloxy(-CH2-CH2-O)a- or Ar1 C1-6alkyloxy(-CH2-CH2-O)n-;
each n independently is 1, 2, 3 or 4; R1 is Ar1 or a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocycle being selected from piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, tetrahydro- furanyl, thienyl, pynolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, pyridopyridyl, naphthiridinyl, 1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, 3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]- pyridinyl, 2,3-dihydro-1,4-dioxino[2,3-b]pyridyl or a r i l f f rm l
Figure imgf000325_0001
wherein each of said monocyclic or bicyclic heterocycles may optionally be substituted with 1 or where possible more, such as 2, 3, 4 or 5, substituents independently selected from the group of substituents consisting of halo, hydroxy, amino, cyano, carboxyl, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy,
Figure imgf000325_0002
C1-6alkyloxyCi-ealkyl, Ar1, Ar1C1-6alkyl, Ar1C1- 6alkyloxy, hydroxyC1-6alkyl,mono-or di(C1-6alkyl)amino, mono-or di(C1-6alkyl)aminoC1- 6alkyl, polyhaloC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylamino,C1-6alkyl-SO2-NR5c-, Ar1-SO2-NR5c-,
Figure imgf000325_0003
6alkyloxycarbonyl, -C(=O)-NR5cR5d, HO(-CH2-CH2-O)n-, halo(-CH2-CH2-O)„-, C1- 6alkyloxy(-CH2-CH2-O)„-, Ar1C1-6alkyloxy(-CH2-CH2-O)n- and mono-or di(C1- 6alkyl)amino(-CH2-CH2-O)n-;
each m independently is 1 or 2;
each p independently is 1 or 2;
each t independently is 0, 1 or 2;
Q is hydrogen, amino or mono- or di(C1-4alkyl)amino; one of R2a and R3a is selected from halo, optionally mono- or polysubstituted C1- 6alkyl, optionally mono- or polysubstituted C2-6alkenyl, nitro, hydroxy, Ar2, N(R4aR4 ), N(R4aR4b)sulfonyl, N(R4aR4 )carbonyl, C1-6alkyloxy, Ar2oxy, Ar2C1-6alkyloxy,carboxyl, C1- 6alkyloxycarbonyl, or -C(=Z)Ar2; and the other one of R2a and R3a is hydrogen; wherein =Z is =O, =CH-C(=O) -NR5aR5b, =CH2, =CH- C1-6alkyl, =N-OH or =N-O- C1-6alkyl; and the optional substituents on C1-6alkyl and C2-6 alkenyl can be the same or can be different relative to one another, and are each independently selected from the group of substituents consisting of hydroxy, cyano, halo, nitro, N(R4aR4b), N(R4aR4b)sulfonyl, Het, Ar2, C1- 6alkyloxy,
Figure imgf000326_0001
Het-oxy, Het-S(=O)t,HetC1-6alkyloxy, HetC1-6alkyl-S(=O)t, carboxyl, C1-6alkyloxycarbonyl and -C(=Z)Ar2;
in case R2a is different from hydrogen then R2b is hydrogen, C1-6alkyl or halogen and R3b is hydrogen;
in case R3a is different from hydrogen then R3b is hydrogen, C1-6alkyl or halogen and R2b is hydrogen;
R4a and R4b can be the same or can be different relative to one another, and are each independently selected from the group of substituents consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, Ar2C1-6alkyl, (Ar2)(hydroxy) C1-6alkyl, Het-C1-6alkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, mono- and di-(C1- 6alkyloxy)C1-6alkyl, (hydroxyC1-6alkyl)oxyC1-6alkyl,
Figure imgf000326_0002
dihydroxyC1-6alkyl, (C1-6alkyloxy)(hydroxy)C1-6alkyl, (Ar1C1-6alkyloxy)(hydroxy) C1- 6alkyl, Ar1oxy-C1-6alkyl, (Ar1oxy)(hydroxy)-C1-6alkyl, aminoC1-6alkyl, mono- and di(C1- 6alkyl)amino-C1-6alkyl, carboxyl- C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxycarbonylC1-6alkyl, aminocarbonylC1-6alkyl, mono- and di(C1-6alkyl)aminocarbonylC1-6alkyl, C1- 6alkylcarbonylC1-6alkyl,
Figure imgf000326_0003
6alkyl, aminosulfonyl-C1-6alkyl, mono- and di(C1-6alkyl)aminosulfonyl-C1-6alkyl, C1- 6alkylcarbonyl, Ar2carbonyl, Het-carbonyl, Ar2C1-6alkylcarbonyl, Het-C1-6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, mono- and di(C1-6alkyl)aminosulfonyl, Ar2sulfonyl, Ar2C1-6alkylsulfonyl, Ar2, Het, Het-sulfonyl, HetC1-6alkylsulfonyl;
R5a and R5b can be the same or can be different relative to one another, and are each independently hydrogen or C1-6alkyl; or
R5a and R5b taken together may form a bivalent radical of formula -(CH2)S- wherein s is 4 or 5; R5c and R5d can be the same or can be different relative to one another, and are each independently hydrogen or C1-6alkyl; or
R5c and R5d taken together may form a bivalent radical of formula -(CH2)S- wherein s is 4 or 5;
R6a is hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, Ar1, Ar1C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonyl, Ar1carbonyl, Ar1C1- 6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, Ar1sulfonyl, Ar1C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C1-6alkyloxyC1-6alkyl, aminoC1-6alkyl, mono- or di(C1-6alkyl)aminoC1-6alkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, (carboxyl)-C1- 6alkyl, (C1-6alkyloxycarbonyl)-C1-6alkyl, aminocarbonylC1-6alkyl, mono- and di(C1- 6alkyl)aminocarbonylC1-6alkyl, aminosulfonyl-C1-6alkyl, mono- and di(C1- 6alkyl)aminosulfonyl-C1-6alkyl, Het, Het-C1-6alkyl, Het-carbonyl, Het-sulfonyl, Het-C1- 6alkylcarbonyl;
R6b is hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, Ar1 or Ar1C1-6alkyl;
R6c is C1-6alkyl, Ar1 or Ar1C1-6alkyl;
Ar1 is phenyl or phenyl substituted with 1 or more, such as 2, 3 or 4, substituents selected from halo, hydroxy, C1-6alkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, polyhaloC1-6alkyl, and C1- 6alkyloxy;
Ar2 is phenyl, phenyl annelated with C5-7 cycloalkyl, or phenyl substituted with 1 or more, such as 2, 3, 4 or 5, substituents selected from halo, cyano, C1-6alkyl, Het-C1-6alkyl, Ar1C1-6alkyl, cyanoC1-6alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, cyanoC2-6alkenyl, R6b-O-C3-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, cyanoC2-6alkynyl, R6b-O-C3-6alkynyl, Ar1, Het, R6b-O-, R6b-S-, R6c-SO-, R6c-SO2-, R6b-O-C1-6alkyl-SO2-, -N(R6aR6b), polyhalo-C1-6alkyl, polyhaloC1-6alkyloxy, olyhaloC1- 6alkylthio, R6c-C(=O)-, R6b-O-C(=O)-, -N(R6aR6b)-C(=O)-, R6b-O-C1-10alkyl, R6b-S-C1- 6alkyl, R6c-S(=O)2-C1-6alkyl, -N(R6aR6b)- C1-6alkyl, R6c-C(=O) -C1-6alkyl, R6b-O-C(=O)-C1- 6alkyl, N(R6aR6 )-C(=O)-C1-6alkyl, R6c-C(=O)-NR6 -, R6c-C(=O)–O-, R6c-C(=O)–NR6bC1- 6alkyl, R6c-C(=O)–O-C1-6alkyl, N(R6aR6b)-S(=O)2-, H2N-C(=NH)-;
Het is a heterocycle being selected from tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, pynolidinyl, pynolidinonyl, furanyl, thienyl, pynolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, piperidinyl, homopiperidinyl, piperazinyl, moijholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrirmdinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzodioxanyl, benzodioxolyl, indolinyl, indolyl, each of said heterocycle may optionally be substituted with oxo, amino, Ar1, C1-4alkyl, aminoC1-4alkyl, Ar1C1-4alkyl, mono- or di(C1-6alkyl)ammoC1-6alkyl, mono- or di(C1-6alkyl)amino, (hydroxyC1-6alkyl)amino, and optionally further with one or two C1-4alkyl radicals.
47. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B15) having the structure:
Figure imgf000328_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein:
R1 is hydrogen or a C1-6alkyl;
R2 is (1) amino(CH2)2-6; (2) amino(CH2)1-6difluoromethyl(CH2)1-6; (3) amino(CH2)1- 6fluoromethyl(CH2)1-6; (4) amino(CH2)0-6oxetanyl(CH2)1-6; (5) amino(CH2)1- 6oxetanyl(CH2)0-6; or (6) pyrrolidin-3-yl, unsubstituted or 4-substituted by halogen; and X is–O–,–S–,–S(ő O)–,–S(O2)–,–CH2–,–CF2– or–NH–.
48. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B16) having the structure:
Figure imgf000328_0002
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
wherein:
R1 is hydrogen or halogen;
R2 is hydrogen or halogen;
R3 is azetidinyl; C1-6alkoxypyridinyl; C1-6alkylsulfonyl-CxH2x-; carboxycycloalkyl; difluorocycloalkyl; 1,1-dioxo-tetrahydrothienyl; halopyridinyl; hydroxy-CyH2y-; hydroxy- CxH2x- cycloalkyl; hydroxy-CyH2y-O-CyH2y-; hydroxycycloalkyl-CzH2z-, unsubstituted or substituted by C1-3alkyl, hydroxy or hydroxy-CxH2x-; 4-hydroxypiperidin-1-yl-CyH2y-; 3- hydroxy-pyrrolidin-1- yl-CyH2y-; morpholinyl-CyH2y-; oxetanyl; oxetanyl-CxH2x-, unsubstituted or substituted by C1-3alkyl; piperidinyl; oxo-piperidinyl; oxo-pyrrolidinyl; pyrrolidinyl, unsubstituted or substituted by C1-6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, hydroxy- CyH2y-, hydroxy-CxH2x-carbonyl, amino-CxH2x-carbonyl or trifluoromethyl- CxH2x-; tetrahydrofuran-3-yl- CzH2z-; tetrahydropyranyl; trifluoromethyl- CxH2x-;
Figure imgf000329_0001
R4 is C1-6alkyl or cycloalkyl;
R5 is hydrogen or halogen;
R7 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
A1 is -N- or -CH;
A2 is -N-, -NO or -CH;
A3 is -N- or -CH;
x is 1-6;
y is 2-6;
z is 0-6.
49. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B17) having the structure:
Figure imgf000330_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein:
A is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted by one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkoxy-alkyl- ,hydroxyl-alkyl-, CN, alky-NH- ,,; said aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, nitro, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkyl-NH-, with the proviso that when A is aryl, R1 is not unsubstituted aryl;
R2 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkyl-NH-, CN, alkyl-SO2-, or halo;
R3 is hydrogen, alkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-alkyl-, or cycloalkyl, said alkyl is optionally substituted by one substituent selected from the group consisting of NH2- C(O)-, halo, hydroxyl, NH2-SO2-, alkoxy-alkyl-, heterocyclyl; aryl, heteroaryl, CN, alkyl- NH-;
R4 is hydrogen, or alkyl; or haloalkyl;
R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached optionally form a 3- to 7-membered ring;
R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, or halo.
50. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B18) having the structure:
Figure imgf000331_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein:
a) Y1 is N, NH or CH, Y2 is C, Y3 is N or CR8ƍ, Y4 is N or C and Y5 is N, NR2ƍ or CR2, wherein at least two of Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4 and Y5 are independently N, NH or NR2ƍ; or
b) Y1 is N, NH or CH, Y2 is N or C, Y3 is N or CR8ƍ, Y4 is N or C, and Y5 is N or NR2ƍ, wherein at least two of Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4 and Y5 are independently N, NH or NR2ƍ; or c) Y1 is N, NH or CH, Y2 is N or C, Y3 is CR8ƍ, Y4 is N or C, and Y5 is N, NR2ƍ or CR2, wherein at least two of Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4 and Y5 are independently N, NH or NR2ƍ;
the dashed bonds ---- are selected from single bonds and double bonds so as to provide an aromatic ring system;
A is -(CR4R4ƍ)n- wherein any one CR4R4ƍ of said -(CR4R4ƍ)n- may be optionally replaced with–O-, -S-, -S(O)p-, NH or NRa;
n is 3, 4, 5 or 6;
each p is 1 or 2;
Ar is a C2-C20 heterocyclyl group or a C6-C20 aryl group, wherein the C2-C20 heterocyclyl group or the C6-C20 aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R6;
X is -C(R13)(R14)-, -N(CH2R14)- or–NH-, or X is absent;
R1 is H, -OR11, -NR11R12, -NR11C(O)R11, -NR11C(O)OR11, -NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, -R11, -S(O)pRa, NR11S(O)pRa, -C(=O)R11, -C(=O)OR11, -C(=O)NR11R12, - C(=O)SR11, -S(O)p(OR11), -SO2NR11R12, -NR11S(O)p(OR11), -NR11SOpNR11R12, - NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1- C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3- C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl;
R2 is H, CN, NO2, halogen or (C1-C8)alkyl; R2ƍ is H or (C1-C8)alkyl;
R3 is H, -OR11, -NR11R12, -NR11C(O)R11, -NR11C(O)OR11, -NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, -SR11, -S(O)pRa, -NR11S(O)pRa, -C(=O)R11, -C(=O)OR11, -C(=O)NR11R12, - C(=O)SR11, -S(O)p(OR11), -SO2NR11R12, -NR11S(O)p(OR11), -NR11SOpNR11R12, - NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1- C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3- C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl;
R3ƍ is H, -OR11, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6- C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3- C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl;
each R4 is independently H, -OR11, -NR11R12, -NR11C(O)R11, -NR11C(O)OR11, - NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, SR11, -S(O)pRa, -NR11S(O)pRa, -C(=O)R11, -C(=O)OR11, -
Figure imgf000332_0001
-NR11S(O)p(OR11), - NR11SOpNR11R12, NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2- C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1- C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl; and
each R4ƍ is independently H, OR11, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3- C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl;
or two R4 on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may form a double bond between the two carbons to which they are attached or may form a (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–, –S–,–S(O)P–,–NH– or–NRa–;
or two R4 on non-adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may form a (C3- C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,–S–,–S(O)P–,–NH– or–NRa–;
or two R4 and two R4ƍ on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may form an optionally substituted C6 aryl ring;
or one R4 and one R4ƍ on the same carbon atom, when taken together, may form a (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,–S–,–S(O)P–,–NH– or–NRa–; each R5 is independently H, -OR11, -NR11R12, -NR11C(O)R11, -NR11C(O)OR11, - NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, -SR11, -S(O)pRa, -NR11S(O)pRa, -C(=O)R11, -C(=O)OR11, -C(=O)NR11R12, -C(=O)SR11, -S(O)p(OR11), -SO2NR11R12, -NR11S(O)p(OR11), - NR11SOpNR11R12, -NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2- C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1- C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl;
each R5ƍ is independently H, -OR11, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3- C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, oxo, -OR11, -NR11R12, -NR11C(O)R11, -NR11C(O)OR11, - NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, -SR11, -S(O)pRa, -NR11S(O)pRa, -C(=O)R11, -C(=O)OR11, -C(=O)NR11R12, -C(=O)SR11, -S(O)p(OR11), -SO2NR11R12, -NR11S(O)p(OR11), - NR11SOpNR11R12, -NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2- C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclykC1- C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl;
or two R6 on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may form a (C3- C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,–S–,–S(O)P–,–NH– or–NRa–;
or any R6 adjacent to the obligate carbonyl group of said Ar, when taken together with R3, may form a bond or a -(CR5R5ƍ)m- group wherein m is 1 or 2;
or any R6 adjacent to the obligate carbonyl group of said Ar, when taken together with R2 or R2ƍ may form a bond;
R7 is H, -OR11, -NR11R12, -NR11C(O)R11, -NR11C(O)OR11, -NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, -SR11, -S(O)pRa, -NR11S(O)pRa, -C(=O)R11, -C(=O)OR11, -C(=O)NR11R12, - C(=O)SR11, -S(O)p(OR11), -SO2NR11R12, -NR11S(O)p(OR11), -NR11SOpNR11R12, - NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1- C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3- C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl;
R8 is H, -OR11, -NR11R12, -NR11C(O)R11, -NR11C(O)OR11, -NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, -SR11, -S(O)pRa, -NR11S(O)pRa, -C(=O)R11, -C(=O)OR11, -C(=O)NR11R12, - C(=O)SR11, -S(O)p(OR11), -SO2NR11R12, -NR11S(O)p(OR11), -NR11SOpNR11R12, NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1- C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3- C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl;
R8ƍ is H, -OR11, -NR11R12, -NR11C(O)R11, -NR11C(O)OR11, -NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, -SR11, -S(O)pRa, -NR11S(O)pRa, -C(=O)R11, -C(=O)OR11, -C(=O)NR11R12, - C(=O)SR11, -S(O)p(OR11), -SO2NR11R12, -NR11S(O)p(OR11), -NR11SOpNR11R12, - NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1- C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3- C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl;
each Ra is independently (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)haloalkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2- C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1- C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl wherein any (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1- C8)haloalkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl or (C2-C8)alkynyl of Ra is optionally substituted with one or more OH, NH2, CO2H, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, and wherein any aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl of Ra is optionally substituted with one or more -OH, -NH2, CO2H, C2-C20 heterocyclyl or (C1-C8)alkyl;
each R11 or R12 is independently H, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1- C8)alkyl, -C(=O)Ra or -S(O)pRa; or when R11 and R12 are attached to a nitrogen they may optionally be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached to form a 3 to 7 membered heterocyclic ring wherein any one carbon atom of said heterocyclic ring can optionally be replaced with–O–,–S–,–S(O)p–,–NH–,–NRa– or–C(O)–;
R13 is H or (C1-C8)alkyl;
R14 is H, (C1-C8)alkyl, NR11R12, NR11C(O)R11, NR11C(O)OR11, NR11C(O)NR11R12, NR11S(O)pRa,–NR11S(O)p(OR11) or NR11SOpNR11R12; and
wherein each (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3- C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl of each R1, R2, R2ƍ, R3, R3ƍ, R4, R4ƍ, R5, R5ƍ, R6, R7, R8, R8ƍ or R12 is independently, optionally substituted with one or more oxo, halogen, hydroxy,–NH2, CN, N3,–N(Ra)2,–NHRa,–SH,–SRa,–S(O)pRa,–ORa, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)haloalkyl,–C(O)Ra, –C(O)H, –C(=O)ORa, –C(=O)OH, –C(=O)N(Ra)2, –C(=O)NHRa, –C(=O)NH2, – NHS(O)pRa,–NRaS(O)pRa,–NHC(O)Ra,–NRaC(O)Ra,–NHC(O)ORa,–NRaC(O)ORa,– NRaC(O)NHRa, –NRaC(O)N(Ra)2, –NRaC(O)NH2, –NHC(O)NHRa, –NHC(O)N(Ra)2, – NHC(O)NH2, =NH, =NOH, =NORa, –NRaS(O)pNHRa, —NRaS(O)pN(Ra)2, — NRaS(O)pNH2, —NHS(O)pNHRa, —NHS(O)pN(Ra)2, —NHS(O)pNH2, –OC(=O)Ra, – OP(O)(OH)2 or Ra.
51. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B19) having the structure:
Figure imgf000335_0001
or a salt or ester thereof,
wherein:
A is -(C(R4)2)n- wherein any one C(R4)2 of said -(C(R4)2)n- may be optionally replaced with–O–,–S–,–S(O)P–, NH or NRa;
n is 3,4, 5 or 6;
each p is 1 or 2;
Ar is a C2-C20 heterocyclyl group or a C6-C20 aryl group, wherein the C2-C20 heterocyclyl group or the C6-C20 aryl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R6; each R3, R4 or R6 is independently H, oxo, OR11, NR11R12, NR11C(O)R11, NR11C(O)OR11, NR11C(O)NR11R12, N a
3, CN, NO2, SR11, S(O)pR , NR11S(O)pRa,–C(=O)R11, –C(=O)OR11, –C(=O)NR11R12, –C(=O)SR11, –S(O)p(OR11), –SO2NR11R12, – NR11S(O)p(OR11),–NR11SOpNR11R12, NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2- C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3- C7)cycloalkyl or (C4-C8)carbocyclylalkyl;
or two R4 on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may optionally form a double bond between the two carbons to which they are attached or may form a (C3- C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,–S–,–S(O)P–,–NH– or–NRa–;
or four R4 on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may optionally form an optionally substituted C6 aryl ring; or two R4 on the same carbon atom, when taken together, may optionally form a (C3- C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,–S–,–S(O)P–,–NH– or–NRa–;
or two R6 on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may optionally form a (C3- C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,–S–,–S(O)P–,–NH– or–NRa–;
each Ra is independently (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)haloalkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2- C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C4- C8)carbocyclylalkyl wherein any (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)haloalkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl or (C2- C8)alkynyl of Ra is optionally substituted with one or more OH, NH2, CO2H, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, and wherein any aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3- C7)cycloalkyl or (C4-C8)carbocyclylalkyl of Ra is optionally substituted with one or more OH, NH2, CO2H, C2-C20 heterocyclyl or (C1-C8)alkyl;
each R11 or R12 is independently H, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, (C4- C8)carbocyclylalkyl,—C(ő O)Ra,—S(O)pRa or aryl(C1-C8)alkyl; or R11 and R12 taken together with a nitrogen to which they are both attached form a 3 to 7 membered heterocyclic ring wherein any one carbon atom of said heterocyclic ring can optionally be replaced with–O–,–S–,–S(O)P–,–NH–,–NRa–;or–C(O)–; and
wherein each (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C4-C8)carbocyclylalkyl of each R6, R11 or R12 is, independently, optionally substituted with one or more oxo, halogen, hydroxy, NH2, CN, N3, N(Ra)2, NHRa, SH, SRa, S(O)pRa, ORa, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)haloalkyl,–C(O)Ra,– C(O)H,–C(=O)ORa,–C(=O)OH,–C(=O)N(Ra)2,–C(=O)NHRa,–C(=O)NH2, NHS(O)pRa, NRaS(O)pRa, NHC(O)Ra, NRaC(O)Ra, NHC(O)ORa, NRaC(O)ORa, NRaC(O)NHRa, NRaC(O)N(Ra)2, NRaC(O)NH2, NHC(O)NHRa, NHC(O)N(Ra)2, NHC(O)NH2, =NH, =NOH, =NORa, NRaS(O)pNHRa, NRaS(O)pN(Ra)2, NRaS(O)pNH2, NHS(O)pNHRa, NHS(O)pN(Ra)2, NHS(O)pNH2,–OC(=O)Ra,–OP(O)(OH)2 or Ra.
52. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B20) having a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000337_0001
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester,
wherein:
A is–(C(R4)2)n– wherein any one C(R4)2 of said–(C(R4)2)n- may be optionally replaced with–O–,–S–,–S(O)p–, NH or NRa;
n is 3, 4, 5 or 6;
each p is 1 or 2;
Ar is a C2-C20 heterocyclyl group or a C6-C20 aryl group, wherein the C2-C20 heterocyclyl group or the C6-C20 aryl group is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R6;
X is–C(R13)(R14)–,–N(CH2R14)– or X is absent;
Y is N or CR7;
each R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 or R8 is independently H, oxo, OR11, NR11R12, NR11C(O)R11, NR11C(O)OR11, NR11C(O)NR11R12, N3, CN, NO2, SR11, S(O)pRa, NR11S(O)pRa,–C(=O)R11,–C(=O)OR11,–C(=O)NR11R12,–C(=O)SR11,–S(O)p(OR11),– SO2NR11R12,–NR11S(O)p(OR11),–NR11SOpNR11R12, NR11C(=NR11)NR11R12, halogen, (C1- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C4-C8)carbocyclylalkyl;
two R4 on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may form a double bond between the two carbons to which they are attached or may form a
Figure imgf000337_0002
ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–, –S–,–S(O)p–,–NH– or–NRa–;
four R4 on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may form an optionally substituted C6 aryl ring; two R4 on the same carbon atom, when taken together, may form a (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by –O–,–S–,–S(O)p–,–NH– or–NRa–;
two R6 on adjacent carbon atoms, when taken together, may form a (C3- C7)cycloalkyl ring wherein one carbon atom of said (C3-C7)cycloalkyl ring may be optionally replaced by–O–,–S–,–S(O)p–,–NH– or–NRa–;
any R6 adjacent to the obligate carbonyl group of said Ar, when taken together with R3, may form a bond or a–(C(R5)2)m– group wherein m is 1 or 2;
any R6 adjacent to the obligate carbonyl group of said Ar, when taken together with R2, may form a bond;
each Ra is independently (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)haloalkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2- C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C4- C8)carbocyclylalkyl wherein any (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)haloalkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl or (C2- C8)alkynyl of Ra is optionally substituted with one or more OH, NH2, CO2H, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, and wherein any aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3- C7)cycloalkyl or (C4-C8)carbocyclylalkyl of Ra is optionally substituted with one or more OH, NH2, CO2H, C2-C20 heterocyclyl or (C1-C8)alkyl;
each R11 or R12 is independently H, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, (C4- C8)carbocyclylalkyl,–C(=O)Ra,–S(O)pRa, or aryl(C1-C8)alkyl; or R11 and R12 taken together with a nitrogen to which they are both attached form a 3 to 7 membered heterocyclic ring wherein any one carbon atom of said heterocyclic ring can optionally be replaced with–O–, –S–,–S(O)p–,–NH–,–NRa– or–C(O)–;
R13 is H or (C1-C8)alkyl;
R14 is H, (C1-C8)alkyl, NR11R12, NR11C(O)R11, NR11C(O)OR11, NR11C(O)NR11R12, NR11S(O)pRa,–NR11S(O)p(OR11) or NR11SOpNR11R12; and
wherein each (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, C6-C20 aryl, C2-C20 heterocyclyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C4-C8)carbocyclylalkyl of each R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R11 or R12 is, independently, optionally substituted with one or more oxo, halogen, hydroxy, NH2, CN, N3, N(Ra)2, NHRa, SH, SRa, S(O)pRa, ORa, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1- C8)haloalkyl,–C(O)Ra,–C(O)H,–C(=O)ORa,–C(=O)OH,–C(=O)N(Ra)2,–C(=O)NHRa,– C(=O)NH2, NHS(O)pRa, NRaS(O)pRa, NHC(O)Ra, NRaC(O)Ra, NHC(O)ORa, NRaC(O)ORa, NRaC(O)NHRa, NRaC(O)N(Ra)2, NRaC(O)NH2, NHC(O)NHRa, NHC(O)N(Ra)2, NHC(O)NH2, =NH, =NOH, =NORa, NRaS(O)pNHRa, NRaS(O)pN(Ra)2, NRaS(O)pNH2, NHS(O)pNHRa, NHS(O)pN(Ra)2, NHS(O)pNH2,–OC(=O)Ra,–OP(O)(OH)2 or Ra.
53. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B21) having the structure:
Figure imgf000339_0001
wherein:
A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted aryl(C1-2 alkyl), an optionally substituted heteroaryl and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
W is O, S, C=O, C=S, NR3a3, S=O, S(=O)2 or–C(R1a1)(R1a2)–;
V is N or CH;
E is C or N; provided that when E is N, then R2a1 is absent;
,
Figure imgf000339_0002
Y is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted acylalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
between X2 and X3 represents a single or double bond between X2 and X3;
Figure imgf000339_0003
wherein when is a double bond, then X1 is NR3a1 or CR3a2R6, X2 is N
Figure imgf000339_0004
(nitrogen) or CR7a1, and X3 is N (nitrogen) or CR4; and when
Figure imgf000339_0005
is a single bond, then X1 is NR3a1 or CR3a2R6, X2 is O, NR7, C(=O) or C(R7a2)(R7a3), and X3 is NR4, C(=O), CR4R8 or CH2CH2C(=O); or X1, X2 and X3 are each independently C (carbon), N (nitrogen), O (oxygen) or C(=O), and form a mono-cyclic ring selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted mono-cyclic heteroaryl and an optionally substituted mono-cyclic heterocyclyl by joining X1 and X3 together; and provided that at least one of X1, X2 and X3 comprises a nitrogen atom, with the proviso that the valencies of X1, X2 and X3 are satisfied with a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl; and X1, X2 and X3 are uncharged;
L1 is -C(R17)2-, -C(R18)2C(R18a1)2-, -C(R18a2)=C(R18a3)- or -C(R19)2N(R19a1)-;
L2 is -C(R20)2-, -N(R21)-, S, or O;
each L3 is independently -C(R22)2-, -C(R23)2C(R23a1)2- or -C(R23a2)=C(R23a3)-;
provided that when L1 is -C(R19)2N(R19a1)-, then L2 is -C(R20)2-;
R1 is hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl;
R1a1 and R1a2 are each independently hydrogen, hydroxy or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl;
R2 and R2a1 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, an optionally substituted aryl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted heteroaryl(C1-6 alkyl) and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl(C1-6 alkyl); or
R1 and R2, together with the atoms to which they are attached, are joined to form an optionally substituted 5-membered heterocyclic ring or an optionally substituted 6- membered heterocyclic ring, R2a1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, an optionally substituted aryl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted heteroaryl(C1-6 alkyl) and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl(C1-6 alkyl);
R3a1, R3a2 and R3a3 are each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1-8 alkyl, an optionally substituted C2-8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted aryl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted heteroaryl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted heterocyclyl(C1-6 alkyl), halo(C1-8 alkyl), an optionally substituted hydroxyalkyl, an optionally substituted alkoxyalkyl and cyano; R6, R7, and R7a1 are each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl; R7a2 and R7a3 are each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl;
R8 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl;
R9, R10, R11, R12,
Figure imgf000341_0001
R14, R15 and R16 are each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl; or R9 and R10, R11 and R12, R13 and R14, and R15 and R16, are each independently taken together form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl or an optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and
each R17, each R18, each R18a1, R18a2, R18a3, each R19, R19a1, each R20, R21, each R22, each R23, each R23a1, R23a2 and R23a3 are each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl.
54. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein Compound (B) is Formula (B22) having the structure: (I)
wherein: L is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000341_0002
A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted aryl(C1-2 alkyl), an optionally substituted heteroaryl and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
Y is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
R1a, R1b, R1c and R1d are each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl; R2a, R2a1, R2b, R2b1, R2c, R2c1, R2d and R2d1 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, an optionally substituted aryl(C1-6 alkyl), an optionally substituted heterocyclyl(C1-6 alkyl), an alkoxyalkyl, an aminoalkyl, a hydroxyalkyl and hydroxy; or
R2a1 is hydrogen, and R1a and R2a is joined together with the atoms to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5 membered heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted 6 membered heterocyclyl, R2b1 is hydrogen, and R1b and R2b is joined together with the atoms to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5 membered heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted 6 membered heterocyclyl;
between X1a and X2a represents a single or double bond between X1a and X2a; between X2a and X3a represents a single or double bond between X2a and X3a;
Figure imgf000342_0002
provided that
Figure imgf000342_0004
between X1a and X2a and
Figure imgf000342_0003
between X2a and X3a cannot be both double bonds and at least one of
Figure imgf000342_0005
is a double bond;
when between X1a and X2a represents a double bond and between X2a
Figure imgf000342_0006
Figure imgf000342_0008
and X3a is a single bond, then X1a is N or CR4a1, X2a is N or CR5a and X3a is NR6a1, C(=O) or CR6a2R6a3; and when
Figure imgf000342_0007
between X1a and X2a represents a single bond and
Figure imgf000342_0009
between X2a and X3a is a double bond, then X1a is NR4a or CR4a2R4a3, X2a is N or CR5a and X3a is N or CR6a; or
X1a, X2a and X3a are each independently C, N, O or C(=O), and form a ring or ring system selected from an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl and an optionally substituted heterocyclyl by joining X1a and X3a together; with the proviso that the valencies of X1a, X2a and X3a can be each independently satisfied with a substituent selected from hydrogen and an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, and X1a, X2a and X3a are uncharged;
R3a and R3a1 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, amino, an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, an optionally substituted C2-4 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-4 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C1-4 alkoxy, -O-carboxy, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an
optionally substituted heterocyclyl, CHF2, CF3 and
Figure imgf000342_0001
provided that R3a and R3a1 cannot be both hydrogen; or R3a and R3a1 together form =N-ORa; or R3a and R3a1 together with the atom to which they are attached can be joined to form an optionally substituted 3 membered ring, an optionally substituted 4 membered ring, an optionally substituted 5 membered ring or an optionally substituted 6 membered ring;
R4a, R4a1, R4a2 and R4a3 are each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl;
R5a and R5a1 are each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl;
R6a and R6a1 are each independently hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl or an optionally substituted alkoxyalkyl;
R6a2 and R6a3 are each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl;
X1b, X2b and X3b are each independently C, N, O or C(=O), and form indicates a bi- cyclic ring selected from an optionally substituted bi-cyclic heteroaryl and an optionally substituted bi-cyclic heterocyclyl by joining X1b and X3b together, wherein
Figure imgf000343_0002
between X1b and X2b represents a single or double bond between X1b and X2b; - between X2b
Figure imgf000343_0004
and X3b represents a single or double bond between X2b and X3b; and provided that at least one of X1b, X2b and X3b comprises a nitrogen atom and both
Figure imgf000343_0003
cannot be double bonds; with the proviso that the valencies of X1b, X2b and X3b can be each independently satisfied with a substituent selected from hydrogen and an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl; and X1b, X2b and X3b are uncharged;
R3c and R3c1 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, amino, an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, an optionally substituted C2-4 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-4 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C1-4 alkoxy, -O-carboxy, an o tionall substituted heteroaryl, an
Figure imgf000343_0001
optionally substituted heterocyclyl, CHF2, CF3 and , provided that R3c and R3c1 cannot be both hydrogen; or R3c and R3c1 together form =N-ORc; or R3c and R3c1 together with the atom to which they are attached can be joined to form an optionally substituted 3 membered ring, an optionally substituted 4 membered ring, an optionally substituted 5 membered ring or an optionally substituted 6 membered ring;
Ra and Rc are each independently hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl;
R4c and R5c are taken together to form an unsubstituted aryl, an unsubstituted heteroaryl or an optionally substituted heterocyclyl; Zc is N or CH;
md is 0 or 1;
ring Bd is an optionally substituted C5 cycloalkyl;
ring Bd1 is an optionally substituted pyridinyl; and
provided that when L is Formula (IIc), then Y is absent.
55. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-54, wherein the method comprises one Compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
56. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-54, wherein the method comprises two of Compound (B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
57. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-56, wherein R2 is chloro.
58. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-56, wherein R2 is azido.
59. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-58, wherein R3 is OH.
60. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-58, wherein R3 is–OC(=O)RA1.
61. The method or use of Claim 60, wherein RA1 is unsubstituted C1-8 alkyl.
62. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-58, wherein R3 is an optionally substituted O-linked amino acid.
63. The method or use of Claim 62, wherein the optionally substituted O-linked amino acid is selected from the group consisting of alanine, asparagine, aspartate, cysteine, glutamate, glutamine, glycine, proline, serine, tyrosine, arginine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, threonine, tryptophan, valine, ornithine, hypusine, 2-aminoisobutyric acid, dehydroalanine, gamma-aminobutyric acid, citrulline, beta-alanine, alpha-ethyl-glycine, alpha- propyl-glycine and norleucine.
64. Th m h r f laim 62, wherein the optionally substituted O-linked amino
acid has the
Figure imgf000344_0001
, wherein RC1 can be selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C1-6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C6 aryl, an optionally substituted C10 aryl and an optionally substituted aryl(C1-6 alkyl); and RC2 can be hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl; or RC1 and RC2 can be taken together to form an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl.
65. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-64, wherein R1 is hydrogen.
66. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-64, wherein R1 is an optionally substituted acyl.
67. The method or use of Claim 66, wherein the optionally substituted acyl is– C(=O)RB1, wherein RB1 is an optionally substituted C1-24 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl.
68. The method or use of Claim 67, wherein RB1 is unsubstituted C1-8 alkyl.
69. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-64, wherein R1 is an optionally substituted O-linked amino acid.
70. The method or use of Claim 69, wherein the optionally substituted O-linked amino acid is selected from the group consisting of alanine, asparagine, aspartate, cysteine, glutamate, glutamine, glycine, proline, serine, tyrosine, arginine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, threonine, tryptophan, valine, ornithine, hypusine, 2-aminoisobutyric acid, dehydroalanine, gamma-aminobutyric acid, citrulline, beta-alanine, alpha-ethyl-glycine, alpha- propyl-glycine and norleucine.
71. Th m h r f laim 69, wherein the optionally substituted O-linked amino
acid has the s
Figure imgf000345_0001
, wherein RC3 can be selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C1-6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C6 aryl, an optionally substituted C10 aryl and an optionally substituted aryl(C1-6 alkyl); and RC4 can be hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl; or RC3 and RC4 can be taken together to form an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl.
72. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-64, wherein R1 is
Figure imgf000345_0002
73. The method or use of Claim 72, wherein R6 and R7 are independently absent or H.
74. The method or use of Claim 72, wherein R6 and R7 are independently
Figure imgf000345_0003
.
75. The method or use of Claim 74, wherein R6 and R7 are independently
Figure imgf000346_0001
.
76. The method or use of Claim 72, wherein R6 and R7 are independently
Figure imgf000346_0002
.
77. The method or use of Claim 76, wherein R6 and R7 are independently
Figure imgf000346_0003
, and the other of R6 and R7 is absent or H.
79. The method or use of any one of Claims 2-64, wherein R1 is
Figure imgf000346_0004
.
80. The method or use of Claim 79, wherein m is 1.
81. The method or use of Claim 79, wherein m is 2.
82. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-56, wherein Compound (A) is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000347_0001
Figure imgf000347_0002
, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
83. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-56, wherein Compound (A) is selected from the rou consistin of:
,
Figure imgf000347_0003
,
, , ,
Figure imgf000348_0001
,
Figure imgf000349_0001
pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
84. The method or use of any one of Claims 1-56, wherein Compound (A) is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000349_0002
Figure imgf000350_0001
pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
85. The method or use of any one of Claims 2-56, wherein Compound (A) is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000350_0002
pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
PCT/US2015/043402 2014-08-05 2015-08-03 Combination therapy for treating a paramyxovirus WO2016022464A1 (en)

Priority Applications (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017506359A JP2017523988A (en) 2014-08-05 2015-08-03 Combination therapy to treat paramyxovirus
RU2017106742A RU2017106742A (en) 2014-08-05 2015-08-03 COMBINED THERAPY FOR TREATMENT OF PARAMYXOVIRUS
CN201580054124.0A CN106999509A (en) 2014-08-05 2015-08-03 Therapeutic alliance for treating paramyxovirus
SG11201700851WA SG11201700851WA (en) 2014-08-05 2015-08-03 Combination therapy for treating a paramyxovirus
MX2017001587A MX2017001587A (en) 2014-08-05 2015-08-03 Combination therapy for treating a paramyxovirus.
CA2957017A CA2957017A1 (en) 2014-08-05 2015-08-03 Combination therapy for treating a paramyxovirus
AU2015301334A AU2015301334A1 (en) 2014-08-05 2015-08-03 Combination therapy for treating a paramyxovirus
KR1020177005818A KR20170031780A (en) 2014-08-05 2015-08-03 Combination therapy for treating a paramyxovirus
BR112017002332A BR112017002332A2 (en) 2014-08-05 2015-08-03 combination therapy for the treatment of a paramyxovirus
EP15829092.4A EP3177299A4 (en) 2014-08-05 2015-08-03 Combination therapy for treating a paramyxovirus
CONC2017/0002170A CO2017002170A2 (en) 2014-08-05 2017-03-03 Combination therapy to treat a paramyxovirus
ZA2017/01578A ZA201701578B (en) 2014-08-05 2017-03-03 Combination therapy for treating a paramyxovirus

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201462033551P 2014-08-05 2014-08-05
US62/033,551 2014-08-05
US201462060445P 2014-10-06 2014-10-06
US62/060,445 2014-10-06
US201562182913P 2015-06-22 2015-06-22
US62/182,913 2015-06-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016022464A1 true WO2016022464A1 (en) 2016-02-11

Family

ID=55264391

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2015/043402 WO2016022464A1 (en) 2014-08-05 2015-08-03 Combination therapy for treating a paramyxovirus

Country Status (18)

Country Link
US (1) US20160045528A1 (en)
EP (1) EP3177299A4 (en)
JP (1) JP2017523988A (en)
KR (1) KR20170031780A (en)
CN (1) CN106999509A (en)
AU (1) AU2015301334A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112017002332A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2957017A1 (en)
CL (1) CL2017000285A1 (en)
CO (1) CO2017002170A2 (en)
MA (1) MA40404A (en)
MX (1) MX2017001587A (en)
PE (1) PE20170673A1 (en)
RU (1) RU2017106742A (en)
SG (2) SG11201700851WA (en)
TW (1) TW201618778A (en)
WO (1) WO2016022464A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201701578B (en)

Cited By (38)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9441007B2 (en) 2012-03-21 2016-09-13 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9504705B2 (en) 2013-04-05 2016-11-29 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Hepatitis C viral infection treatment using a combination of compounds
US9598457B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-03-21 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9603863B2 (en) 2014-06-24 2017-03-28 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9603864B2 (en) 2014-06-24 2017-03-28 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9605018B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2017-03-28 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleotide analogs
US9732098B2 (en) 2014-10-10 2017-08-15 Pulmocide Limited 5,6-dihydro-4H-benzo[b]thieno-[2,3-d]azepine derivative
US9758544B2 (en) 2014-12-19 2017-09-12 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9815864B2 (en) 2013-06-26 2017-11-14 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9856284B2 (en) 2012-03-21 2018-01-02 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Solid forms of a thiophosphoramidate nucleotide prodrug
US9862743B2 (en) 2013-10-11 2018-01-09 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9890188B2 (en) 2014-12-19 2018-02-13 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9908914B2 (en) 2014-10-28 2018-03-06 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Methods of preparing substituted nucleoside analogs
US9932363B2 (en) 2013-06-26 2018-04-03 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US10160772B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2018-12-25 Pulmocide Limited 5,6-dihydro-4H-benzo[b]thieno-[2,3-d]azepine derivatives
US10208045B2 (en) 2015-03-11 2019-02-19 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Aza-pyridone compounds and uses thereof
WO2019199908A1 (en) * 2018-04-11 2019-10-17 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as rsv inhibitors
US10464965B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2019-11-05 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US10626126B2 (en) 2016-04-08 2020-04-21 Pulmocide Limited Compounds
US10647711B2 (en) 2017-11-13 2020-05-12 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Azepin-2-one derivatives as RSV inhibitors
USRE48171E1 (en) 2012-03-21 2020-08-25 Janssen Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US10752598B2 (en) 2017-06-07 2020-08-25 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Aryldiazepine derivatives as RSV inhibitors
US10851115B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2020-12-01 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as RSV inhibitors
US10865215B2 (en) 2015-07-22 2020-12-15 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Benzodiazepine derivatives as RSV inhibitors
US10881666B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2021-01-05 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination pharmaceutical agents as RSV inhibitors
US10906895B2 (en) 2017-02-16 2021-02-02 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for the preparation of benzodiazepine derivatives
US11046658B2 (en) 2018-07-02 2021-06-29 Incyte Corporation Aminopyrazine derivatives as PI3K-γ inhibitors
US11091501B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2021-08-17 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as RSV inhibitors
US11179400B2 (en) 2019-04-09 2021-11-23 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as RSV inhibitors
US11254664B2 (en) 2019-03-18 2022-02-22 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Benzodiazepine derivatives as RSV inhibitors
US11420976B2 (en) 2020-01-24 2022-08-23 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as anti-viral agents
US11485753B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2022-11-01 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US11505558B1 (en) 2019-10-04 2022-11-22 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antiviral heterocyclic compounds
US11534439B2 (en) 2020-07-07 2022-12-27 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dihydroquinoxaline and dihydropyridopyrazine derivatives as RSV inhibitors
US11572367B2 (en) 2019-10-04 2023-02-07 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antiviral heterocyclic compounds
US11926616B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2024-03-12 Incyte Corporation Aminopyrazine diol compounds as PI3K-γ inhibitors
US11945824B2 (en) 2020-10-19 2024-04-02 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as anti-viral agents
US11945830B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2024-04-02 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antiviral heterocyclic compounds

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DK3442977T3 (en) 2016-04-15 2023-10-09 Blueprint Medicines Corp ACTIVIN RECEPTOR-LIKE KINASE INHIBITORS
JP7278273B2 (en) 2017-10-18 2023-05-19 ブループリント メディシンズ コーポレイション Substituted pyrrolopyridines as inhibitors of activin receptor-like kinases

Citations (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6623741B1 (en) * 2000-02-29 2003-09-23 Trimeris, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibition of membrane fusion-associated events including RSV transmission
WO2010103306A1 (en) * 2009-03-10 2010-09-16 Astrazeneca Uk Limited Benzimidazole derivatives and their use as antivaral agents
WO2012080451A1 (en) * 2010-12-16 2012-06-21 Janssen R&D Ireland Imidazopyridines as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
WO2012080446A1 (en) * 2010-12-16 2012-06-21 Janssen R&D Ireland Benzimidazole respiratory syncytial virus inhibitors
WO2012080449A1 (en) * 2010-12-16 2012-06-21 Janssen R&D Ireland Azabenzimidazoles as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
WO2012080450A1 (en) * 2010-12-16 2012-06-21 Janssen R&D Ireland Azaindoles as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
WO2012080447A1 (en) * 2010-12-16 2012-06-21 Janssen R&D Ireland Indoles as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
WO2013096679A1 (en) * 2011-12-22 2013-06-27 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US20130164280A1 (en) * 2011-12-22 2013-06-27 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidines as antiviral agents
WO2013142525A1 (en) * 2012-03-21 2013-09-26 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
WO2013186332A1 (en) * 2012-06-15 2013-12-19 Janssen R&D Ireland 4 - substituted 1, 3 - dihydro - 2h - benzimidazol - 2 - one derivatives substituted with benzimidazoles as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
WO2013186334A1 (en) * 2012-06-15 2013-12-19 Janssen R&D Ireland 1,3-dihydro-2h-benzimidazol-2-one derivatives substituted with benzimidazoles as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
WO2013186335A1 (en) * 2012-06-15 2013-12-19 Janssen R&D Ireland 1,3 -dihydro-2h-benzimidazol-2-one derivatives substituted with heterocycles as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
WO2013186333A1 (en) * 2012-06-15 2013-12-19 Janssen R&D Ireland 1,3 -dihydro- 2h-benzimidazol- 2 -one derivatives substituted with heterocycles as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
WO2014031784A1 (en) * 2012-08-23 2014-02-27 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Compounds for the treatment of paramoxyvirus viral infections
US20140072554A1 (en) * 2010-06-24 2014-03-13 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidines for antiviral treatment
WO2014209983A1 (en) * 2013-06-26 2014-12-31 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
WO2015026792A1 (en) * 2013-08-21 2015-02-26 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Antiviral compounds

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102459332B (en) * 2009-06-05 2015-08-19 埃博灵克斯股份有限公司 For preventing and/or treating the unit price of respiratory tract infection, divalence and the anti-human respiratory syncytial virus of trivalent (HRSV) Nanobody construct
CA2955604A1 (en) * 2014-07-22 2016-01-28 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Methods for treating paramyxoviruses

Patent Citations (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6623741B1 (en) * 2000-02-29 2003-09-23 Trimeris, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibition of membrane fusion-associated events including RSV transmission
WO2010103306A1 (en) * 2009-03-10 2010-09-16 Astrazeneca Uk Limited Benzimidazole derivatives and their use as antivaral agents
US20140072554A1 (en) * 2010-06-24 2014-03-13 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidines for antiviral treatment
WO2012080451A1 (en) * 2010-12-16 2012-06-21 Janssen R&D Ireland Imidazopyridines as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
WO2012080446A1 (en) * 2010-12-16 2012-06-21 Janssen R&D Ireland Benzimidazole respiratory syncytial virus inhibitors
WO2012080449A1 (en) * 2010-12-16 2012-06-21 Janssen R&D Ireland Azabenzimidazoles as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
WO2012080450A1 (en) * 2010-12-16 2012-06-21 Janssen R&D Ireland Azaindoles as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
WO2012080447A1 (en) * 2010-12-16 2012-06-21 Janssen R&D Ireland Indoles as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
US20130164280A1 (en) * 2011-12-22 2013-06-27 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidines as antiviral agents
WO2013096679A1 (en) * 2011-12-22 2013-06-27 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
WO2013142525A1 (en) * 2012-03-21 2013-09-26 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
WO2013186332A1 (en) * 2012-06-15 2013-12-19 Janssen R&D Ireland 4 - substituted 1, 3 - dihydro - 2h - benzimidazol - 2 - one derivatives substituted with benzimidazoles as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
WO2013186334A1 (en) * 2012-06-15 2013-12-19 Janssen R&D Ireland 1,3-dihydro-2h-benzimidazol-2-one derivatives substituted with benzimidazoles as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
WO2013186335A1 (en) * 2012-06-15 2013-12-19 Janssen R&D Ireland 1,3 -dihydro-2h-benzimidazol-2-one derivatives substituted with heterocycles as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
WO2013186333A1 (en) * 2012-06-15 2013-12-19 Janssen R&D Ireland 1,3 -dihydro- 2h-benzimidazol- 2 -one derivatives substituted with heterocycles as respiratory syncytial virus antiviral agents
WO2014031784A1 (en) * 2012-08-23 2014-02-27 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Compounds for the treatment of paramoxyvirus viral infections
WO2014209983A1 (en) * 2013-06-26 2014-12-31 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
WO2015026792A1 (en) * 2013-08-21 2015-02-26 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Antiviral compounds

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3177299A4 *

Cited By (56)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9605018B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2017-03-28 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleotide analogs
US10464965B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2019-11-05 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US11021509B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2021-06-01 Janssen Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9441007B2 (en) 2012-03-21 2016-09-13 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
USRE48171E1 (en) 2012-03-21 2020-08-25 Janssen Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US10485815B2 (en) 2012-03-21 2019-11-26 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9856284B2 (en) 2012-03-21 2018-01-02 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Solid forms of a thiophosphoramidate nucleotide prodrug
US9598457B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-03-21 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US11485753B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2022-11-01 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9504705B2 (en) 2013-04-05 2016-11-29 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Hepatitis C viral infection treatment using a combination of compounds
US10696708B2 (en) 2013-06-26 2020-06-30 Janssen Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9932363B2 (en) 2013-06-26 2018-04-03 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9815864B2 (en) 2013-06-26 2017-11-14 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9862743B2 (en) 2013-10-11 2018-01-09 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US10370401B2 (en) 2013-10-11 2019-08-06 Janssen Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9603864B2 (en) 2014-06-24 2017-03-28 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US11590155B2 (en) 2014-06-24 2023-02-28 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US10307439B2 (en) 2014-06-24 2019-06-04 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US10052342B2 (en) 2014-06-24 2018-08-21 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US10780105B2 (en) 2014-06-24 2020-09-22 Janssen Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9603863B2 (en) 2014-06-24 2017-03-28 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US10189863B2 (en) 2014-10-10 2019-01-29 Pulmocide Limited 5,6-dihydro-4H-benzo[b]thieno-[2,3-d]azepine derivatives
US10035810B2 (en) 2014-10-10 2018-07-31 Pulmocide Limited 5,6-dihydro-4H-benzo[b]thieno-[2,3-d]azepine derivative
US9732098B2 (en) 2014-10-10 2017-08-15 Pulmocide Limited 5,6-dihydro-4H-benzo[b]thieno-[2,3-d]azepine derivative
US9926335B2 (en) 2014-10-10 2018-03-27 Pulmocide Limited 5,6-dihydro-4H-benzo[b]thieno-[2,3-d]azepine derivative
US10472375B2 (en) 2014-10-10 2019-11-12 Pulmocide Limited 5,6-dihydro-4H-benzo[b]thieno-[2,3-d]azepine derivative
US10273249B2 (en) 2014-10-10 2019-04-30 Pulmocide Limited 5,6-dihydro-4H-benzo[b]thieno-[2,3-d]azepine derivative
US10519185B2 (en) 2014-10-28 2019-12-31 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Methods of preparing substituted nucleoside analogs
US9908914B2 (en) 2014-10-28 2018-03-06 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Methods of preparing substituted nucleoside analogs
US10160772B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2018-12-25 Pulmocide Limited 5,6-dihydro-4H-benzo[b]thieno-[2,3-d]azepine derivatives
US9890188B2 (en) 2014-12-19 2018-02-13 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9758544B2 (en) 2014-12-19 2017-09-12 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US10208045B2 (en) 2015-03-11 2019-02-19 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Aza-pyridone compounds and uses thereof
US11952389B2 (en) 2015-07-22 2024-04-09 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Benzodiazepine derivatives as RSV inhibitors
US11390631B1 (en) 2015-07-22 2022-07-19 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Benzodiazepine derivatives as RSV inhibitors
US10865215B2 (en) 2015-07-22 2020-12-15 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Benzodiazepine derivatives as RSV inhibitors
US10626126B2 (en) 2016-04-08 2020-04-21 Pulmocide Limited Compounds
US10906895B2 (en) 2017-02-16 2021-02-02 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for the preparation of benzodiazepine derivatives
US10752598B2 (en) 2017-06-07 2020-08-25 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Aryldiazepine derivatives as RSV inhibitors
US11091501B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2021-08-17 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as RSV inhibitors
US10851115B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2020-12-01 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as RSV inhibitors
US10881666B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2021-01-05 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination pharmaceutical agents as RSV inhibitors
US10647711B2 (en) 2017-11-13 2020-05-12 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Azepin-2-one derivatives as RSV inhibitors
US11926616B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2024-03-12 Incyte Corporation Aminopyrazine diol compounds as PI3K-γ inhibitors
US10975094B2 (en) 2018-04-11 2021-04-13 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as RSV inhibitors
WO2019199908A1 (en) * 2018-04-11 2019-10-17 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as rsv inhibitors
US11046658B2 (en) 2018-07-02 2021-06-29 Incyte Corporation Aminopyrazine derivatives as PI3K-γ inhibitors
US11254664B2 (en) 2019-03-18 2022-02-22 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Benzodiazepine derivatives as RSV inhibitors
US11912695B2 (en) 2019-03-18 2024-02-27 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Benzodiazepine derivatives as RSV inhibitors
US11179400B2 (en) 2019-04-09 2021-11-23 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as RSV inhibitors
US11572367B2 (en) 2019-10-04 2023-02-07 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antiviral heterocyclic compounds
US11505558B1 (en) 2019-10-04 2022-11-22 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antiviral heterocyclic compounds
US11420976B2 (en) 2020-01-24 2022-08-23 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as anti-viral agents
US11534439B2 (en) 2020-07-07 2022-12-27 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dihydroquinoxaline and dihydropyridopyrazine derivatives as RSV inhibitors
US11945824B2 (en) 2020-10-19 2024-04-02 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as anti-viral agents
US11945830B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2024-04-02 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antiviral heterocyclic compounds

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
SG10201901010PA (en) 2019-03-28
MX2017001587A (en) 2017-10-11
JP2017523988A (en) 2017-08-24
SG11201700851WA (en) 2017-03-30
RU2017106742A3 (en) 2019-03-01
KR20170031780A (en) 2017-03-21
EP3177299A1 (en) 2017-06-14
RU2017106742A (en) 2018-09-06
EP3177299A4 (en) 2018-04-04
BR112017002332A2 (en) 2017-11-21
ZA201701578B (en) 2019-09-25
CL2017000285A1 (en) 2017-10-06
AU2015301334A1 (en) 2017-02-23
CN106999509A (en) 2017-08-01
MA40404A (en) 2017-06-14
CA2957017A1 (en) 2016-02-11
PE20170673A1 (en) 2017-05-22
CO2017002170A2 (en) 2017-05-19
US20160045528A1 (en) 2016-02-18
TW201618778A (en) 2016-06-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2016022464A1 (en) Combination therapy for treating a paramyxovirus
US10358453B2 (en) Antiviral compounds
TWI655199B (en) Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and the like
JP6118336B2 (en) 4&#39;-azido, 3&#39;-fluoro substituted nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of HCV RNA replication
CA3207106A1 (en) Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
CA2860289A1 (en) Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof and their use in ameliorating or treating a disease or condition associated with viral infections
AU2012357940A1 (en) 2&#39;,4&#39;-difluoro-2&#39;-methyl substituted nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of HCV RNA replication
OA17648A (en) Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof.

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15829092

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2957017

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017506359

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 000164-2017

Country of ref document: PE

Ref document number: MX/A/2017/001587

Country of ref document: MX

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2015829092

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2015829092

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112017002332

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015301334

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20150803

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20177005818

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: NC2017/0002170

Country of ref document: CO

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017106742

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112017002332

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20170203